WO2007049062A2 - Vwfa-domain containing proteins - Google Patents

Vwfa-domain containing proteins Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2007049062A2
WO2007049062A2 PCT/GB2006/004027 GB2006004027W WO2007049062A2 WO 2007049062 A2 WO2007049062 A2 WO 2007049062A2 GB 2006004027 W GB2006004027 W GB 2006004027W WO 2007049062 A2 WO2007049062 A2 WO 2007049062A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
seq
polypeptide
nucleic acid
insp
exon
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/GB2006/004027
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2007049062A3 (en
Inventor
Mark Douglas Davies
Richard Joseph Fagan
Melanie Yorke
Christine Power
Original Assignee
Ares Trading S.A.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Ares Trading S.A. filed Critical Ares Trading S.A.
Publication of WO2007049062A2 publication Critical patent/WO2007049062A2/en
Publication of WO2007049062A3 publication Critical patent/WO2007049062A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K14/00Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • C07K14/435Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • C07K14/78Connective tissue peptides, e.g. collagen, elastin, laminin, fibronectin, vitronectin or cold insoluble globulin [CIG]

Definitions

  • This invention relates to novel proteins (herein termed INSP145, INSP146, INSP 147), herein identified as vWFA-domain containing proteins, preferably vWFA-domain containing alpha 3 type VI collagen proteins, and to the use of these proteins and nucleic acid sequences from the encoding genes in the diagnosis, prevention and treatment of disease.
  • novel proteins herein identified as vWFA-domain containing proteins, preferably vWFA-domain containing alpha 3 type VI collagen proteins
  • bioinformatics tools increase in potency and in accuracy, these tools are rapidly replacing the conventional techniques of biochemical characterisation. Indeed, the advanced bioinfomiatics tools used in identifying the present invention are now capable of outputting results in which a high degree of confidence can be placed.
  • Various institutions and commercial organisations are examining sequence data as they become available and significant discoveries are being made on an on-going basis. However, there remains a continuing need to identify and characterise further genes and the polypeptides that they encode, as targets for research and for drug discovery.
  • the extracellular matrix is a complex structural entity surrounding and supporting cells that are found within mammalian tissues.
  • the ECM is often referred to as the connective tissue.
  • the ECM is composed of 3 major classes of biomolecules:
  • Structural proteins collagen and elastin.
  • Proteoglycans these are composed of a protein core to which is attached long chains of repeating disaccharide units termed of glycosaminoglycans (GAGs) forming extremely complex high molecular weight components of the ECM.
  • GAGs glycosaminoglycans
  • the major structural protein of the ECM is collagen, the single most abundant protein in animal cells. There are at least 19 different collagens and they are characterised by the formation of triple helices in which three polypeptide chains are wound tightly around one another in a rope-like structure.
  • the triple-helix domain consists of repeats of the amino acid sequence GIy-X-Y. A small Glycine residue is necessary in every third position to ensure close packaging. Any amino acid can be found at position X or Y, however, Proline (Pro) is frequently found in the X position and hydroxyproline (Hyp) in the Y position; because of the ring structure, Pro and Hyp stabilise the helical conformations of the polypeptides chains.
  • Fibrillar collagens are the major forms of collagen found in skin and bone. Examples of such collagens include types I, II, III, V and XI.
  • Collagen VI as an extracellular matrix protein, shows distinct structural properties within the collagen family of proteins, forming a microfilamentous network in skeletal muscles and other organs (formation of abundant microfibrils in the extracellular matrix of almost all tissues, including skin, cartilage, cornea, and both skeletal and smooth muscle). Intracellular assembly of collagen VI is a complex multistep process. Triple helical monomers are formed by the association of the three distinct alpha chains (COL6A1, COL6A2 and COL6A3), which in turn assemble and align into disulfide-bonded dimers to form tetramers, also stabilized by disulfide bonds.
  • vWF von Willebrand factor
  • vWFA type A domain
  • Simple Modular Architecture Research Tool SMART, Letunic et al. Nucleic Acids Res 2004, 32(1), D142-4
  • SMART Simple Modular Architecture Research Tool
  • the vWF domain is found in various plasma proteins: complement factors B, C2, CR3 and CR4; the integrins (I-domains); collagen types VI, VII, XII and XIV; and other extracellular proteins. Proteins that incorporate vWF domains participate in numerous biological events (e.g., cell adhesion, migration, homing, pattern formation, and signal transduction), involving interaction with a large array of ligands. Secondary structure prediction from 75 aligned vWF sequences has revealed a largely alternating sequence of alpha-helices and beta-strands.
  • the von Willebrand factor type A domain is found in many large extracellular proteins.
  • proteins include von Willebrand factor, complement proteins factor B (FB), C2, CR3 and CR4, the integrins, collagen types VI, VII, XII XIV (Perkins SJ. et al (1994) J MoI Biol. Apr 22;238(1): 104-19) and anthrax toxin receptors (Bradley K. et al (2003) Biochem Pharmacol. Feb l;65(3):309-14).
  • Functions associated with vWFA domain containing proteins include acting as components of the extracellular matrix, hemostasis, cellular adhesion, and immune defense mechanisms (Colombatti A. et al (1993) Matrix. Jul;13(4):297-306).
  • integrin I domain The vWFA domain found in the integrin class of proteins is referred to as the integrin I domain (Roland A. et al (2003) J. Biol. Chem. Apr 25; 278 (17) 15035-15039).
  • MIDAS Metal Ion-Dependent Adhesion Site
  • the MIDAS motif is involved in cation (eg. Mg 2+ , Mn 2+ , Zn 2+ and Ca 2+ ) coordination and is made up of five residues, Asp-x-Ser-x-Ser, Thr and Asp (Scobie H.M. et al (2003) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. Apr 29;100(9):5170-4).
  • vWFA-3 domain found in the plasma protein von Willebrand factor, have shown that it contains a modified MIDAS site, which is unable to bind a metal ion. Without the metal ion bound the domain is still able to bind to collagen, as seen with the integrin I domain which contains an intact MIDAS motif (Bienkowska J. et al (1997) J Biol Chem. Oct 3;272(40):25162-25167)
  • Collagen VI is a component of microfibrillar structures in many tissues (Engel et al., 1985). These microfibrils localise close to cells, nerves, blood vessels, and large collagen fibrils and are considered to have an anchoring function. Consistent with such a function are the biochemical findings that type VI collagen binds cells and that its fusion protein binds type I collagen. The binding activity also implies that, in addition to a structural role, type VI collagen may be involved in development, cell migration and differentiation and embryonic development. COL6A chains have been implicated in various diseases and disorders.
  • COL6A3 has been implicated in myopathies such as Bethlem myopathy, which is characterized by early childood onset and joint contractures and in dystrophies such as Ullrich congenital muscular dystrophy (UCMD), characterized by general muscular weakness, contracture of multiple joints, and distal hyperextensibility (Online Mendelian Inheritance in Man (OMIM) Ace. No. 120220, 120240 and 120250; Nishino and Ozawa, Curr Opin Neurol. 2002 Oct;15(5):539-44). Further evidence of the involvement of COL6A chains (e.g. COL6A3) in UCMD and Bethlem myopathy is disclosed in numerous publications (Brockington et al. Prenat Diagn.
  • COL6A chains have also been implicated in cancer, more particularly in tumor angiogenesis (the tumor endothelial marker (TEM)8 interacts with the COOH- terminal C5 domain of COL63A; Nanda et al. Cancer Res. 2004 Feb l;64(3):817-20.), tumor grade and ovarian cancer prognostic (COL6A3 was one of the most highly upregulated genes in a SAGE profiling of cisplatin-resistant and sensitive cells; Sherman- Baust et al. Cancer Cell. 2003 Apr;3(4):377-86.), renal cell carcinoma (Lohi et al. Histol Histopathol.
  • TEM tumor endothelial marker
  • COL6A chains have also been associated with trisomy 21 (Down syndrome; Jongewaard et al. Am J Med Genet. 2002 May 15;109(4):298-305; von Keisenberg et al Obstet Gynecol. 1998 Mar;91(3):319-23.)
  • Guillain-Barre Syndrome acute inflammatory demyelinating polyradiculoneuropathy
  • Metabolic neuropathies Diabetic polyneuropathy, Uremic neuropathy, Hypothyroid neuropathy, Hepatic neuropathy, Porphyric neuropathy, Neuropathy associated with multiorgan failure and sepsis
  • Nutritional neuropathies Alcoholic neuropathy, Beriberi, Neuropathy related to Vit.
  • B 12 deficiency Neuropathy related to VitE deficiency, Neuropathy related to postgastrectomy state, Neuropathy related to Celiac disease), Ischemic neuropathies (Vasculitic neuropathy, Neuropathy of peripheral vascular disease, Diabetic mononeuropathy and polyneuropathy), Toxic neuropathy, Paraneoplastic neuropathy, Amyloid neuropathy, Paraproteinemic neuropathy, Inherited neuropathy, Neuropathy associated with infections (Herpes zoster, Leprosy, Diphteria, HIV 3 Lyme), Sarcoid Neuropathy, Radiation Neuropathy, Traumatic Neuropathy, Cryptogenic Neuropathy), Infectious polyneuropathies (Leprosy, Diphtheria, Varicella- zoster virus), Hereditary neuropathies (herediatry motor and sensory neuropathies (HMSN), hereditary sensory and autonomic neurpathies (HSAN), Familial amyloid polyneuropathies), Acquired metabolic and toxic neuropathies (Peripheral neuropathy in adult
  • C0L6A chains Other potential therapeutic indications for C0L6A chains are stroke (e.g. intracranial aneurysm, Peters et al. Stroke. 2001 A ⁇ r;32(4): 1036-42.), Alport syndrome (Kashtan et al J Am Soc Nephrol. 2001 Feb;12(2):252-60.), diabetic nephropathy (e.g diabetic glomerulosclerosis, Razzaque et al. Anal Cell Pathol. 1997;15(3):175-81.) 5 cutis laxa (levels of COL6A1 and COL6A3 were increased in cutis laxa fibroblast strains; Hatamochi et al J Dermatol Sci.
  • stroke e.g. intracranial aneurysm, Peters et al. Stroke. 2001 A ⁇ r;32(4): 1036-42.
  • Alport syndrome Keratan et al J Am Soc Nephrol. 2001 Feb;12(2):252-60.
  • vWF Von Willebrand factor precursor
  • Mutation of the Collagen alpha 3(VI) chain precursor is associated with Bethlem myopathy (OMIM Ace. Nos. 120250 and 158810).
  • Mutation of the Collagen alpha 1(VII) chain precursor (Long-chain collagen) (LC collagen) is associated with Epidermolysis bullosa dystrophica (dominant, OMIM Ace. No. 120120; recessive, OMIM Ace. No.
  • WO 92/17192 discloses a therapeutic composition which is effective in treating or inhibiting thrombosis comprising a monomeric polypeptide patterned on a fragment of wild type mature von Willebrand factor (vWF) subunit.
  • vWF von Willebrand factor
  • WO 04/062551 relates to polypeptides comprising at least one single domain antibody directed against vWF, vWF Al domain, Al domain of activated vWF, vWF A3 domain, gblb and/or collagen, homologues and/or functional portions of the polypeptides, for the diagnosis and/or treatment for conditions which require a modulation of platelet-mediated aggregation.
  • Mutations within the collagen triple helix repeat domain associated with particular proteins also lead to human diseases. For example, mutation of collagen type I alpha-1 (COLlAl) is associated with Osteogenesis Imperfecta, Ehlers-Danlos syndrome and susceptibility to dissection of cervical arteries (OMIM Ace. No. 120150).
  • Mutation of collagen type I alpha- 2 (COL1A2) is associated with Osteogenesis Imperfecta (OMIM Ace. No. 120160).
  • Mutation of collagen type III alpha-1 (COL3A1) is associated with Ehlers-Danlos syndrome, aortic aneurysm (OMIM Ace. No. 120180).
  • Mutation of collagen type XI alpha- 2 (COLXIA2) is associated with otospondylomegaepiphyseal dysplasia, hearing loss (deafness) and Weissenbacher-Zweymuller syndrome (OMIM Ace. No.120290).
  • Increasing knowledge of vWFA and collagen domains is therefore of extreme importance in increasing the understanding of the underlying pathways that lead to the disease states and associated disease states mentioned above, and in developing more effective gene and/or drug therapies to treat these disorders.
  • the invention is based on the discovery that the proteins referred to herein as INSP 145, INSP146 and INSP147 are splice variants of the same sequence. All of the sequences share highest identity to alpha 3 type VI collagen proteins and contain multiple vWFA domains and collagen family domains.
  • INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 are three predicted splice variants of a von Willebrand factor A (vWFA) domain-containing collagen type VI ⁇ 3-related sequence (see figure 9 for an amino acid alignment). All three sequences are full length and contain a predicted signal peptide. INSP 145 and INSP 147 are identical except that INSP 145 misses exon 17 of
  • INSP145 is a prediction for 2241 amino acids (6723 bp) encoded in 35 coding exons.
  • COL63A and INSP 145 are homologous in terms of domain structure and of amino acid sequence (see figure 11).
  • INSP147 is a prediction for 2262 amino acids (6786 bp) encoded in 36 coding exons.
  • INSP 145 and INSP 147 both contain 9 predicted vWFA domains.
  • INSP146 is a shorter variant of 1519 amino acids (4557 bp) encoded in 17 coding exons. The N-terminal part of exon 17 is shared with INSP 147. An alternative splicing event leads to the premature stop codon present in INSP146.
  • INSP146 contains 7 predicted vWFA domains.
  • Figure 10 represents a schematic domain alignment of full length INSP145, the cloned fragment of INSP 145, INSP 146 and INSP 147.
  • Figure 11 represents a schematic domain alignment of COL6A chains (Collagen alpha 1 (VI) chain precursor (COL6A1), NCBI Ace. No. 13878903; Collagen alpha 2 (VI) chain precursor (COL6A2), NCBI Ace. No.
  • polypeptide which:
  • (i) comprises the amino acid sequence as recited in SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO:8, SEQ ID NO: 10, SEQ ID NO: 12, SEQ ID NO: 14, SEQ ID NO: 16, SEQ ID NO: 18, SEQ ID NO:20, SEQ ID NO:22, SEQ ID NO:24, SEQ ID NO:26, SEQ ID NO:28, SEQ ID NO:30, SEQ ID NO:32, SEQ ID NO:34, SEQ ID NO:36; SEQ ID NO:38, SEQ ID NO:40, SEQ ID NO:42, SEQ ID NO:44, SEQ ID NO:46, SEQ ID NO:48, SEQ ID NO:50; SEQ ID NO:52; SEQ ID NO:54, SEQ ID NO:56, SEQ ID NO:58, SEQ ID NO:60, SEQ ID NO:62, SEQ ID NO:64, SEQ ID NO:66, SEQ ID NO:68, SEQ ID NO:70, SEQ ID NO:
  • (ii) is a fragment thereof which functions as an vWFA-domain containing protein, preferably as a vWFA-domain containing alpha 3 type VI collagen protein, or has an antigenic determinant in common with the polypeptides of (i); or
  • polypeptide according to this first aspect of the invention (i) comprises the amino acid sequence as recited in SEQ ID NO:72;
  • (ii) is a fragment thereof which functions as an vWFA-domain containing protein, preferably as a vWFA-domain containing alpha 3 type VI collagen protein, or has an antigenic determinant in common with the polypeptides of (i); or
  • a polypeptide according to this aspect of the invention may consist of any one of the sequences recited above as SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO:8, SEQ ID NO.10, SEQ ID NO:12, SEQ ID NO:14, SEQ ID NO:16, SEQ ID NO:18, SEQ ID NO:20, SEQ ID NO:22, SEQ ID NO:24, SEQ ID NO.26, SEQ ID NO:28, SEQ ID NO:30, SEQ ID NO:32, SEQ ID NO:34, SEQ ID NO:36, SEQ ID NO:38, SEQ ID NO:40, SEQ ID NO:42, SEQ ID NO:44, SEQ ID NO.46, SEQ ID NO:48, SEQ ID NO:50, SEQ ID NO:52, SEQ ID NO:54, SEQ ID NO:56, SEQ ID NO:58, SEQ ID NO:60 5 SEQ ID NO:
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:2 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 1 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:4 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP145 exon 2 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:6 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP145 exon 3 polypeptide”.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:8 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 4 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 10 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 5 polypeptide”.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 12 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 6 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 14 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 7 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 16 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 8 polypeptide”.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 18 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 9 polypeptide”.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:20 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 10 polypeptide”.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:22 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 11 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:24 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP145 exon 12 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:26 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 13 polypeptide”.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:28 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP145 exon 14 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:30 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP145 exon 15 polypeptide”.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:32 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 16 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:34 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP145 exon 17 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:36 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 18 polypeptide.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:38 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP145 exon 19 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:40 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 20 polypeptide”.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:42 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP145 exon 21 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:44 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 22 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:46 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP145 exon 23 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:48 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP145 exon 24 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:50 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 25 polypeptide.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:52 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP145 exon 26 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:54 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 27 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:56 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP145 exon 28 polypeptide”.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:58 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 29 polypeptide”.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:60 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 30 polypeptide”.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:62 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 31 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 64 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 32 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:66 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP145 exon 33 polypeptide”.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:68 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP145 exon 34 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:70 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 35 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:72 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 polypeptide.”
  • the Applicant does not wish to be bound by this theory, it is postulated that the first 17 amino acids of the INSP 145 polypeptide form a signal peptide.
  • the full length INSP 145 polypeptide sequences without this postulated signal sequence is recited in SEQ ID NO: 184.
  • the INSP 145 exon 1 polypeptide without this sequence is recited in SEQ ID NO: 186.
  • polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 186 is referred to hereafter as "the INSP 145 exon 1 mature polypeptide".
  • SEQ ID NO: 184 is referred to hereafter as "the INSP145 mature polypeptide”.
  • vWFA domains 8 and 9 are located in exons 31 to 33 of the INSP 145 polypeptide.
  • vWFA domain 8 is predicted to be located between amino acid residue 11 of exon 31 and amino acid residue 6 of exon 32 (amino acid residues 1736-1892 of the INSP 145 polypeptide).
  • vWFA domain 9 is predicted to be located between amino acid residues 20 and 200 of exon 33 (amino acid residues 1942-2122 of the INSP 145 polypeptide).
  • Fragments consisting or comprising of vWFA domains 8 and 9 of the INSP 145 polypeptide are included as aspects of the invention.
  • Preferred fragments comprise or consist of amino acid residues 1736-1894 (the vWFA domain 8), amino acid residues 1942-2122 (the vWFA domain 9) or amino acid residues 1736-2122 (the vWFA domains 8&9).
  • the cloning of the fragment of the INSP 145 polypeptide containing vWFA domains 8 and 9 is described in the Examples.
  • the fragment of the INSP 145 polypeptide containing vWFA 8 and 9 domains was initially cloned with a signal peptide at the N-terminal.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 192 is referred to hereafter as "the cloned INSP 145 vWFA 8&9 polypeptide" and includes a signal peptide.
  • polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 194 is referred to hereafter as "the cloned INSP 145 vWFA 8&9 with histidine tag polypeptide” and additionally includes a histidine tag at its C-terminal.
  • polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 196 is referred to hereafter as "the mature cloned INSP 145 vWFA 8&9 polypeptide" and does not contain either a signal peptide or the histidine tag.
  • polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:198 is referred to hereafter as "the mature cloned INSP145 vWFA 8&9 polypeptide with histidine tag polypeptide" does not contain the signal peptide but contains a histidine tag at its C-terminal.
  • the INSP 145 polypeptide comprises a number of domains at the following positions in the INSP 145 polypeptide/nucleotide sequences:
  • the term "INSP 145 polypeptides" as used herein includes polypeptides comprising the INSP 145 exon 1 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 2 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 3 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 4 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 5 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 6 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 7 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 8 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 9 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 10 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 11 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 12 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 13 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 14 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 15 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 16 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 17 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 18 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 19 polypeptide, the INSP
  • polypeptide which polypeptide:
  • (ii) is a fragment thereof which functions as an vWFA-domain containing protein, preferably as a vWFA-domain containing alpha 3 type VI collagen protein, or has an antigenic determinant in common with the polypeptides of (i); or
  • the polypeptide according to this first aspect of the invention (i) comprises the amino acid sequence as recited in SEQ ID NO: 108;
  • (ii) is a fragment thereof which functions as an vWFA-domain containing protein, preferably as a vWFA-domain containing alpha 3 type VI collagen protein, or has an antigenic determinant in common with the polypeptides of (i); or
  • a polypeptide according to this aspect of the invention may consist of any one of the sequences recited above as SEQ ID NO:74, SEQ ID NO:76, SEQ ID NO:78, SEQ ID NO:80, SEQ ID NO.82, SEQ ID NO:84, SEQ ID NO:86, SEQ ID NO:88, SEQ ID NO:90, SEQ ID NO:92, SEQ ID NO:94, SEQ ID NO:96, SEQ ID NO:98, SEQ ID NO:100, SEQ ID NO:102, SEQ ID NO:104, SEQ ID NO:106, SEQ ID NO:108, SEQ ID NO:186 and/or SEQ ID NO: 188;
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:74 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP146 exon 1 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:76 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP146 exon 2 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:78 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 146 exon 3 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 80 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP146 exon 4 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 82 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 146 exon 5 polypeptide”.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 84 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 146 exon 6 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:86 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP146 exon 7 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 88 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 146 exon 8 polypeptide”.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:90 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP146 exon 9 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:92 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP146 exon 10 polypeptide”.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 94 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP146 exon 11 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:96 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP146 exon 12 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:98 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 146 exon 13 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:100 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP146 exon 14 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 102 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP146 exon 15 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:104 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP146 exon 16 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO.106 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP146 exon 17 polypeptide.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:108 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 146 polypeptide.
  • the full length INSP 146 polypeptide sequences without this postulated signal sequence is recited in SEQ ID NO: 188.
  • the INSP 146 exon 1 polypeptide without this sequence is recited in SEQ ID NO: 186.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 186 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 146 exon 1 mature polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 188 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP146 mature polypeptide".
  • the term "INSP 146 polypeptides" as used herein includes polypeptides comprising the INSP 146 exon 1 polypeptide, the INSP 146 exon 2 polypeptide, the INSP 146 exon 3 polypeptide, the INSP 146 exon 4 polypeptide, the INSP 146 exon 5 polypeptide, the INSP 146 exon 6 polypeptide, the INSP 146 exon 7 polypeptide, the INSP 146 exon 8 polypeptide, the INSP146 exon 9 polypeptide, the INSP146 exon 10 polypeptide, the INSP 146 exon 11 polypeptide, the INSP 146 exon 12 polypeptide, the INSP 146 exon 13 polypeptide, the INSP 146 exon 14 polypeptide, the INSP 146 exon 15 polypeptide, the INSP 146 exon 16 polypeptide, the INSP 146 exon 17 polypeptide, the INSP 146 polypeptide, the INSP146 exon 1 mature polypeptide and the INSP146 mature polypeptide
  • a polypeptide according to this aspect of the invention functions as a vWFA domain containing protein.
  • the INSP 146 polypeptide comprises a number of domains at the following positions in the INSP146 polypeptide/nucleotide sequences:
  • polypeptide which polypeptide:
  • (i) comprises the amino acid sequence as recited in SEQ ID NO: 110, SEQ ID NO: 112, SEQ ID NO:114, SEQ ID NO:116, SEQ ID NO:118, SEQ ID NO:120, SEQ ID NO:
  • (ii) is a fragment thereof which functions as an vWFA-domain containing protein, preferably as a vWFA-domain containing alpha 3 type VI collagen protein, or has an antigenic determinant in common with the polypeptides of (i); or
  • (i) comprises the amino acid sequence as recited in SEQ ID NO: 182;
  • (ii) is a fragment thereof which functions as an vWFA-domain containing protein, preferably as a vWFA-domain containing alpha 3 type VI collagen protein, or has an antigenic determinant in common with the polypeptides of (i); or
  • a polypeptide according to this aspect of the invention may consist of any one of the sequences recited above as SEQ ID NO:110, SEQ ID NO:112, SEQ ID NO:114, SEQ ID NO:116, SEQ ID NO:118, SEQ ID NO:120, SEQ ID NO:122, SEQ ID NO:124, SEQ ID NO: 126; SEQ ID NO: 128, SEQ ID NO: 130, SEQ ID NO: 132, SEQ ID NO: 134, SEQ ID NO:136, SEQ ID NO:138, SEQ ID NO:140, SEQ ID NO:142; SEQ ID NO:144, SEQ ID NO:146, SEQ ID NO:148, SEQ ID NO:150, SEQ ID NO:152, SEQ ID NO:154, SEQ ID NO:156, SEQ ID NO:158, SEQ ID NO:160, SEQ ID NO:162, SEQ ID NO:164, SEQ ID NO:166, SEQ ID NO:
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:110 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 1 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 112 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 2 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 114 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 3 polypeptide”.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:116 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 4 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:118 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 5 polypeptide”.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 120 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 6 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:122 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP147 exon 7 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 124 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 8 polypeptide”.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 126 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 9 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:128 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP147 exon 10 polypeptide”.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 130 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 11 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 132 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP147 exon 12 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 134 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 13 polypeptide”.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 136 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP147 exon 14 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 138 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 15 polypeptide”.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:140 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP147 exon 16 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 142 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 17 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:144 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP147 exon 18 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 146 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 19 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:148 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP147 exon 20 polypeptide”.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:150 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP147 exon 21 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 152 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP147 exon 22 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:154 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP147 exon 23 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 156 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 24 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:158 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 25 polypeptide”.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 160 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 26 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 162 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 27 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:164 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP147 exon 28 polypeptide”.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 166 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 29 polypeptide”.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 168 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP147 exon 30 polypeptide”.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 170 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 31 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 172 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 32 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:174 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP147 exon 33 polypeptide”.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 176 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 34 polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:178 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP147 exon 35 polypeptide".
  • polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 180 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 36 polypeptide".
  • polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO : 182 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 polypeptide”.
  • the full length INSP 147 polypeptide sequences without this postulated signal sequence is recited in SEQ ID NO: 190.
  • the INSP 147 exon 1 polypeptide without this sequence is recited in SEQ ID NO: 186.
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 190 is referred to hereafter as "the INSP 146 exon 1 mature polypeptide".
  • the polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 186 is referred to hereafter as "the INSP146 mature polypeptide”.
  • the term "INSP 147 polypeptides" as used herein includes polypeptides comprising the INSP 147 exon 1 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 2 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 3 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 4 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 5 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 6 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 7 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 8 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 9 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 10 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 11 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 12 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 13 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 14 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 15 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 16 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 17 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 18 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 19 polypeptide, the INSP
  • the INSP 147 polypeptide comprises a number of domains at the following positions in the INSP 147 polypeptide/nucleotide sequences:
  • vWFA-domain containing protein refers to a molecule containing at least one vWFA domain.
  • the "vWFA-domain containing protein” may be a molecule containing a vWFA domain detected with an e-value lower than 0.1, 0.01, 0.001, 0.0001, 0.0002, 0.00001, 0.000001 or 0.0000001.
  • a polypeptide according to this aspect of the invention functions as a vWFA- domain containing protein.
  • vWFA-domain containing protein we refer to polypeptides that comprise amino acid sequence or structural features that can be identified as conserved features within the polypeptides of the vWFA-domain containing protein family, such that the polypeptide's interaction with ligand or receptor is not substantially affected detrimentally in comparison to the function of the full length wild type polypeptide.
  • cysteine residues in specific positions within the polypeptide that allow the formation of intra-domain disulphide bonds.
  • a polypeptide according to this aspect of the invention functions as a vWFA-domain containing collagen alpha chain, comprising twenty collagen triple helix domains and vWFA domains, characterised by the association of the chains to form triple helices.
  • a vWFA domain containing protein shows biological activity in at least one of the assays described in Elizabeth M. Van Cott, M.D., and Michael Laposata, M.D., Ph.D., "Coagulation.” In: Jacobs DS et al, ed.
  • the polypeptides of the first aspect of the invention may further comprise a histidine tag.
  • the histidine tag is found at the C-terminal of the polypeptide.
  • the histidine tag comprises 1-10 histidine residues ⁇ e.g. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 residues). More preferably the histidine tag comprises 6 histidine residues.
  • an “antigenic determinant” of the present invention may be a part of a polypeptide of the present invention, which binds to an antibody-combining site or to a T-cell receptor (TCR).
  • an "antigenic determinant” may be a site on the surface of a polypeptide of the present invention to which a single antibody molecule binds.
  • an antigen has several or many different antigenic determinants and reacts with antibodies of many different specificities.
  • the antibody is immunospecific to a polypeptide of the invention.
  • the antibody is immunospecific to a polypeptide of the invention, which is not part of a fusion protein.
  • the antibody is immunospecific to INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 or a fragment thereof.
  • Antigenic determinants usually consist of chemically active surface groupings of molecules, such as amino acids or sugar side chains, and can have specific three dimensional structural characteristics, as well as specific charge characteristics.
  • the "antigenic determinant” refers to a particular chemical group on a polypeptide of the present invention that is antigenic, i.e. that elicit a specific immune response.
  • the invention provides a purified nucleic acid molecule which encodes a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention.
  • the term "purified nucleic acid molecule” preferably refers to a nucleic acid molecule of the invention that (1) has been separated from at least about 50 percent of proteins, lipids, carbohydrates, or other materials with which it is naturally found when total nucleic acid is isolated from the source cells, (2) is not linked to all or a portion of a polynucleotide to which the "purified nucleic acid molecule" is linked in nature, (3) is operably linked to a polynucleotide which it is not linked to in nature, or (4) does not occur in nature as part of a larger polynucleotide sequence.
  • the isolated nucleic acid molecule of the present invention is substantially free from any other contaminating nucleic acid molecule(s) or other contaminants that are found in its natural environment that would interfere with its use in polypeptide production or its therapeutic, diagnostic, prophylactic or research use.
  • genomic DNA are specifically excluded from the scope of the invention.
  • genomic DNA larger than 10 kbp (kilo base pairs), 50 kbp, 100 kbp, 150 kbp, 200 kbp, 250 kbp or 300 kbp are specifically excluded from the scope of the invention.
  • the "purified nucleic acid molecule" consists of cDNA only.
  • the purified nucleic acid molecule comprises the nucleic acid sequence as recited in SEQ ID NO:1 (encoding the INSP145 exon 1 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:3 (encoding the INSP 145 exon 2 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO: 5 (encoding the INSP 145 exon 3 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:7 (encoding the INSP145 exon 4 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:9 (encoding the INSP 145 exon 5 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:11 (encoding the INSP 145 exon 6 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:13 (encoding the INSP145 exon 7 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO: 15 (encoding the INSP 145 exon 8 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO: 17 (encoding the INSP145 exon 9 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:19 (encoding the INSP145 exon 10 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:21 (encoding the INSP145 exon 11 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:
  • the invention provides a purified nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes under high stringency conditions with a nucleic acid molecule of the second aspect of the invention.
  • High stringency hybridisation conditions are defined as overnight incubation at 42°C in a solution comprising 50% formamide, 5XSSC (15OmM NaCl, 15mM trisodium citrate), 5OmM sodium phosphate (pH7.6), 5x Denhardts solution, 10% dextran sulphate, and 20 microgram/ml denatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA, followed by washing the filters in 0.1X SSC at approximately 65°C.
  • the invention provides a vector, such as an expression vector, that contains a nucleic acid molecule of the second or third aspect of the invention.
  • the invention provides a host cell transformed with a vector of the fourth aspect of the invention.
  • the invention provides a ligand which binds specifically to the vWFA- domain containing proteins of the first aspect of the invention.
  • the ligand inhibits the function of a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention which is a member of the defensin family of proteins.
  • Ligands to a polypeptide according to the invention may come in various forms, including natural or modified substrates, enzymes, receptors, small organic molecules such as small natural or synthetic organic molecules of up to 2000Da, preferably 800Da or less, peptidomimetics, inorganic molecules, peptides, polypeptides, antibodies, structural or functional mimetics of the aforementioned.
  • the invention provides a compound that is effective to alter the expression of a natural gene which encodes a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or to regulate the activity of a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention.
  • a compound that is effective to alter the expression of a natural gene which encodes a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or to regulate the activity of a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention.
  • Such compounds may be identified using the assays and screening methods disclosed herein.
  • a compound of the seventh aspect of the invention may either increase (agonise) or decrease (antagonise) the level of expression of the gene or the activity of the polypeptide.
  • the identification of the function of the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147, exon polypeptides and the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 polypeptides allows for the design of screening methods capable of identifying compounds that are effective in the 2006/004027
  • Ligands and compounds according to the sixth and seventh aspects of the invention may be identified using such methods. These methods are included as aspects of the present invention.
  • Another aspect of this invention resides in the use of an INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 gene or polypeptide as a target for the screening of candidate drug modulators, particularly candidate drugs active against vWFA domain containing protein related disorders.
  • a further aspect of this invention resides in methods of screening of compounds for therapy of vWFA domain containing protein related disorders, comprising determining the ability of a compound to bind to an INSP145, INSP146 or INSP147 gene or polypeptide, or a fragment thereof.
  • a further aspect of this invention resides in methods of screening of compounds for therapy of vWFA domain containing protein related disorders, comprising testing for modulation of the activity of an INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 gene or polypeptide, or a fragment thereof.
  • the invention provides a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention, or a nucleic acid molecule of the second or third aspect of the invention, or a vector of the fourth aspect of the invention, or a host cell of the fifth aspect of the invention, or a ligand of the sixth aspect of the invention, or a compound of the seventh aspect of the invention, for use in therapy or diagnosis of diseases in which vWFA-domain containing proteins are implicated.
  • INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 or fragments thereof may be useful in the diagnosis and/or treatment of diseases for which other collagen type VI alpha chains demonstrate therapeutic activity.
  • vWF Willebrand factor
  • VWA type A domain
  • Collagen triple helix repeat fragments containing the Willebrand factor (vWF) type A domain (VWA) and/or the Collagen triple helix repeat
  • Such diseases may include cell proliferative disorders, including neoplasm, melanoma, lung, colorectal, breast, pancreas, head and neck and other solid tumours; myeloproliferative disorders, such as leukemia, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, leukopenia, thrombocytopenia, angiogenesis disorder, Kaposis 1 sarcoma; autoimmune/inflammatory disorders, including allergy, inflammatory bowel disease, arthritis, psoriasis and respiratory tract inflammation, asthma, and organ transplant rejection; cardiovascular disorders, including hypertension, oedema, angina, atherosclerosis, thrombosis, sepsis, shock, reperfusion injury, and ischemia; neurological disorders including central nervous system disease, Alzheimer's disease, brain injury, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, and pain; developmental disorders; metabolic disorders including diabetes mellitus, osteoporosis, and obesity, AIDS and renal disease; infections including viral infection, bacterial infection, fungal infection and parasitic infection
  • Such diseases may further include Autoimmune neuropathies (Inflammatory demyelinating neuropathy, Acute inflammatory demyelinating neuropathy e.g. Guillain-Barre Syndrome (acute inflammatory demyelinating polyradiculoneuropathy)), Metabolic neuropathies (Diabetic polyneuropathy, Uremic neuropathy, Hypothyroid neuropathy, Hepatic neuropathy, Porphyric neuropathy, Neuropathy associated with multiorgan failure and sepsis), Nutritional neuropathies (Alcoholic neuropathy, Beriberi, Neuropathy related to Vit.
  • Autoimmune neuropathies Inflammatory demyelinating neuropathy, Acute inflammatory demyelinating neuropathy e.g. Guillain-Barre Syndrome (acute inflammatory demyelinating polyradiculoneuropathy)
  • Metabolic neuropathies Diabetic polyneuropathy, Uremic neuropathy, Hypothyroid neuropathy, Hepatic neuropathy, Porphyric neuropathy, Neuropathy associated with multiorgan failure and seps
  • B 12 deficiency Neuropathy related to VitE deficiency, Neuropathy related to postgastrectomy state, Neuropathy related to Celiac disease), Ischemic neuropathies (Vasculitic neuropathy, Neuropathy of peripheral vascular disease, Diabetic mononeuropathy and polyneuropathy), Toxic neuropathy, Paraneoplastic neuropathy, Amyloid neuropathy, Paraproteinemic neuropathy, Inherited neuropathy, Neuropathy associated with infections (Herpes zoster, Leprosy, Diphteria, HIV, Lyme), Sarcoid Neuropathy, Radiation Neuropathy, Traumatic Neuropathy, Cryptogenic Neuropathy), Infectious polyneuropathies (Leprosy, Diphtheria, Varicella-zoster virus), Hereditary neuropathies (herediatry motor and sensory neuropathies (HMSN), hereditary sensory and autonomic neuipathies (HSAN), Familial amyloid polyneuropathies), Acquired metabolic and toxic neuropathies (Peripheral neuropathy in adult-onset
  • the disease being diagnosed or treated is a neuropathy or a myopathy, such as muscular dystrophy.
  • These molecules may also be used in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of such diseases.
  • These moieties of the first, second, third, fourth, fifth, sixth or seventh aspects of the invention may also be used in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of such diseases.
  • the invention provides a method of diagnosing a disease in a patient, comprising assessing the level of expression of a natural gene encoding a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or the activity of a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention in tissue from said patient and comparing said level of expression or activity to a control level, wherein a level that is different to said control level is indicative of disease.
  • Such a method will preferably be carried out in vitro. Similar methods may be used for monitoring the therapeutic treatment of disease in a patient, wherein altering the level of expression or activity of a polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule over the period of time towards a control level is indicative of regression of disease.
  • a preferred method for detecting polypeptides of the first aspect of the invention comprises the steps of: (a) contacting a ligand, such as an antibody, of the sixth aspect of the invention with a biological sample vinder conditions suitable for the formation of a ligand- polypeptide complex; and (b) detecting said complex.
  • a number of different such methods according to the ninth aspect of the invention exist, as the skilled reader will be aware, such as methods of nucleic acid hybridization with short probes, point mutation analysis, polymerase chain reaction (PCR) amplification and methods using antibodies to detect aberrant protein levels. Similar methods may be used on a short or long term basis to allow therapeutic treatment of a disease to be monitored in a patient.
  • the invention also provides kits that are useful in these methods for diagnosing disease.
  • the disease diagnosed by a method of the ninth aspect of the invention is a disease in which vWFA-domain containing protein are implicated, as described above.
  • the invention provides for the use of a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention as an vWFA-domain containing protein.
  • Suitable uses of the polypeptides of the invention as adhesion molecule proteins include use as a regulator of cellular growth, metabolism or differentiation, use as part of a receptor/ligand pair and use as a diagnostic marker for a physiological or pathological condition selected from the list given above.
  • the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition
  • a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention, or a nucleic acid molecule of the second or third aspect of the invention, or a vector of the fourth aspect of the invention, or a host cell of the fifth aspect of the invention, or a ligand of the sixth aspect of the invention, or a compound of the seventh aspect of the invention, in conjunction with a pharmaceutically- acceptable carrier.
  • the present invention provides a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention, or a nucleic acid molecule of the second or third aspect of the invention, or a vector of the fourth aspect of the invention, or a host cell of the fifth aspect of the invention, or a ligand of the sixth aspect of the invention, or a compound of the seventh aspect of the invention, for use in the manufacture of a medicament for the diagnosis or treatment of a disease, such as, but not limited to, cell proliferative disorders, including neoplasm, melanoma, lung, colorectal, breast, pancreas, head and neck and other solid tumours; myeloproliferative disorders, such as leukemia, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, leukopenia, thrombocytopenia, angiogenesis disorder, Kaposis' sarcoma; autoimmune/inflammatory disorders, including allergy, inflammatory bowel disease, arthritis, psoriasis and respiratory tract inflammation, asthma, and organ transplant
  • a disease such as, but
  • the invention provides a method of treating a disease in a patient comprising administering to the patient a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention, or a nucleic acid molecule of the second or third aspect of the invention, or a vector of the fourth aspect of the invention, or a host cell of the fifth aspect of the invention, or a ligand of the sixth aspect of the invention, or a compound of the seventh aspect of the invention.
  • the polypeptide, nucleic acid molecule, ligand or compound administered to the patient should be an agonist.
  • the polypeptide, nucleic acid molecule, ligand or compound administered to the patient should be an antagonist.
  • antagonists include antisense nucleic acid molecules, ribozymes and ligands, such as antibodies.
  • the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 polypeptides are vWFA domain containing proteins and thus have roles in many disease states. Antagonists of the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP 147 polypeptides are of particular interest as they provide a way of modulating these disease states.
  • the invention provides transgenic or knockout non-human animals that have been transformed to express higher, lower or absent levels of a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. Such transgenic animals are very useful models for the study of disease and may also be used in screening regimes for the identification of compounds that are effective in the treatment or diagnosis of such a disease.
  • “functional equivalent” refers to a protein or nucleic acid molecule that possesses functional or structural characteristics that are substantially similar to a polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule of the present invention.
  • a functional equivalent of a protein may contain modifications depending on the necessity of such modifications for the performance of a specific function.
  • the term “functional equivalent” is intended to include the fragments, mutants, hybrids, variants, analogs, or chemical derivatives of a molecule.
  • the "functional equivalent” may be a protein or nucleic acid molecule that exhibits any one or more of the functional activities of the polypeptides of the present invention.
  • the "functional equivalent” may be a protein or nucleic acid molecule that displays substantially similar activity compared with INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 or fragments thereof in a suitable assay for the measurement of biological activity or function.
  • the "functional equivalent” may be a protein or nucleic acid molecule that displays identical or higher activity compared with INSP 145, INSP 146 and INSP 147 or fragments thereof in a suitable assay for the measurement of biological activity or function.
  • the "functional equivalent” may be a protein or nucleic acid molecule that displays 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99%, 100% or more activity compared with INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 or fragments thereof in a suitable assay for the measurement of biological activity or function.
  • the "functional equivalent” may be a protein or polypeptide capable of exhibiting a substantially similar in vivo or in vitro activity as the polypeptides of the invention.
  • the "functional equivalent” may be a protein or polypeptide capable of interacting with other cellular or extracellular molecules in a manner substantially similar to the way in which the corresponding portion of the polypeptides of the invention would.
  • a "functional equivalent” would be able, in an immunoassay, to diminish the binding of an antibody to the corresponding peptide (i.e., the peptide the amino acid sequence of which was modified to achieve the "functional equivalent") of the polypeptide of the invention, or to the polypeptide of the invention itself, where the antibody was raised against the corresponding peptide of the polypeptide of the invention.
  • An equimolar concentration of the functional equivalent will diminish the aforesaid binding of the corresponding peptide by at least about 5%, preferably between about 5% and 10%, more preferably between about 10% and 25%, even more preferably between about 25% and 50%, and most preferably between about 40% and 50%.
  • polypeptide includes any peptide or protein comprising two or more amino acids joined to each other by peptide bonds or modified peptide bonds, i.e. peptide isosteres. This term refers both to short chains (peptides and oligopeptides) and to longer chains (proteins).
  • the polypeptide of the present invention may be in the form of a mature protein or may be a pre-, pro- or prepro- protein that can be activated by cleavage of the pre-, pro- or prepro- portion to produce an active mature polypeptide.
  • the pre-, pro- or prepro- sequence may be a leader or secretory sequence or may be a sequence that is employed for purification of the mature polypeptide sequence.
  • the polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention may form part of a fusion protein.
  • a fusion protein may contain one or more additional amino acid sequences which may contain secretory or leader sequences, pro-sequences, sequences which aid in purification, or sequences that confer higher protein stability, for example during recombinant production.
  • the mature polypeptide may be fused with another compound, such as a compound to increase the half-life of the polypeptide (for example, polyethylene glycol).
  • a polypeptide of the invention that may comprise a sequence having at least 85% of homology with INSP145, INSP146 or INSP147, is a fusion protein.
  • fusion proteins can be obtained by cloning a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide comprising a sequence having at least 85% of homology with INSP145, INSP146 or INSP 147 in frame to the coding sequences for a heterologous protein sequence.
  • heterologous when used herein, is intended to designate any polypeptide other than a human INSP145, INSP146 or INSP147 polypeptide.
  • heterologous sequences that can be comprised in the fusion proteins either at the N- or C-terminus, include: extracellular domains of membrane-bound protein, immunoglobulin constant regions (Fc regions), multimerization domains, domains of extracellular proteins, signal sequences, export sequences, and sequences allowing purification by affinity chromatography.
  • heterologous sequences are commercially available in expression plasmids since these sequences are commonly included in fusion proteins in order to provide additional properties without significantly impairing the specific biological activity of the protein fused to them (Terpe K, 2003, Appl Microbiol Biotechnol, 60:523-33).
  • additional properties are a longer lasting half-life in body fluids, the extracellular localization, or an easier purification procedure as allowed by the a stretch of Histidines forming the so-called "histidine tag" (Gentz et al.
  • the heterologous sequence can be eliminated by a proteolytic cleavage, for example by inserting a proteolytic cleavage site between the protein and the heterologous sequence, and exposing the purified fusion protein to the appropriate protease.
  • the INSP145, INSP146 or INSP147 polypeptide may be purified by means of a hexa-histidine peptide fused at the C-terminus of INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147.
  • the fusion protein comprises an immunoglobulin region
  • the fusion may be direct, or via a short linker peptide which can be as short as 1 to 3 amino acid residues in length or longer, for example, 13 amino acid residues in length.
  • Said linker may be a tripeptide of the sequence E-F-M (Glu-Phe-Met), for example, or a 13- amino acid linker sequence comprising Glu-Phe-Gly-Ala-Gly-Leu-Val-Leu-Gly-Gly-Gln- Phe-Met (SEQ ID NO: 199) introduced between the sequence of the substances of the invention and the immunoglobulin sequence.
  • the resulting fusion protein has improved properties, such as an extended residence time in body fluids (i.e. an increased half-life), increased specific activity, increased expression level, or the purification of the fusion protein is facilitated.
  • the protein is fused to the constant region of an Ig molecule.
  • it is fused to heavy chain regions, like the CH2 and CH3 domains of human IgGl, for example.
  • Other isoforms of Ig molecules are also suitable for the generation of fusion proteins according to the present invention, such as isoforms IgG2 or IgG4, or other Ig classes, like IgM or IgA, for example. Fusion proteins may be monomeric or multimeric, hetero- or homomultimeric.
  • the functional derivative comprises at least one moiety attached to one or more functional groups, which occur as one or more side chains on the amino acid residues.
  • the moiety is a polyethylene (PEG) moiety. PEGylation may be carried out by known methods, such as the ones described in WO99/55377, for example.
  • Polypeptides may contain amino acids other than the 20 gene-encoded amino acids, modified either by natural processes, such as by post-translational processing or by chemical modification techniques which are well known in the art.
  • modifications which may commonly be present in polypeptides of the present invention are glycosylation, lipid attachment, sulphation, gamma-carboxylation, for instance of glutamic acid residues, hydroxylation and ADP-ribosylation.
  • Modifications can occur anywhere in a polypeptide, including the peptide backbone, the amino acid side-chains and the amino or carboxyl termini.
  • blockage of the amino or carboxyl terminus in a polypeptide, or both, by a covalent modification is common in naturally-occurring and synthetic polypeptides and such modifications may be present in polypeptides of the present invention.
  • the modifications that occur in a polypeptide often will be a function of how the polypeptide is made.
  • the nature and extent of the modifications in large part will be determined by the post-translational modification capacity of the particular host cell and the modification signals that are present in the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide in question. For instance, glycosylation patterns vary between different types of host cell.
  • polypeptides of the present invention can be prepared in any suitable manner.
  • Such polypeptides include isolated naturally-occurring polypeptides (for example purified from cell culture), recombinantly-produced polypeptides (including fusion proteins), synthetically-produced polypeptides or polypeptides that are produced by a combination of these methods.
  • the functionally-equivalent polypeptides of the first aspect of the invention may be polypeptides that are homologous to the INSP 145, INSP 146 and INSP 147, exon polypeptides and the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 polypeptides.
  • Two polypeptides are said to be "homologous", as the term is used herein, if the sequence of one of the polypeptides has a high enough degree of identity or similarity to the sequence of the other polypeptide. "Identity” indicates that at any particular position in the aligned sequences, the amino acid residue is identical between the sequences. "Similarity” indicates that, at any particular position in the aligned sequences, the amino acid residue is of a similar type between the sequences.
  • Homologous polypeptides therefore include natural biological variants (for example, allelic variants or geographical variations within the species from which the polypeptides are derived) and mutants (such as mutants containing amino acid substitutions, insertions or deletions) of the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147, exon polypeptides and the INSP145, INSP 146 and INSP 147 polypeptides.
  • mutants may include polypeptides in which one or more of the amino acid residues are substituted with a conserved or non-conserved amino acid residue (preferably a conserved amino acid residue) and such substituted amino B2006/004027
  • 34 acid residue may or may not be one encoded by the genetic code.
  • Typical such substitutions are among Ala, VaI, Leu and He; among Ser and Thr; among the acidic residues Asp and GIu; among Asn and GIn; among the basic residues Lys and Arg; or among the aromatic residues Phe and Tyr.
  • Particularly preferred are variants in which several, i.e. between 5 and 10, 1 and 5, 1 and 3, 1 and 2 or just 1 amino acids are substituted, deleted or added in any combination.
  • silent substitutions, additions and deletions which do not alter the properties and activities of the protein. Also especially preferred in this regard are conservative substitutions.
  • Such mutants also include polypeptides in which one or more of the amino acid residues includes a substituent group.
  • any substitution should be preferably a "conservative” or “safe” substitution, which is commonly defined a substitution introducing an amino acids having sufficiently similar chemical properties ⁇ e.g. a basic, positively charged amino acid should be replaced by another basic, positively charged amino acid), in order to preserve the structure and the biological function of the molecule.
  • Mutations reducing the affinity of the vWFA-domain containing protein may increase its ability to be reused and recycled, potentially increasing its therapeutic potency (Robinson CR, 2002).
  • Immunogenic epitopes eventually present in the polypeptides of the invention can be exploited for developing vaccines (Stevanovic S, 2002), or eliminated by modifying their sequence following known methods for selecting mutations for increasing protein stability, and correcting them (van den Burg B and Eijsink V, 2002; WO 02/05146, WO 00/34317, WO 98/52976).
  • Preferred alternative, synonymous groups for amino acids derivatives included in peptide mimetics are those defined in Table 2.
  • amino acid derivatives also include aminoisobutyric acid (Aib), hydroxyproline (Hyp), 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinoline- 3-COOH, indoline-2carboxylic acid, 4-difluoro-proline, L- thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid, L-homoproline, 3,4-dehydro-proline, 3,4-dihydroxy-phenylalanine, cyclohexyl-glycine, and phenylglycine.
  • Aminb aminoisobutyric acid
  • Hyp hydroxyproline
  • 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinoline- 3-COOH 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinoline- 3-COOH
  • indoline-2carboxylic acid 4-difluoro-proline
  • L- thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid L-homoproline
  • 3,4-dehydro-proline 3,4-dihydroxy
  • amino acid derivative is intended an amino acid or amino acid-like chemical entity other than one of the 20 genetically encoded naturally occurring amino acids.
  • the amino acid derivative may contain substituted or non-substituted, linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl moieties, and may include one or more heteroatoms.
  • the amino acid derivatives can be made de novo or obtained from commercial sources (Calbiochem- Novabiochem AG, Switzerland; Bachem, USA).
  • functionally equivalent polypeptides of the first aspect of the invention have a degree of sequence identity with the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147, exon polypeptides and the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 polypeptides, or with active fragments thereof, of greater than 80%. More preferred polypeptides have degrees of identity of greater than 85%, 90%, 95%, 98% or 99%, respectively.
  • the functionally-equivalent polypeptides of the first aspect of the invention may also be polypeptides which have been identified using one or more techniques of structural alignment.
  • the Inpharmatica Genome Threader technology that forms one aspect of the search tools used to generate the BiopendiumTM search database may be used (see PCT application WO 01/69507) to identify polypeptides of presently-unknown function which, while having low sequence identity as compared to the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP 147, exon polypeptides and the INSP 145, INSP 146 and INSP 147 polypeptides, are predicted to be vWFA-domain containing proteins, by virtue of sharing significant structural homology with the INSP 145, INSP 146 and INSP 147 exon polypeptides and the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 polypeptides sequence.
  • significant structural homology is meant that the Inpharmatica Genome Threader predicts two proteins to share structural homology with a certainty of 10% and above.
  • polypeptides of the first aspect of the invention also include fragments of the INSP 145, INSP146 and INSP147, exon polypeptides and the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 polypeptides, provided that those fragments are vWFA-domain containing proteins or have an antigenic determinant in common with vWFA-domain containing proteins.
  • fragment refers to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence that is the same as part, but not all, of the amino acid sequence of the INSP 145, INSP 146 and INSP 147, exon polypeptides and the INSP 145, INSP 146 and INSP 147 polypeptides or one of their functional equivalents.
  • the fragments should comprise at least n consecutive amino acids from the sequence and, depending on the particular sequence, n preferably is 7 or more (for example, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20 or more). Small fragments may form an antigenic determinant.
  • Nucleic acid fragments according to the invention are preferably 10-6700 nucleotides in length, preferably 50-6000 nucleotides, preferably 100-5000 nucleotides, preferably 200- 4000 nucleotides, preferably 300-3000 nucleotides, preferably 500-2000 nucleotides, preferably 750-1500 nucleotides, preferably 1000-1250 nucleotides in length.
  • Polypeptide fragments according to the invention are preferably 10-2200 amino acids in length, preferably 50-2000, preferably 100-1500, preferably 250-1000 amino acids, preferably 300-750 amino acids, preferably 400-500 amino acids in length. Fragments of the full length the INSP 145, INSP 146 and INSP 147, exon polypeptides and the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 polypeptides may consist of combinations of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 or 17 of neighbouring exon sequences in the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 polypeptides respectively.
  • preferred fragments may comprise, for example, exons 1 and 2, exons 1 and 4, exons 2 and 6 or exons 7 and 10 etc.
  • preferred fragments may comprise one or more domains from the INSP145, INSP146 or INSP147 polypeptides.
  • Preferred fragments comprise combinations of one or more of the vWFA domains and the collagen domains of INSP 145, INSP146 and INSP147 which include vWFA domain 1 (aa25-192 of SEQ ID NO:72), vWFA domain 2 (aa227-395 of SEQ ID NO: 72), vWFA domain 3 (aa434-601 of SEQ ID NO: 72), vWFA domain 4 (aa620-786 of SEQ ID NO: 72), vWFA domain 5 (aa807-978 of SEQ ID NO: 72), vWFA domain 6 (aa999-1166 of SEQ ID NO: 72), vWFA domain 7 (aal 186-1344 of SEQ ID NO: 72), vWFA domain 8 (aal736-1895, preferably aal736- 1892 of SEQ ID NO: 72), vWFA domain 9 (aal942-2122
  • Preferred fragments may also comprise combinations of one or more exons that encode each particular domain.
  • preferred fragments include INSP 145 exon 2 (encompassing the vWFA domain 1), INSP 145 exon 3 (encompassing the vWFA domain 2), INSP145 exon 4 (encompassing the vWFA domain 3), INSP145 exon 5 (encompassing the vWFA domain 4), INSP 145 exon 6 (encompassing the vWFA domain 5), INSP 145 exon 7 (encompassing the vWFA domain 6), INSP 145 exons 8 and 9 (encompassing the vWFA domain 7), INSP 145 exon 31 (encompassing the vWFA domain 8), INSP145 exon 33 (encompassing the vWFA domain 9), INSP145 exons 11-28 (encompassing the INSP 145 collagen domain), INSP 146 exons 10-17 (encompassing the INSP 146 collagen domain), INSP 147 exon 32 (encompassing the vWFA domain 8), INSP 147 exon 34 (encompassing the vWFA domain 9) and IN
  • fragments may be "free-standing", i.e. not part of or fused to other amino acids or polypeptides, or they may be comprised within a larger polypeptide of which they form a part or region.
  • the fragment of the invention When comprised within a larger polypeptide, the fragment of the invention most preferably forms a single continuous region.
  • certain preferred embodiments relate to a fragment having a pre- and/or pro- polypeptide region fused to the amino terminus of the fragment and/or an additional region fused to the carboxyl terminus of the fragment.
  • several fragments may be comprised within a single larger polypeptide.
  • polypeptides of the present invention or their immunogenic fragments can be used to generate ligands, such as polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies, that are immunospecific for the polypeptides.
  • ligands such as polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies
  • Such antibodies may be employed to isolate or to identify clones expressing the polypeptides of the invention or to purify the polypeptides by affinity chromatography.
  • the antibodies may also be employed as diagnostic or therapeutic aids, amongst other applications, as will be apparent to the skilled reader.
  • immunospecific means that the antibodies have substantially greater affinity for the polypeptides of the invention than their affinity for other related polypeptides in the prior art.
  • antibody refers to intact molecules as well as to fragments thereof, such as Fab, F(ab')2 and Fv, which are capable of binding to the antigenic determinant in question. Such antibodies thus bind to the polypeptides of the first aspect of the invention.
  • substantially greater affinity we mean that there is a measurable increase in the affinity for a polypeptide of the invention as compared with the affinity for known vWFA domain containing proteins.
  • the affinity is at least 1.5-fold, 2-fold, 5-fold 10-fold, 100-fold, 10 3 -fold, 10 4 - fold, 10 5 -fold, 10 6 -fold or greater for a polypeptide of the invention than for known vWFA- domain containing proteins.
  • a selected mammal such as a mouse, rabbit, goat or horse
  • a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention may be immunised with a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention.
  • the polypeptide used to immunise the animal can be derived by recombinant DNA technology or can be synthesized chemically.
  • the polypeptide can be conjugated to a carrier protein.
  • Commonly used carriers to which the polypeptides may be chemically coupled include bovine serum albumin, thyroglobulin and keyhole limpet haemocyanin.
  • the coupled polypeptide is then used to immunise the animal. Serum from the immunised animal is collected and treated according to known procedures, for example by immunoaffinity chromatography.
  • Monoclonal antibodies to the polypeptides of the first aspect of the invention can also be readily produced by one skilled in the art.
  • the general methodology for making monoclonal antibodies using hybridoma technology is well known (see, for example, Kohler, G. and Milstein, C 5 Nature 256: 495-497 (1975); Kozbor et al, Immunology Today 4: 72 (1983); Cole et al, 77-96 in Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy, Alan R. Liss, Inc. (1985).
  • Panels of monoclonal antibodies produced against the polypeptides of the first aspect of the invention can be screened for various properties, i.e., for isotype, epitope, affinity, etc.
  • Monoclonal antibodies are particularly useful in purification of the individual polypeptides against which they are directed.
  • genes encoding the monoclonal antibodies of interest may be isolated from hybridomas, for instance by PCR techniques known in the art, and cloned and expressed in appropriate vectors.
  • Chimeric antibodies in which non-human variable regions are joined or fused to human constant regions (see, for example, Liu et ah, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 84, 3439 (1987)), may also be of use.
  • the antibody may be modified to make it less immunogenic in an individual, for example by humanisation (see Jones et ah, Nature, 321, 522 (1986); Verhoeyen et ah, Science, 239, 1534 (1988); Kabat et ah, J. Immunol, 147, 1709 (1991); Queen et ah, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA, 86, 10029 (1989); Gorman et ah, Proc.
  • humanised antibody refers to antibody molecules in which the CDR amino acids and selected other amino acids in the variable domains of the heavy and/or light chains of a non-human donor antibody have been substituted in place of the equivalent amino acids in a human antibody.
  • the humanised antibody thus closely resembles a human antibody but has the binding ability of the donor antibody.
  • the antibody may be a "bispecific" antibody, that is an antibody having two different antigen binding domains, each domain being directed against a different epitope.
  • Phage display technology may be utilised to select genes which encode antibodies with binding activities towards the polypeptides of the invention either from repertoires of PCR amplified V-genes of lymphocytes from humans screened for possessing the relevant antibodies, or from naive libraries (McCaffeity, J. et ah, (1990), Nature 348, 552-554; Marks, J. et ah, (1992) Biotechnology 10, 779-783).
  • the affinity of these antibodies can also be improved by chain shuffling (Clackson, T. et ah, (1991) Nature 352, 624-628).
  • Antibodies generated by the above techniques have additional utility in that they may be employed as reagents in immunoassays, radioimmunoassays (RIA) or enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISA).
  • the antibodies can be labelled with an analytically-detectable reagent such as a radioisotope, a fluorescent molecule or an enzyme.
  • Preferred nucleic acid molecules of the second and third aspects of the invention are those which encode a polypeptide sequence as recited in SEQ ID NO.2, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO.8, SEQ ID NO:10, SEQ ID NO.12, SEQ ID NO:14, SEQ ID NO-.16, SEQ ID NO: 18, SEQ ID NO:20, SEQ ID NO:22, SEQ ID NO:24, SEQ ID NO.26, SEQ ID NO:28, SEQ ID NO:30, SEQ ID NO:32, SEQ ID NO.34, SEQ ID NO:36; SEQ ID NO.38, SEQ ID NO:40, SEQ ID NO:42, SEQ ID NO:44, SEQ ID NO:46, SEQ ID NO:48, SEQ ID NO.50; SEQ ID NO:52; SEQ ID NO.54, SEQ ID NO:56, SEQ ID NO:58, SEQ ID NO:60, SEQ ID NO:62, SEQ ID NO:64, SEQ ID
  • nucleic acid molecules may be used in the methods and applications described herein.
  • the nucleic acid molecules of the invention preferably comprise at least n consecutive nucleotides from the sequences disclosed herein where, depending on the particular sequence, n is 10 or more (for example, 12, 14, 15, 18, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40 or more).
  • nucleic acid molecules of the invention also include sequences that are complementary to nucleic acid molecules described above (for example, for antisense or probing purposes).
  • Nucleic acid molecules of the present invention may be in the form of RNA, such as mRNA, or in the form of DNA, including, for instance cDNA, synthetic DNA or genomic DNA. Such nucleic acid molecules may be obtained by cloning, by chemical synthetic techniques or by a combination thereof. The nucleic acid molecules can be prepared, for example, by chemical synthesis using techniques such as solid phase phosphoramidite 6 004027
  • RNA molecules may generally be generated by the in vitro or in vivo transcription of DNA sequences.
  • the nucleic acid molecules may be double-stranded or single-stranded.
  • Single-stranded DNA may be the coding strand, also known as the sense strand, or it may be the non- coding strand, also referred to as the anti-sense strand.
  • nucleic acid molecule also includes analogues of DNA and RNA, such as those containing modified backbones, and peptide nucleic acids (PNA).
  • PNA peptide nucleic acids
  • PNAs may be pegylated to extend their lifespan in a cell, where they preferentially bind complementary single stranded DNA and RNA and stop transcript elongation (Nielsen, P.E. et al. (1993) Anticancer Drug Des. 8:53-63).
  • a nucleic acid molecule which encodes a polypeptide of this invention may be identical to the coding sequence of one or more of the nucleic acid
  • SEQ ID NO:2 SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO:8, SEQ ID NO:10, SEQ ID NO:12, SEQ ID NO:14, SEQ ID NO:16, SEQ ID NO:18, SEQ ID NO:20, SEQ ID NO:22, SEQ ID NO:24, SEQ ID NO:26, SEQ ID NO:28, SEQ ID NO:30, SEQ ID NO.32, SEQ ID NO:34, SEQ ID NO:36; SEQ ID NO.38, SEQ ID NO:40, SEQ ID NO:42, SEQ ID NO:44, SEQ ID NO:46, SEQ ID NO:48, SEQ ID NO:50; SEQ ID NO:52; SEQ ID NO:54, SEQ ID NO:56, SEQ ID NO:58, SEQ ID NO:60, SEQ ID NO:62, SEQ ID NO:64, SEQ
  • nucleic acid molecules may include, but are not limited to, the coding sequence for the mature polypeptide by itself; the coding sequence for the mature polypeptide and additional coding sequences, such as those encoding a leader or secretory sequence, such as a pro-, pre- or prepro- polypeptide sequence; the coding sequence of the mature polypeptide, with or without the aforementioned additional coding sequences, together with further additional, non-coding sequences, including non- coding 5' and 3' sequences, such as the transcribed, non-translated sequences that play a role in transcription (including termination signals), ribosome binding and mRNA stability.
  • the nucleic acid molecules may also include additional sequences which encode additional amino acids, such as those which provide additional functionalities.
  • nucleic acid molecules of the second and third aspects of the invention may also encode the fragments or the functional equivalents of the polypeptides and fragments of the first aspect of the invention.
  • a nucleic acid molecule may be a naturally-occurring variant such as a naturally-occurring allelic variant, or the molecule may be a variant that is not known to occur naturally.
  • non-naturally occurring variants of the nucleic acid molecule may be made by mutagenesis techniques, including those applied to nucleic acid molecules, cells or organisms.
  • variants in this regard are variants that differ from the aforementioned nucleic acid molecules by nucleotide substitutions, deletions or insertions.
  • the substitutions, deletions or insertions may involve one or more nucleotides.
  • the variants may be altered in coding or non-coding regions or both. Alterations in the coding regions may produce conservative or non-conservative amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions.
  • the nucleic acid molecules of the invention can also be engineered, using methods generally known in the art, for a variety of reasons, including modifying the cloning, processing, and/or expression of the gene product (the polypeptide).
  • DNA shuffling by random fragmentation and PCR reassembly of gene fragments and synthetic oligonucleotides are included as techniques which may be used to engineer the nucleotide sequences.
  • Site-directed mutagenesis may be used to insert new restriction sites, alter glycosylation patterns, change codon preference, produce splice variants, introduce B2006/004027
  • Nucleic acid molecules which encode a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention may be ligated to a heterologous sequence so that the combined nucleic acid molecule encodes a fusion protein.
  • Such combined nucleic acid molecules are included within the second or third aspects of the invention.
  • a fusion protein that can be recognised by a commercially-available antibody.
  • a fusion protein may also be engineered to contain a cleavage site located between the sequence of the polypeptide of the invention and the sequence of a heterologous protein so that the polypeptide may be cleaved and purified away from the heterologous protein.
  • the nucleic acid molecules of the invention also include antisense molecules that are partially complementary to nucleic acid molecules encoding polypeptides of the present invention and that therefore hybridize to the encoding nucleic acid molecules (hybridization).
  • antisense molecules such as oligonucleotides, can be designed to recognise, specifically bind to and prevent transcription of a target nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide of the invention, as will be known by those of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, Cohen, J.S., Trends in Pharm. ScL, 10, 435 (1989), Okano, J. Neurochem. 56, 560 (1991); O'Connor, J.
  • hybridization refers to the association of two nucleic acid molecules with one another by hydrogen bonding. Typically, one molecule will be fixed to a solid support and the other will be free in solution. Then, the two molecules may be placed in contact with one another under conditions that favour hydrogen bonding.
  • Factors that affect this bonding include: the type and volume of solvent; reaction temperature; time of hybridization; agitation; agents to block the non-specific attachment of the liquid phase molecule to the solid support (Denhardt's reagent or BLOTTO); the concentration of the molecules; use of compounds to increase the rate of association of molecules (dextran sulphate or polyethylene glycol); and the stringency of the washing conditions following hybridization (see Sambrook et al. [supra]).
  • the inhibition of hybridization of a completely complementary molecule to a target molecule may be examined using a hybridization assay, as known in the art (see, for example, Sambrook et al. [supra]).
  • a substantially homologous molecule will then compete for and inhibit the binding of a completely homologous molecule to the target molecule under various conditions of stringency, as taught in Wahl, G.M. and S. L. Berger (1987; Methods Enzymol. 152:399-407) and Kimmel, A.R. (1987; Methods Enzymol. 152:507-511).
  • Stringency refers to conditions in a hybridization reaction that favour the association of very similar molecules over association of molecules that differ.
  • High stringency hybridisation conditions are defined as overnight incubation at 42°C in a solution comprising 50% formamide, 5XSSC (15OmM NaCl, 15mM trisodium citrate), 5OmM sodium phosphate (pH7.6), 5x Denhardts solution, 10% dextran sulphate, and 20 microgram/ml denatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA, followed by washing the filters in 0.1X SSC at approximately 65°C.
  • Low stringency conditions involve the hybridisation reaction being carried out at 35°C (see Sambrook et al. [supra]).
  • the conditions used for hybridization are those of high stringency.
  • Preferred embodiments of this aspect of the invention are nucleic acid molecules that are at least 70% identical over their entire length to a nucleic acid molecule encoding the
  • nucleic acid molecules that are substantially complementary to such nucleic acid molecules.
  • a nucleic acid molecule according to this aspect of the invention comprises a region that is at least 80% identical over its entire length to such coding sequences, or is a nucleic acid molecule that is complementary thereto.
  • nucleic acid molecules at least 90%, preferably at least 95%, more preferably at least 98%, 99% or more identical over their entire length to the same are particularly preferred.
  • Preferred embodiments in this respect are nucleic acid molecules that encode polypeptides which retain substantially the same biological function or activity as the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147, exon polypeptides and the INSP145, INSP146 and
  • the invention also provides a process for detecting a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, comprising the steps of: (a) contacting a nucleic probe according to the invention with a biological sample under hybridizing conditions to form duplexes; and (b) detecting any such duplexes that are formed.
  • a nucleic acid molecule as described above may be used as a hybridization probe for RNA, cDNA or genomic DNA, in order to isolate full-length cDNAs and genomic clones encoding the INSP 145, INSP 146 and INSP 147 and to isolate cDNA and genomic clones of homologous or orthologous genes that have a high sequence similarity to the gene encoding this polypeptide.
  • the following techniques among others known in the art, may be utilised and are discussed below for purposes of illustration. Methods for DNA sequencing and analysis are well known and are generally available in the art and may, indeed, be used to practice many of the embodiments of the invention discussed herein.
  • Such methods may employ such enzymes as the Klenow fragment of DNA polymerase I, Sequenase (US Biochemical Corp, Cleveland, OH), Taq polymerase (Perkin Elmer), thermostable T7 polymerase (Amersham, Chicago, IL), or combinations of polymerases and proof-reading exonucleases such as those found in the ELONGASE Amplification System marketed by Gibco/BRL (Gaithersburg, MD).
  • the sequencing process may be automated using machines such as the Hamilton Micro Lab 2200 (Hamilton, Reno, NV), the Peltier Thermal Cycler (PTC200; MJ Research, Watertown, MA) and the ABI Catalyst and 373 and 377 DNA Sequencers (Perkin Elmer).
  • One method for isolating a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide with an equivalent function to that of the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 polypeptides is to probe a genomic or cDNA library with a natural or artificially-designed probe using standard procedures that are recognised in the art (see, for example, "Current Protocols in Molecular Biology", Ausubel et al. (eds). Greene Publishing Association and John Wiley Interscience, New York, 1989,1992).
  • Probes comprising at least 15, preferably at least 30, and more preferably at least 50, contiguous bases that correspond to, or are complementary to, nucleic acid sequences from the appropriate encoding gene (SEQ ID NO:1, SEQ ID NO:3, SEQ ID NO:5, SEQ ID NO:7, SEQ ID NO:9, SEQ ID NO:11, SEQ ID NO: 13, SEQ ID NO:15, SEQ ID NO:17, SEQ ID NO:19, SEQ ID NO:21, SEQ ID NO:23, SEQ ID NO:25, SEQ ID NO:27, SEQ ID NO:29, SEQ ID NO:31, SEQ ID NO:33, SEQ ID NO:35, SEQ ID NO:37, SEQ ID NO:39, SEQ ID NO:41, SEQ ID NO:43, SEQ ID NO:45, SEQ ID NO:47, SEQ ID NO:49, SEQ ID NO:51, SEQ ID NO:53, SEQ ID NO:55 5 SEQ ID NO:57, SEQ ID NO:59, S
  • Such probes may be labelled with an analytically-detectable reagent to facilitate their identification.
  • Useful reagents include, but are not limited to, radioisotopes, fluorescent dyes and enzymes that are capable of catalysing the formation of a detectable product.
  • the ordinarily skilled artisan will be capable of isolating complementary copies of genomic DNA, cDNA or RNA polynucleotides encoding proteins of interest from human, mammalian or other animal sources and screening such sources for related sequences, for example, for additional members of the family, type and/or subtype.
  • isolated cDNA sequences will be incomplete, in that the region encoding the polypeptide will be cut short, normally at the 5' end.
  • Several methods are available to obtain full length cDNAs, or to extend short cDNAs. Such sequences may be extended utilising a partial nucleotide sequence and employing various methods known in the art to detect upstream sequences such as promoters and regulatory elements. For example, one method which may be employed is based on the method of Rapid Amplification of cDNA Ends (RACE; see, for example, Frohman et al, PNAS USA 85, 8998-9002, 1988).
  • RACE Rapid Amplification of cDNA Ends
  • Another method which may be used is capture PCR which involves PCR amplification of DNA fragments adjacent a known sequence in human and yeast artificial chromosome DNA (Lagerstrom, M. et al. (1991) PCR Methods Applic, I 5 111-119). Another method which may be used to retrieve unknown sequences is that of Parker, J.D. et al. (1991); Nucleic Acids Res. 19:3055-3060). Additionally, one may use PCR, nested primers, and PromoterFinderTM libraries to walk genomic DNA (Clontech, Palo Alto, CA). This process avoids the need to screen libraries and is useful in finding intron/exon junctions.
  • libraries that have been size- selected to include larger cDNAs.
  • random-primed libraries are preferable, in that they will contain more sequences that contain the 5' regions of genes. Use of a randomly primed library may be especially preferable for situations in which an oligo d(T) library does not yield a full-length cDNA.
  • Genomic libraries may be useful for extension of sequence into 5' non-transcribed regulatory regions.
  • the nucleic acid molecules of the present invention may be used for chromosome localisation.
  • a nucleic acid molecule is specifically targeted to, and can hybridize with, a particular location on an individual human chromosome.
  • the mapping of relevant sequences to chromosomes according to the present invention is an important step in the confirmatory correlation of those sequences with the gene-associated disease. Once a sequence has been mapped to a precise chromosomal location, the physical position of the sequence on the chromosome can be correlated with genetic map data. Such data are found in, for example, V. McKusick, Mendelian Inheritance in Man (available on-line through Johns Hopkins University Welch Medical Library).
  • the relationships between genes and diseases that have been mapped to the same chromosomal region are then identified through linkage analysis (coinheritance of physically adjacent genes). This provides valuable information to investigators searching for disease genes using positional cloning or other gene discovery techniques. Once the disease or syndrome has been crudely localised by genetic linkage to a particular genomic region, any sequences mapping to that area may represent associated or regulatory genes for further investigation.
  • the nucleic acid molecule may also be used to detect differences in the chromosomal location due to translocation, inversion, etc. among normal, carrier, or affected individuals.
  • the nucleic acid molecules of the present invention are also valuable for tissue localisation. Such techniques allow the determination of expression patterns of the polypeptide in tissues by detection of the mRNAs that encode them. These techniques include in situ B2006/004027
  • RNA interference (Elbashir, SM et al, Nature 2001, 411, 494-498) is one method of sequence specific post- transcriptional gene silencing that may be employed. Short dsRNA oligonucleotides are synthesised in vitro and introduced into a cell. The sequence specific binding of these dsRNA oligonucleotides triggers the degradation of target mRNA, reducing or ablating target protein expression.
  • Efficacy of the gene silencing approaches assessed above may be assessed through the measurement of polypeptide expression (for example, by Western blotting), and at the RNA level using TaqMan-based methodologies.
  • the vectors of the present invention comprise nucleic acid molecules of the invention and may be cloning or expression vectors.
  • the host cells of the invention which may be transformed, transfected or transduced with the vectors of the invention may be prokaryotic or eukaryotic.
  • polypeptides of the invention may be prepared in recombinant form by expression of their encoding nucleic acid molecules in vectors contained within a host cell. Such expression methods are well known to those of skill in the art and many are described in detail by Sambrook et al. ⁇ supra) and Fernandez & Hoeffler (1998, eds. "Gene expression systems. Using nature for the art of expression”. Academic Press, San Diego, London, Boston, New York, Sydney, Tokyo, Toronto).
  • any system or vector that is suitable to maintain, propagate or express nucleic acid molecules to produce a polypeptide in the required host may be used.
  • the appropriate nucleotide sequence may be inserted into an expression system by any of a variety of well- known and routine techniques, such as, for example, those described in Sambrook et al, ⁇ supra).
  • the encoding gene can be placed under the control of a control element such as a promoter, ribosome binding site (for bacterial expression) and, optionally, an operator, so that the DNA sequence encoding the desired polypeptide is transcribed into RNA in the transformed host cell.
  • suitable expression systems include, for example, chromosomal, episomal and virus-derived systems, including, for example, vectors derived from: bacterial plasmids, bacteriophage, transposons, yeast episomes, insertion elements, yeast chromosomal elements, viruses such as baculoviruses, papova viruses such as SV40, vaccinia viruses, adenoviruses, fowl pox viruses, pseudorabies viruses and retroviruses, or combinations thereof, such as those derived from plasmid and bacteriophage genetic elements, including cosmids and phagemids.
  • HACs Human artificial chromosomes
  • the vectors pCR4-TOPO-INSP145 vWFA, pCR4-TOPO-INSP145 SigPep + vWFA domains 8&9, pCR4-TOPO-INSP145 vWFA domains 8&9, pENTR_INSP145 SigPep + vWFA domains 8&9-6HIS and pDEST12.2_INSP145 SigPep + vWFA domains 8&9-6HIS are preferred examples of suitable vectors for use in accordance with the aspects of this invention relating to INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147.
  • Particularly suitable expression systems include microorganisms such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage, plasmid or cosmid DNA expression vectors; yeast transformed with yeast expression vectors; insect cell systems infected with virus expression vectors (for example, baculovirus); plant cell systems transformed with virus expression vectors (for example, cauliflower mosaic virus, CaMV; tobacco mosaic virus, TMV) or with bacterial expression vectors (for example, Ti or pBR322 plasmids); or animal cell systems.
  • Cell-free translation systems can also be employed to produce the polypeptides of the invention.
  • nucleic acid molecules encoding a polypeptide of the present invention into host cells can be effected by methods described in many standard laboratory manuals, such as Davis et al, Basic Methods in Molecular Biology (1986) and Sambrook et al., ⁇ supra). Particularly suitable methods include calcium phosphate transfection, DEAE-dextran mediated transfection, transfection, microinjection, cationic lipid-mediated transfection, electroporation, transduction, scrape loading, ballistic introduction or infection (see Sambrook et al, 1989 [supra]; Ausubel et al, 1991 [supra]; Spector, Goldman & Leinwald, 1998).
  • expression systems may either be transient (for example, episomal) or permanent (chromosomal integration) according to the needs of the system.
  • the encoding nucleic acid molecule may or may not include a sequence encoding a control sequence, such as a signal peptide or leader sequence, as desired, for example, for secretion of the translated polypeptide into the lumen of the endoplasmic reticulum, into the periplasmic space or into the extracellular environment.
  • signals may be endogenous to the polypeptide or they may be heterologous signals.
  • Leader sequences can be removed by the bacterial host in post-translational processing.
  • regulatory sequences that allow for regulation of the expression of the polypeptide relative to the growth of the host cell.
  • regulatory sequences are those which cause the expression of a gene to be increased or decreased in response to a chemical or physical stimulus, including the presence of a regulatory compound or to various temperature or metabolic conditions.
  • Regulatory sequences are those non-translated regions of the vector, such as enhancers, promoters and 5' and 3' untranslated regions. These interact with host cellular proteins to carry out transcription and translation. Such regulatory sequences may vary in their strength and specificity. Depending on the vector system and host utilised, any number of suitable transcription and translation elements, including constitutive and inducible promoters, may be used.
  • inducible promoters such as the hybrid lacZ promoter of the Bluescript phagemid (Stratagene, LaJolla, CA) or pSportlTM plasmid (Gibco BRL) and the like may be used.
  • the baculovirus polyhedrin promoter may be used in insect cells. Promoters or enhancers derived from the genomes of plant cells (for example, heat shock, RUBISCO and storage protein genes) or from plant viruses (for example, viral promoters or leader sequences) may be cloned into the vector. In mammalian cell systems, promoters from mammalian genes or from mammalian viruses are preferable. If it is necessary to generate a cell line that contains multiple copies of the sequence, vectors based on SV40 or EBV may be used with an appropriate selectable marker.
  • An expression vector is constructed so that the particular nucleic acid coding sequence is located in the vector with the appropriate regulatory sequences, the positioning and orientation of the coding sequence with respect to the regulatory sequences being such that the coding sequence is transcribed under the "control" of the regulatory sequences, i.e., RNA polymerase which binds to the DNA molecule at the control sequences transcribes the coding sequence.
  • control i.e., RNA polymerase which binds to the DNA molecule at the control sequences transcribes the coding sequence.
  • control sequences and other regulatory sequences may be ligated to the nucleic acid coding sequence prior to insertion into a vector.
  • the coding sequence can be cloned directly into an expression vector that already contains the control sequences and an appropriate restriction site.
  • cell lines which stably express the polypeptide of interest may be transformed using expression vectors which may contain viral origins of replication and/or endogenous expression elements and a selectable marker gene on the same or on a separate vector. Following the introduction of the vector, cells may be allowed to grow for 1-2 days in an enriched media before they are switched to selective media.
  • the purpose of the selectable marker is to confer resistance to selection, and its presence allows growth and recovery of cells that successfully express the introduced sequences.
  • Resistant clones of stably transformed cells may be proliferated using tissue culture techniques appropriate to the cell type.
  • Mammalian cell lines available as hosts for expression are known in the art and include many immortalised cell lines available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) including, but not limited to, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO), HeLa, baby hamster kidney (BHK), monkey kidney (COS), C127, 3T3, BHK, HEK 293, Bowes melanoma and human hepatocellular carcinoma (for example Hep G2) cells and a number of other cell lines.
  • ATCC American Type Culture Collection
  • the materials for baculovirus/insect cell expression systems are commercially available in kit form from, inter alia, Invitrogen, San Diego CA (the "MaxBac” kit). These techniques are generally known to those skilled in the art and are described fully in Summers and Smith, Texas Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin No. 1555 (1987). Particularly suitable host cells for use in this system include insect cells such as Drosophila S2 and Spodoptera Sf9 cells.
  • Examples of particularly preferred bacterial host cells include streptococci, staphylococci, E. coli, Streptomyces and Bacillus subtilis cells.
  • yeast cells for example, S. cerevisiae
  • Aspergillus cells Any number of selection systems are known in the art that may be used to recover transformed cell lines. Examples include the herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase (Wigler, M. et al. (1977) Cell 11:223-32) and adenine phosphoribosyltransferase (Lowy, I. et al. (1980) Cell 22:817-23) genes that can be employed in tk " or aprt* cells, respectively.
  • antimetabolite, antibiotic or herbicide resistance can be used as the basis for selection; for example, dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR) that confers resistance to methotrexate (Wigler, M. et al. (1980) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 77:3567-70); npt, which confers resistance to the aminoglycosides neomycin and G-418 (Colbere-Garapin, F. et al.
  • DHFR dihydrofolate reductase
  • methotrexate Wang, M. et al. (1980) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 77:3567-70
  • npt which confers resistance to the aminoglycosides neomycin and G-418 (Colbere-Garapin, F. et al.
  • marker gene expression suggests that the gene of interest is also present, its presence and expression may need to be confirmed.
  • a marker gene can be placed in tandem with a sequence encoding a polypeptide of the invention under the control of a single promoter. Expression of the marker gene in response to induction or selection usually indicates expression of the tandem gene as well.
  • host cells that contain a nucleic acid sequence encoding a polypeptide of the invention and which express said polypeptide may be identified by a variety of procedures known to those of skill in the art. These procedures include, but are not limited to, DNA-
  • DNA or DNA-RNA hybridizations and protein bioassays for example, fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS) or immunoassay techniques (such as the enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay [ELISA] and radioimmunoassay [RIA]), that include membrane, solution, or chip based technologies for the detection and/or quantification of nucleic acid or protein (see Hampton, R. et al (1990) Serological Methods, a Laboratory Manual, APS Press, St Paul, MN) and Maddox, D.E. et al. (1983) J. Exp. Med, 158, 1211-1216).
  • FACS fluorescence activated cell sorting
  • ELISA enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay
  • RIA radioimmunoassay
  • Means for producing labelled hybridization or PCR probes for detecting sequences related to nucleic acid molecules encoding polypeptides of the present invention include oligolabelling, nick translation, end-labelling or PCR amplification using a labelled polynucleotide.
  • sequences encoding the polypeptide of the invention may be cloned into a vector for the production of an mRNA probe.
  • RNA polymerase such as T7, T3 or SP6 and labelled nucleotides. These procedures may be conducted using a variety of commercially available kits (Pharmacia & Upjohn, (Kalamazoo, MI); Promega (Madison WI); and U.S. Biochemical Corp., Cleveland, OH)).
  • Suitable reporter molecules or labels include radionuclides, enzymes and fluorescent, chemiluminescent or chromogenic agents as well as substrates, cofactors, inhibitors, magnetic particles, and the like.
  • Nucleic acid molecules according to the present invention may also be used to create transgenic animals, particularly rodent animals. Such transgenic animals form a further aspect of the present invention. This may be done locally by modification of somatic cells, or by germ line therapy to incorporate heritable modifications. Such transgenic animals may be particularly useful in the generation of animal models for drug molecules effective as modulators of the polypeptides of the present invention.
  • the polypeptide can be recovered and purified from recombinant cell cultures by well- known methods including ammonium sulphate or ethanol precipitation, acid extraction, anion or cation exchange chromatography, phosphocellulose chromatography, hydrophobic interaction chromatography, affinity chromatography, hydroxylapatite chromatography and lectin chromatography. High performance liquid chromatography is particularly useful for purification. Well known techniques for refolding proteins may be employed to regenerate an active conformation when the polypeptide is denatured during isolation and or purification.
  • Specialised vector constructions may also be used to facilitate purification of proteins, as desired, by joining sequences encoding the polypeptides of the invention to a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide domain that will facilitate purification of soluble proteins.
  • purification-facilitating domains include metal chelating peptides such as histidine-tryptophan modules that allow purification on immobilised metals, protein A domains that allow purification on immobilised immunoglobulin, and the domain utilised in the FLAGS extension/affinity purification system (Immunex Corp., Seattle, WA).
  • cleavable linker sequences such as those specific for Factor XA or enterokinase (Invitrogen, San Diego, CA) between the purification domain and the polypeptide of the invention may be used to facilitate purification.
  • One such expression vector provides for expression of a fusion protein containing the polypeptide of the invention fused to several histidine residues preceding a thioredoxin or an enterokinase cleavage site. The histidine residues facilitate purification by IMAC (immobilised metal ion affinity chromatography as described in Porath, J. et al. (1992), Prot. Exp. Purif.
  • polypeptide is to be expressed for use in screening assays, generally it is preferred that it be produced at the surface of the host cell in which it is expressed. In this event, the host cells may be harvested prior to use in the screening assay, for example using techniques such as fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS) or immunoaffinity techniques. If the polypeptide is secreted into the medium, the medium can be recovered in order to recover and purify the expressed polypeptide. If polypeptide is produced intracellularly, the cells must first be lysed before the polypeptide is recovered.
  • FACS fluorescence activated cell sorting
  • the present invention also provides novel targets and methods for the screening of drug candidates or leads. These screening methods include binding assays and/or functional assays, and may be performed in vitro, in cell systems or in animals.
  • a particular object of this invention resides in the use of an INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 polypeptide as a target for screening candidate drugs for treating or preventing vWFA domain containing protein related disorders.
  • Another object of this invention resides in methods of selecting biologically active compounds, said methods comprising contacting a candidate compound with a INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 gene or polypeptide, and selecting compounds that bind said gene or polypeptide.
  • a further other object of this invention resides in methods of selecting biologically active compounds, said method comprising contacting a candidate compound with recombinant host cell expressing a INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 polypeptide with a candidate compound, and selecting compounds that bind said INSP145, INSP146 or INSP147 polypeptide at the surface of said cells and/or that modulate the activity of the INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 polypeptide.
  • a “biologically active” compound denotes any compound having biological activity in a subject, preferably therapeutic activity, more preferably a compound having vWFA domain containing protein activity, and further preferably a compound that can be used for treating INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 related disorders, or as a lead to develop drugs for treating vWFA domain containing protein related disorder.
  • a “biologically active” compound preferably is a compound that modulates the activity of INSP145, INSP146 or INSP147.
  • the above methods may be conducted in vitro, using various devices and conditions, including with immobilized reagents, and may further comprise an additional step of assaying the activity of the selected compounds in a model of vWFA domain containing protein related disorder, such as an animal model.
  • Preferred selected compounds are agonists of INSP145, INSP146 or INSP147, i.e., compounds that can bind to INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 and mimic the activity of an endogenous ligand thereof.
  • a further object of this invention resides in a method of selecting biologically active compounds, said method comprising contacting in vitro a test compound with a INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 polypeptide according to the present invention and determining the ability of said test compound to modulate the activity of said INSP145, INSP146 or INSP147 polypeptide.
  • a further object of this invention resides in a method of selecting biologically active compounds, said method comprising contacting in vitro a test compound with a INSP145,
  • INSP 146 or INSP 147 gene according to the present invention and determining the ability of said test compound to modulate the expression of said INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 gene, preferably to stimulate expression thereof.
  • this invention relates to a method of screening, selecting or identifying active compounds, particularly compounds active on multiple sclerosis or related disorders, the method comprising contacting a test compound with a recombinant host cell comprising a reporter construct, said reporter construct comprising a reporter gene under the control of a INSP145, INSP146 or INSP147 gene promoter, and selecting the test compounds that modulate (e.g. stimulate or reduce, preferably stimulate) expression of the reporter gene.
  • the polypeptide of the invention can be used to screen libraries of compounds in any of a variety of drug screening techniques. Such compounds may activate (agonise) or inhibit (antagonise) the level of expression of the gene or the activity of the polypeptide of the invention and form a further aspect of the present invention.
  • Preferred compounds are effective to alter the expression of a natural gene which encodes a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or to regulate the activity of a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention.
  • Agonist or antagonist compounds may be isolated from, for example, cells, cell-free preparations, chemical libraries or natural product mixtures. These agonists or antagonists may be natural or modified substrates, ligands, enzymes, receptors or structural or functional mimetics. For a suitable review of such screening techniques, see Coligan et ah, Current Protocols in Immunology l(2):Chapter 5 (1991).
  • Binding to a target gene or polypeptide provides an indication as to the ability of the compound to modulate the activity of said target, and thus to affect a pathway leading to vWFA domain containing protein related disorder in a subject.
  • the determination of binding may be performed by various techniques, such as by labelling of the candidate compound, by competition with a labelled reference ligand, etc.
  • the polypeptides may be used in essentially pure form, in suspension, immobilized on a support, or expressed in a membrane (intact cell, membrane preparation, liposome, etc.).
  • Modulation of activity includes, without limitation, stimulation of the surface expression of the INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 receptor, modulation of multimerization of said receptor (e.g., the formation of multimeric complexes with other sub-units), etc.
  • the cells used in the assays may be any recombinant cell (i.e., any cell comprising a recombinant nucleic acid encoding a INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 polypeptide) or any cell that expresses an endogenous INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 polypeptide.
  • Examples of such cells include, without limitation, prokaryotic cells (such as bacteria) and eukaryotic cells (such as yeast cells, mammalian cells, insect cells, plant cells, etc.).
  • prokaryotic cells such as bacteria
  • eukaryotic cells such as yeast cells, mammalian cells, insect cells, plant cells, etc.
  • yeast cells such as yeast cells, mammalian cells, insect cells, plant cells, etc.
  • E.coli E.coli, Pichia pastoris, Hansenula polymorpha, Schizosaccharomyces pombe, Kluyveromyces or Saccharomyces yeasts
  • mammalian cell lines e.g., Vero cells, CHO cells, 3T3 cells, COS cells, etc.
  • primary or established mammalian cell cultures e.g., produced from fibroblasts, embryonic cells, epithelial cells, nervous cells, adipocytes, etc.
  • Compounds that are most likely to be good antagonists are molecules that bind to the polypeptide of the invention without inducing the biological effects of the polypeptide upon binding to it.
  • Potential antagonists include small organic molecules, peptides, polypeptides and antibodies that bind to the polypeptide of the invention and thereby inhibit or extinguish its activity. In this fashion, binding of the polypeptide to normal cellular binding molecules may be inhibited, such that the normal biological activity of the polypeptide is prevented.
  • the polypeptide of the invention that is employed in such a screening technique may be free in solution, affixed to a solid support, borne on a cell surface or located intracellularly.
  • screening procedures may involve using appropriate cells or cell membranes that express the polypeptide that are contacted with a test compound to observe binding, or stimulation or inhibition of a functional response.
  • the functional response of the cells contacted with the test compound is then compared with control cells that were not contacted with the test compound.
  • Such an assay may assess whether the test compound results in a signal generated by activation of the polypeptide, using an appropriate detection system.
  • Inhibitors of activation are generally assayed in the presence of a known agonist and the effect on activation by the agonist in the presence of the test compound is observed.
  • a preferred method for identifying an agonist or antagonist compound of a polypeptide of the present invention comprises: (a) contacting a cell expressing (optionally on the surface thereof) the polypeptide according to the first aspect of the invention, the polypeptide being associated with a second component capable of providing a detectable signal in response to the binding of a compound to the polypeptide, with a compound to be screened under conditions to permit binding to the polypeptide; and
  • a particular example is cotransfecting a construct expressing a polypeptide according to the invention, or a fragment such as the LBD, in fusion with the GAL4 DNA binding domain, into a cell together with a reporter plasmid, an example of which is pFR-Luc (Stratagene Europe, Amsterdam, The Netherlands).
  • This particular plasmid contains a synthetic promoter with five tandem repeats of GAL4 binding sites that control the expression of the luciferase gene. When a potential ligand is added to the cells, it will bind the GAL4-polypeptide fusion and induce transcription of the luciferase gene.
  • the level of the luciferase expression can be monitored by its activity using a luminescence reader (see, for example, Lehman et al. JBC 270, 12953, 1995; Pawar et al. JBC, 277, 39243, 2002).
  • a further preferred method for identifying an agonist or antagonist of a polypeptide of the invention comprises:
  • a method such as FRET detection of ligand bound to the polypeptide in the presence of peptide co-activators (Norris et al, Science 285, 744, 1999) might be used.
  • a further preferred method for identifying an agonist or antagonist of a polypeptide of the invention comprises:
  • the general methods that are described above may further comprise conducting the identification of agonist or antagonist in the presence of labelled or unlabelled ligand for the polypeptide.
  • the method for identifying agonist or antagonist of a polypeptide of the present invention comprises: determining the inhibition of binding of a ligand to cells which express a polypeptide of the invention (and which optionally have a polypeptide of the invention on the surface thereof), or to cell membranes containing such a polypeptide, in the presence of a candidate compound under conditions to permit binding to the polypeptide, and determining the amount of ligand bound to the polypeptide.
  • a compound capable of causing reduction of binding of a ligand is considered to be an agonist or antagonist.
  • the ligand is labelled.
  • a method of screening for a polypeptide antagonist or agonist compound comprises the steps of:
  • step (c) adding a candidate compound to a mixture of labelled ligand and the whole cell or the cell membrane of step (a) and allowing the mixture to attain equilibrium; (d) measuring the amount of labelled ligand bound to the whole cell or the cell membrane after step (c); and (e) comparing the difference in the labelled ligand bound in step (b) and (d), such that the compound which causes the reduction in binding in step (d) is considered to be an agonist or antagonist.
  • step (b) measuring the amount of labelled ligand bound to the polypeptide on the solid support, whole cell or the cell membrane; (c) adding a candidate compound to a mixture of labelled ligand and immobilized polypeptide on the solid support, the whole cell or the cell membrane of step (a) and allowing the mixture to attain equilibrium;
  • step (d) measuring the amount of labelled ligand bound to the immobilized polypeptide or the whole cell or the cell membrane after step (c); and (e) comparing the difference in the labelled ligand bound in step (b) and (d), such that the compound which causes the reduction in binding in step (d) is considered to be an agonist or antagonist.
  • polypeptides may be found to modulate a variety of physiological and pathological processes in a dose-dependent manner in the above-described assays.
  • the "functional equivalents" of the polypeptides of the invention include polypeptides that exhibit any of the same modulatory activities in the above-described assays in a dose-dependent manner.
  • the degree of dose-dependent activity need not be identical to that of the polypeptides of the invention, preferably the "functional equivalents" will exhibit substantially similar dose-dependence in a given activity assay compared to the polypeptides of the invention.
  • the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 polypeptides of the present invention may modulate cellular growth and differentiation.
  • the biological activity of the INSP 145, INSP 146 and INSP147 exon polypeptides and the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 polypeptides can be examined in systems that allow the study of cellular growth and differentiation such as in vitro tissue culture. Stimulation or inhibition of cellular proliferation may be measured by a variety of assays. For example, for observing cell growth inhibition, one can use a solid or liquid medium. In a solid medium, cells undergoing growth inhibition can easily be selected from the subject cell group by comparing the sizes of colonies formed.
  • growth inhibition can be screened by measuring culture medium turbity or incorporation of labelled thymidine in DNA.
  • the incorporation of a nucleoside analog into newly synthesised DNA may be employed to measure proliferation (i. e., active cell growth) in a population of cells.
  • proliferation i. e., active cell growth
  • bromodeoxyuridine (BrdU) can be employed as a DNA labelling reagent
  • anti-BrdU mouse monoclonal antibodies can be employed as a detection reagent. This antibody binds only to cells containing DNA which has incorporated bromodeoxyuridine.
  • detection methods may be used in conjunction with this assay including immunofluorescence, immunohistochemical, ELISA, and colorimetric methods.
  • Kits that include bromodeoxyuridine (BrdU) and anti-BrdU mouse monoclonal antibody are commercially available from Boehringer Mannheim (Indianapolis, IN).
  • the effect of the upon cellular differentiation can be measured by contacting stem cells or embryonic cells with various amounts of the INSP 145, INSP 146 and INSP 147 exon polypeptides and the INSP 145, INSP 146 and INSP 147 polypeptides and observing the effect upon differentiation of the stem cells or embryonic cells. Tissue-specific antibodies and microscopy may be used to identify the resulting cells.
  • the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 exon polypeptides and the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP 147 polypeptides may also be found to modulate immune and/or nervous system cell proliferation and differentiation in a dose-dependent manner in the above-described assays.
  • the "functional equivalents" of the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 exon polypeptides and the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 polypeptides include polypeptides that exhibit any of the same growth and differentiation regulating activities in the above-described assays in a dose-dependent manner.
  • the degree of dose-dependent activity need not be identical to that of the INSP 145, INSP 146 and INSP147 exon polypeptides and the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 polypeptides, preferably the "functional equivalents" will exhibit substantially similar dose-dependence in a given activity assay compared to the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 exon polypeptides and the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 polypeptides.
  • simple binding assays may be used, in which the adherence of a test compound to a surface bearing the polypeptide is detected by means of a label directly or indirectly associated with the test compound or in an assay involving competition with a labelled competitor.
  • competitive drug screening assays may be used, in which neutralising antibodies that are capable of binding the polypeptide specifically compete with a test compound for binding. In this manner, the antibodies can be used to detect the presence of any test compound that possesses specific binding affinity for the polypeptide.
  • Assays may also be designed to detect the effect of added test compounds on the production of mRNA encoding the polypeptide in cells.
  • an ELISA may be constructed that measures secreted or cell-associated levels of polypeptide using monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies by standard methods known in the art, and this can be used to search for compounds that may inhibit or enhance the production of the polypeptide from suitably manipulated cells or tissues. The formation of binding complexes between the polypeptide and the compound being tested may then be measured.
  • Assay methods that are also included within the terms of the present invention are those that involve the use of the genes and polypeptides of the invention in overexpression or ablation assays. Such assays involve the manipulation of levels of these genes/polypeptides in cells and assessment of the impact of this manipulation event on the physiology of the manipulated cells. For example, such experiments reveal details of signalling and metabolic pathways in which the particular genes/polypeptides are implicated, generate information regarding the identities of polypeptides with which the studied polypeptides interact and provide clues as to methods by which related genes and proteins are regulated.
  • Another technique for drug screening provides for high throughput screening of compounds having suitable binding affinity to the polypeptide of interest (see International patent application WO84/03564).
  • This method large numbers of different small test compounds are synthesised on a solid substrate, which may then be reacted with the polypeptide of the invention and washed.
  • One way of immobilising the polypeptide is to use non-neutralising antibodies.
  • Bound polypeptide may then be detected using methods that are well known in the art.
  • Purified polypeptide can also be coated directly onto plates for use in the aforementioned drug screening techniques. Examples of suitable assays for the identification of agonists or antagonists of the polypeptides of the invention are described in Rosen et at, Curr. Opin. Drug Discov. Devel.
  • the polypeptide of the invention may be used to identify membrane-bound or soluble receptors, through standard receptor binding techniques that are known in the art, such as ligand binding and crosslinking assays in which the polypeptide is labelled with a radioactive isotope, is chemically modified, or is fused to a peptide sequence that facilitates its detection or purification, and incubated with a source of the putative receptor (for example, a composition of cells, cell membranes, cell supernatants, tissue extracts, or bodily fluids).
  • a source of the putative receptor for example, a composition of cells, cell membranes, cell supernatants, tissue extracts, or bodily fluids.
  • the efficacy of binding may be measured using biophysical techniques such as surface plasmon resonance and spectroscopy.
  • Binding assays may be used for the purification and cloning of the receptor, but may also identify agonists and antagonists of the polypeptide, that compete with the binding of the polypeptide to its receptor. Standard methods for conducting screening assays are well understood in the art.
  • this invention relates to the use of an INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 polypeptide or fragment thereof, whereby the fragment is preferably an INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 gene-specific fragment, for isolating or generating an agonist or stimulator of the INSP145, INSP146 or INSP147 polypeptide for the treatment of an immune related disorder, wherein said agonist or stimulator is selected from the group consisting of:
  • a specific antibody or fragment thereof including: a) a chimeric, b) a humanized or c) a fully human antibody, as well as; 2. a bispecific or multispecific antibody,
  • an antibody-mimetic such as a) an anticalin or b) a fibronectin-based binding molecule (e.g. trinectin or adnectin).
  • Anticalins are also known in the art (Vogt et al., 2004). Fibronectin-based binding molecules are described in US6818418 and WO2004029224. Furthermore, the test compound may be of various origin, nature and composition, such as any small molecule, nucleic acid, lipid, peptide, polypeptide including an antibody such as a chimeric, humanized or fully human antibody or an antibody fragment, peptide- or non- peptide mimetic derived therefrom as well as a bispecific or multispecific antibody, a single chain ⁇ e.g. scFv) or single domain antibody or an antibody-mimetic such as an anticalin or fibronectin-based binding molecule (e.g. trinectin or adnectin), etc., in isolated form or in mixture or combinations.
  • an antibody such as a chimeric, humanized or fully human antibody or an antibody fragment, peptide- or non- peptide mimetic derived therefrom as well as a bispecific or multispecific
  • the invention also includes a screening kit useful in the methods for identifying agonists, antagonists, ligands, receptors, substrates, enzymes, that are described above.
  • the invention includes the agonists, antagonists, ligands, receptors, substrates and enzymes, and other compounds which modulate the activity or antigenicity of the polypeptide of the invention discovered by the methods that are described above.
  • the various moieties of the invention ⁇ i.e. the polypeptides of the first aspect of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the second or third aspect of the invention, a vector of the fourth aspect of the invention, a host cell of the fifth aspect of the invention, a ligand of the sixth aspect of the invention, a compound of the seventh aspect of the invention) may be useful in the therapy or diagnosis of diseases.
  • the moieties of the invention for treating or diagnosing a disease one or more of the following assays may be carried out.
  • test compound refers to the test compound as being a protein/polypeptide
  • test compound a person skilled in the art will readily be able to adapt the following assays so that the other moieties of the invention may also be used as the "test compound”.
  • compositions comprising a polypeptide, nucleic acid, ligand or compound of the invention in combination with a suitable pharmaceutical carrier.
  • These compositions may be suitable as therapeutic or diagnostic reagents, as vaccines, or as other immunogenic compositions, as outlined in detail below.
  • a composition containing a polypeptide, nucleic acid, ligand or compound [X] is "substantially free of impurities [herein, Y] when at least 85% by weight of the total X+Y in the composition is X.
  • X comprises at least about 90% by weight of the total of X+Y in the composition, more preferably at least about 95%, 98% or even 99% by weight.
  • compositions should preferably comprise a therapeutically effective amount of the polypeptide, nucleic acid molecule, ligand, or compound of the invention.
  • therapeutically effective amount refers to an amount of a therapeutic agent needed to treat, ameliorate, or prevent a targeted disease or condition, or to exhibit a detectable therapeutic or preventative effect.
  • the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially either in cell culture assays, for example, of neoplastic cells, or in animal models, usually mice, rabbits, dogs, or pigs. The animal model may also be used to determine the appropriate concentration range and route of administration. Such information can then be used to determine useful doses and routes for administration in humans.
  • an effective amount for a human subject will depend upon the severity of the disease state, general health of the subject, age, weight, and gender of the subject, diet, time and frequency of administration, drug combination(s), reaction sensitivities, and tolerance/response to therapy. This amount can be determined by routine experimentation and is within the judgement of the clinician. Generally, an effective dose will be from 0.01 mg/kg to 50 mg/kg, preferably 0.05 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg. Compositions may be administered individually to a patient or may be administered in combination with other agents, drugs or hormones.
  • a pharmaceutical composition may also contain a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for administration of a therapeutic agent.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier for administration of a therapeutic agent.
  • Such carriers include antibodies and other polypeptides, genes and other therapeutic agents such as liposomes, provided that the carrier does not itself induce the production of antibodies harmful to the individual receiving the composition, and which may be administered without undue toxicity.
  • Suitable carriers may be large, slowly metabolised macromolecules such as proteins, polysaccharides, polylactic acids, polyglycolic acids, polymeric amino acids, amino acid copolymers and inactive virus particles.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable salts can be used therein, for example, mineral acid salts such as hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, phosphates, sulphates, and the like; and the salts of organic acids such as acetates, propionates, malonates, benzoates, and the like.
  • mineral acid salts such as hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, phosphates, sulphates, and the like
  • organic acids such as acetates, propionates, malonates, benzoates, and the like.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers in therapeutic compositions may additionally contain liquids such as water, saline, glycerol and ethanol. Additionally, auxiliary substances, such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering substances, and the like, may be present in such compositions. Such carriers enable the pharmaceutical compositions to be formulated as tablets, pills, dragees, capsules, liquids, gels, syrups, slurries, suspensions, and the like, for ingestion by the patient.
  • compositions of the invention can be administered directly to the subject.
  • the subjects to be treated can be animals; in particular, human subjects can be treated.
  • compositions utilised in this invention may be administered by any number of routes including, but not limited to, oral, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarterial, intramedullary, intrathecal, intraventricular, transdermal or transcutaneous applications (for example, see WO98/20734), subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intranasal, enteral, topical, sublingual, intravaginal or rectal means.
  • Gene guns or hyposprays may also be used to administer the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention.
  • the therapeutic compositions may be prepared as injectables, either as liquid solutions or suspensions; solid forms suitable for solution in, or suspension in, liquid vehicles prior to injection may also be prepared.
  • Direct delivery of the compositions will generally be accomplished by injection, subcutaneously, intraperitoneally, intravenously or intramuscularly, or delivered to the interstitial space of a tissue.
  • the compositions can also be administered into a lesion. Dosage treatment may be a single dose schedule or a multiple dose schedule.
  • One approach comprises administering to a subject an inhibitor compound (antagonist) as described above, along with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier in an amount effective to inhibit the function of the polypeptide, such as by blocking the binding of ligands, substrates, enzymes, receptors, or by inhibiting a second signal, and thereby alleviating the abnormal condition.
  • an inhibitor compound as described above
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier in an amount effective to inhibit the function of the polypeptide, such as by blocking the binding of ligands, substrates, enzymes, receptors, or by inhibiting a second signal, and thereby alleviating the abnormal condition.
  • antagonists are antibodies.
  • such antibodies are chimeric and/or humanised to minimise their immunogenicity, as described previously.
  • soluble forms of the polypeptide that retain binding affinity for the ligand, substrate, enzyme, receptor, in question may be administered.
  • the polypeptide may be administered in the form of fragments that retain the relevant portions.
  • expression of the gene encoding the polypeptide can be inhibited using expression blocking techniques, such as the use of antisense nucleic acid molecules (as described above), either internally generated or separately administered. Modifications of gene expression can be obtained by designing complementary sequences or antisense molecules (DNA, RNA, or PNA) to the control, 5' or regulatory regions (signal sequence, promoters, enhancers and introns) of the gene encoding the polypeptide.
  • triple helix pairing is useful because it causes inhibition of the ability of the double helix to open sufficiently for the binding of polymerases, transcription factors, or regulatory molecules.
  • triplex DNA Recent therapeutic advances using triplex DNA have been described in the literature (Gee, J.E. et al. (1994) In: Huber, B.E. and B.I. Carr, Molecular and Immunologic Approaches, Futura Publishing Co., Mt. Kisco, NY).
  • the complementary sequence or antisense molecule may also be designed to block translation of mRNA by preventing the transcript from binding to ribosomes. Such oligonucleotides may be administered or may be generated in situ from expression in vivo.
  • Ribozymes are catalytically active RNAs that can be natural or synthetic (see for example Usman, N, et al, Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol (1996) 6(4), 527-33). Synthetic ribozymes can be designed to specifically cleave mRNAs at selected positions thereby preventing translation of the mRNAs into functional polypeptide. Ribozymes may be synthesised with a natural ribose phosphate backbone and natural bases, as normally found in RNA molecules. Alternatively the ribozymes may be synthesised with non-natural backbones, for example, 2'-O-methyl RNA 5 to provide protection from ribonuclease degradation and may contain modified bases.
  • RNA molecules may be modified to increase intracellular stability and half-life. Possible modifications include, but are not limited to, the addition of flanking sequences at the 5' and/or 3' ends of the molecule or the use of phosphorothioate or 2' O-methyl rather than phosphodiesterase linkages within the backbone of the molecule. This concept is inherent in the production of PNAs and can be extended in all of these molecules by the inclusion of non-traditional bases such as inosine, queosine and butosine, as well as acetyl-, methyl-, thio- and similarly modified forms of adenine, cytidine, guanine, thymine and uridine which are not as easily recognised by endogenous endonucleases.
  • One approach comprises administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound that activates the polypeptide, i.e., an agonist as described above, to alleviate the abnormal condition.
  • a therapeutic amount of the polypeptide in combination with a suitable pharmaceutical carrier may be administered to restore the relevant physiological balance of polypeptide.
  • Gene therapy may be employed to effect the endogenous production of the polypeptide by the relevant cells in the subject. Gene therapy is used to treat permanently the inappropriate production of the polypeptide by replacing a defective gene with a corrected therapeutic gene.
  • Gene therapy of the present invention can occur in vivo or ex vivo.
  • Ex vivo gene therapy requires the isolation and purification of patient cells, the introduction of a therapeutic gene and introduction of the genetically altered cells back into the patient.
  • in vivo gene therapy does not require isolation and purification of a patient's cells.
  • the therapeutic gene is typically "packaged" for administration to a patient.
  • Gene delivery vehicles may be non-viral, such as liposomes, or replication-deficient viruses, such as adenovirus as described by Berkner, K.L., in Curr. Top. Microbiol. Immunol., 158, 39-66 (1992) or adeno-associated virus (AAV) vectors as described by Muzyczka, N., in Curr. Top. Microbiol. Immunol, 158, 97-129 (1992) and U.S. Patent No. 5,252,479.
  • a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide of the invention may be engineered for expression in a replication-defective retroviral vector.
  • This expression construct may then be isolated and introduced into a packaging cell transduced with a retroviral plasmid vector containing RNA encoding the polypeptide, such that the packaging cell now produces infectious viral particles containing the gene of interest.
  • These producer cells may be administered to a subject for engineering cells in vivo and expression of the polypeptide in vivo (see Chapter 20, Gene Therapy and other Molecular Genetic-based Therapeutic Approaches, (and references cited therein) in Human Molecular Genetics (1996), T Strachan and A P Read, BIOS Scientific Publishers Ltd).
  • Another approach is the administration of "naked DNA" in which the therapeutic gene is directly injected into the bloodstream or muscle tissue.
  • the invention provides that they can be used in vaccines to raise antibodies against the disease causing agent.
  • Vaccines according to the invention may either be prophylactic (i.e. to prevent infection) or therapeutic (i.e. to treat disease after infection).
  • Such vaccines comprise immunising antigen(s), immunogen(s), polypeptide(s), protein(s) or nucleic acid, usually in combination with pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers as described above, which include any carrier that does not itself induce the production of antibodies harmful to the individual receiving the composition. Additionally, these carriers may function as immunostimulating agents ("adjuvants").
  • the antigen or immunogen may be conjugated to a bacterial toxoid, such as a toxoid from diphtheria, tetanus, cholera, H. pylori, and other pathogens.
  • vaccines comprising polypeptides are preferably administered parenterally (for instance, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, or intradermal injection).
  • parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the recipient, and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents or thickening agents.
  • the vaccine formulations of the invention may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose containers.
  • sealed ampoules and vials and may be stored in a freeze-dried condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier immediately prior to use.
  • the dosage will depend on the specific activity of the vaccine and can be readily determined by routine experimentation.
  • jet injection may also be useful in the formulation of vaccine compositions.
  • a number of suitable methods for vaccination and vaccine delivery systems are described in International patent application WO00/29428.
  • This invention also relates to the use of nucleic acid molecules according to the present invention as diagnostic reagents. Detection of a mutated form of the gene characterised by the nucleic acid molecules of the invention which is associated with a dysfunction will provide a diagnostic tool that can add to, or define, a diagnosis of a disease, or susceptibility to a disease, which results from under-expression, over-expression or altered spatial or temporal expression of the gene. Individuals carrying mutations in the gene may be detected at the DNA level by a variety of techniques.
  • Nucleic acid molecules for diagnosis may be obtained from a subject's cells, such as from blood, urine, saliva, tissue biopsy or autopsy material.
  • the genomic DNA may be used directly for detection or may be amplified enzymatically by using PCR, ligase chain reaction (LCR), strand displacement amplification (SDA), or other amplification techniques (see Saiki et al, Nature, 324, 163-166 (1986); Bej, et al, Crit. Rev. Biochem. Molec. Biol, 26, 301-334 (1991); Birkenmeyer et al, J. Virol. Meth., 35, 117-126 (1991); Van Brunt, J., Bio/Technology, 8, 291-294 (1990)) prior to analysis.
  • LCR ligase chain reaction
  • SDA strand displacement amplification
  • this aspect of the invention provides a method of diagnosing a disease in a patient, comprising assessing the level of expression of a natural gene encoding a polypeptide according to the invention and comparing said level of expression to a control level, wherein a level that is different to said control level is indicative of disease.
  • the method may comprise the steps of: a)contacting a sample of tissue from the patient with a nucleic acid probe under stringent conditions that allow the formation of a hybrid complex between a nucleic acid molecule of the invention and the probe; b)contacting a control sample with said probe under the same conditions used in step a); c)and detecting the presence of hybrid complexes in said samples; wherein detection of levels of the hybrid complex in the patient sample that differ from levels of the hybrid complex in the control sample is indicative of disease.
  • a further aspect of the invention comprises a diagnostic method comprising the steps of: a)obtaining a tissue sample from a patient being tested for disease; b)isolating a nucleic acid molecule according to the invention from said tissue sample; and c)diagnosing the patient for disease by detecting the presence of a mutation in the nucleic acid molecule which is associated with disease.
  • an amplification step for example using PCR, may be included.
  • a further aspect of the invention comprises a diagnostic method comprising the steps of: a) obtaining a tissue sample from a patient being tested for disease; 6 004027
  • an amplification step for example using PCR, may be included.
  • Suitable probes are discussed in some detail above.
  • Deletions and insertions can be detected by a change in the size of the amplified product in comparison to the normal genotype.
  • Point mutations can be identified by hybridizing amplified DNA to labelled RNA of the invention or alternatively, labelled antisense DNA sequences of the invention. Perfectly-matched sequences can be distinguished from mismatched duplexes by RNase digestion or by assessing differences in melting temperatures.
  • the presence or absence of the mutation in the patient may be detected by contacting DNA with a nucleic acid probe that hybridises to the DNA under stringent conditions to form a hybrid double-stranded molecule, the hybrid double-stranded molecule having an unhybridised portion of the nucleic acid probe strand at any portion corresponding to a mutation associated with disease; and detecting the presence or absence of an unhybridised portion of the probe strand as an indication of the presence or absence of a disease-associated mutation in the corresponding portion of the DNA strand.
  • Point mutations and other sequence differences between the reference gene and "mutant" genes can be identified by other well-known techniques, such as direct DNA sequencing or single-strand conformational polymorphism, (see Orita et ah, Genomics, 5, 874-879 (1989)).
  • a sequencing primer may be used with double-stranded PCR product or a single-stranded template molecule generated by a modified PCR.
  • the sequence determination is performed by conventional procedures with radiolabeled nucleotides or by automatic sequencing procedures with fluorescent-tags.
  • Cloned DNA segments may also be used as probes to detect specific DNA segments. The sensitivity of this method is greatly enhanced when combined with PCR.
  • point mutations and other sequence variations, such as polymorphisms can be detected as described above, for example, through the use of allele-specific oligonucleotides for PCR amplification of sequences that differ by single nucleotides.
  • DNA sequence differences may also be detected by alterations in the electrophoretic mobility of DNA fragments in gels, with or without denaturing agents, or by direct DNA sequencing (for example, Myers et ah, Science (1985) 230:1242). Sequence changes at specific locations may also be revealed by nuclease protection assays, such as RNase and Sl protection or the chemical cleavage method (see Cotton et ah, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1985) 85: 4397-4401).
  • mutations such as microdeletions, aneuploidies, translocations, inversions, can also be detected by in situ analysis (see, for example, Keller et ah, DNA Probes, 2nd Ed., Stockton Press, New York, N. Y., USA (1993)), that is, DNA or RNA sequences in cells can be analysed for mutations without need for their isolation and/or immobilisation onto a membrane.
  • Fluorescence in situ hybridization is presently the most commonly applied method and numerous reviews of FISH have appeared (see, for example, Trachuck et ah, Science, 250, 559-562 (1990), and Trask et ah, Trends, Genet, 7, 149-154 (1991)).
  • an array of oligonucleotide probes comprising a nucleic acid molecule according to the invention can be constructed to conduct efficient screening of genetic variants, mutations and polymorphisms.
  • Array technology methods are well known and have general applicability and can be used to address a variety of questions in molecular genetics including gene expression, genetic linkage, and genetic variability (see for example: M.Chee et ah, Science (1996), VoI 274, pp 610-613).
  • the array is prepared and used according to the methods described in PCT application WO95/11995 (Chee et al); Lockhart, D. J. et a (1996) Nat. Biotech.
  • Oligonucleotide pairs may range from two to over one million.
  • the oligomers are synthesized at designated areas on a substrate using a light-directed chemical process.
  • the substrate may be paper, nylon or other type of membrane, filter, chip, glass slide or any other suitable solid support.
  • an oligonucleotide may be synthesized on the surface of the substrate by using a chemical coupling procedure and an ink jet application apparatus, as described in PCT application W095/25116 (Baldeschweiler et al).
  • a "gridded" array analogous to a dot (or slot) blot may be used to arrange and link cDNA fragments or oligonucleotides to the surface of a substrate using a vacuum system, thermal, UV, mechanical or chemical bonding procedures.
  • An array such as those described above, may be produced by hand or by using available devices (slot blot or dot blot apparatus), materials (any suitable solid support), and machines (including robotic instruments), and may contain 8, 24, 96, 384, 1536 or 6144 oligonucleotides, or any other number between two and over one million which lends itself to the efficient use of commercially-available instrumentation.
  • diseases may be diagnosed by methods comprising determining, from a sample derived from a subject, an abnormally decreased or increased level of polypeptide or mRNA. Decreased or increased expression can be measured at the RNA level using any of the methods well known in the art for the quantitation of polynucleotides, such as, for example, nucleic acid amplification, for instance PCR, RT-PCR, RNase protection, Northern blotting and other hybridization methods.
  • nucleic acid amplification for instance PCR, RT-PCR, RNase protection, Northern blotting and other hybridization methods.
  • Assay techniques that can be used to determine levels of a polypeptide of the present invention in a sample derived from a host are well-known to those of skill in the art and are discussed in some detail above (including radioimmunoassays, competitive-binding assays, Western Blot analysis and ELISA assays).
  • This aspect of the invention provides a diagnostic method which comprises the steps of: (a) contacting a ligand as described above with a biological sample under conditions suitable for the formation of a ligand- polypeptide complex; and (b) detecting said complex.
  • Protocols such as ELISA, RIA, and FACS for measuring polypeptide levels may additionally provide a basis for diagnosing altered or abnormal levels of polypeptide expression.
  • Normal or standard values for polypeptide expression are established by combining body fluids or cell extracts taken from normal mammalian subjects, preferably humans, with antibody to the polypeptide under conditions suitable for complex formation The amount of standard complex formation may be quantified by various methods, such as by photometric means.
  • Antibodies which specifically bind to a polypeptide of the invention may be used for the diagnosis of conditions or diseases characterised by expression of the polypeptide, or in assays to monitor patients being treated with the polypeptides, nucleic acid molecules, ligands and other compounds of the invention.
  • Antibodies useful for diagnostic purposes may be prepared in the same manner as those described above for therapeutics. Diagnostic assays for the polypeptide include methods that utilise the antibody and a label to detect the polypeptide in human body fluids or extracts of cells or tissues.
  • the antibodies may be used with or without modification, and may be labelled by joining them, either covalently B2006/004027
  • reporter molecules 74 or non-covalently, with a reporter molecule.
  • reporter molecules A wide variety of reporter molecules known in the art may be used, several of which are described above.
  • a diagnostic kit of the present invention may comprise:
  • a diagnostic kit may comprise a first container containing a nucleic acid probe that hybridises under stringent conditions with a nucleic acid molecule according to the invention; a second container containing primers useful for amplifying the nucleic acid molecule; and instructions for using the probe and primers for facilitating the diagnosis of disease.
  • the kit may further comprise a third container holding an agent for digesting unhybridised RNA.
  • a diagnostic kit may comprise an array of nucleic acid molecules, at least one of which may be a nucleic acid molecule according to the invention.
  • a diagnostic kit may comprise one or more antibodies that bind to a polypeptide according to the invention; and a reagent useful for the detection of a binding reaction between the antibody and the polypeptide.
  • kits will be of use in diagnosing a disease or susceptibility to disease in which I- domain containing proteins are implicated.
  • diseases may include cell proliferative disorders, including neoplasm, melanoma, lung, colorectal, breast, pancreas, head and neck and other solid tumours; myeloproliferative disorders, such as leukemia, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, leukopenia, thrombocytopenia, angiogenesis disorder, Kaposis' sarcoma; autoimmune/inflammatory disorders, including allergy, inflammatory bowel disease, arthritis, psoriasis and respiratory tract inflammation, asthma, and organ transplant rejection; cardiovascular disorders, including hypertension, oedema, angina, atherosclerosis, thrombosis, sepsis, shock, reperfusion injury, and ischemia; neurological disorders including central nervous system disease, Alzheimer's disease, brain injury, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, and pain; developmental disorders; metabolic disorders including diabetes mellitus, osteo
  • kits may also be of use in diagnosing a disease or susceptibility to disease including Autoimmune neuropathies (Inflammatory demyelinating neuropathy, Acute inflammatory demyelinating neuropathy e.g. Guillain-Barre Syndrome (acute inflammatory demyelinating polyradiculoneuropathy)), Metabolic neuropathies (Diabetic polyneuropathy, Uremic neuropathy, Hypothyroid neuropathy, Hepatic neuropathy, Porphyric neuropathy, Neuropathy associated with multiorgan failure and sepsis), Nutritional neuropathies (Alcoholic neuropathy, Beriberi, Neuropathy related to Vit.
  • Autoimmune neuropathies Inflammatory demyelinating neuropathy, Acute inflammatory demyelinating neuropathy e.g. Guillain-Barre Syndrome (acute inflammatory demyelinating polyradiculoneuropathy)
  • Metabolic neuropathies Diabetic polyneuropathy, Uremic neuropathy, Hypothyroid neuropathy, Hepatic neuropathy, Porphyric
  • B 12 deficiency Neuropathy related to VitE deficiency, Neuropathy related to postgastrectomy state, Neuropathy related to Celiac disease), Ischemic neuropathies (Vasculitic neuropathy, Neuropathy of peripheral vascular disease, Diabetic mononeuropathy and polyneuropathy), Toxic neuropathy, Paraneoplastic neuropathy, Amyloid neuropathy, Paraproteinemic neuropathy, Inherited neuropathy, Neuropathy associated with infections (Herpes zoster, Leprosy, Diphteria, HIV, Lyme), Sarcoid Neuropathy, Radiation Neuropathy, Traumatic Neuropathy, Cryptogenic Neuropathy), Infectious polyneuropathies (Leprosy, Diphtheria, Varicella-zoster virus), Hereditary neuropathies (herediatry motor and sensory neuropathies (HMSN), hereditary sensory and autonomic neurpathies (HSAN), Familial amyloid polyneuropathies), Acquired metabolic and toxic neuropathies (Peripheral neuropathy in adult-
  • Figure 1 Top ten results from BLAST against NCBI non-redundant database using SEQ ID NO:72 (INSP145 full protein sequence).
  • Figure 2 NCBI-CDD analysis of INSP 145 (All black boxes are: pfamO1391, Collagen, Collagen triple helix repeat (20 copies). Members of this family belong to the collagen superfamily. Collagens are generally extracellular structural proteins involved in formation of connective tissue structure. The alignment contains 20 copies of the G-X-Y repeat that forms a triple helix. The first position of the repeat is glycine, the second and third positions can be any residue but are frequently proline and hydroxyproline. Collagens are post translationally modified by proline hydroxylase to form the hydroxyproline residues.
  • Defective hydroxylation is the cause of scurvy.
  • Some members of the collagen superfamily are not involved in connective tissue structure but share the same triple helical structure.
  • Figure 3 Top ten results from BLAST against NCBI non-redundant database using SEQ ID NO: 108 (INSP146 full protein sequence).
  • Figure 4 NCBI-CDD analysis of INSP146 (All black boxes are: pfam01391, Collagen, Collagen triple helix repeat (20 copies).
  • Collagens are generally extracellular structural proteins involved in formation of connective tissue structure. The alignment contains 20 copies of the G-X-Y repeat that forms a triple helix. The first position of the repeat is glycine, the second and third positions can be any residue but are frequently proline and hydroxyproline. Collagens are post translationally modified by proline hydroxylase to form the hydroxyproline residues. Defective hydroxylation is the cause of scurvy. Some members of the collagen superfamily are not involved in connective tissue structure but share the same triple helical structure.)
  • Figure 5 Top ten results from BLAST against NCBI non-redundant database using SEQ ID NO:182 (INSP147 full protein sequence).
  • Figure 6 NCBI-CDD analysis of INSP147 (All black boxes are: pfamO1391, Collagen, Collagen triple helix repeat (20 copies). Members of this family belong to the collagen superfamily. Collagens are generally extracellular structural proteins involved in formation of connective tissue structure. The alignment contains 20 copies of the G-X-Y repeat that forms a triple helix. The first position of the repeat is glycine, the second and third positions can be any residue but are frequently proline and hydroxyproline. Collagens are post translationally modified by proline hydroxylase to form the hydroxyproline residues.
  • FIG. 7 INSP 145 with translation of the predicted coding sequence showing the positions of PCR primers for amplification of vWFA domains 8 and 9.
  • Figure 8 INSP145-AP1/INSP145-AP2 PCR product showing PCR primers used for addition of the first 24 amino acids of the cds encompassing the signal peptide.
  • Figure 9 Amino acid alignment of INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147.
  • Figure 10 Schematic representation of cloned INSP145, INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147.
  • Figure 11 Schematic representation of collagen alpha chains and INSP145.
  • polypeptide sequence derived from combining SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO:8, SEQ ID NO.10, SEQ ID NO:12, SEQ ID NO:14, SEQ ID NO:16, SEQ ID NO.l 8, SEQ ID NO:20, SEQ ID NO:22, SEQ ID NO.24, SEQ ID NO:26, SEQ ID NO.28, SEQ ID NO:30, SEQ ID NO:32, SEQ ID NO:34, SEQ ID NO:36; SEQ ID NO:38, SEQ ID NO:40 5 SEQ ID NO:42 5 SEQ ID NO:44, SEQ ID NO:46, SEQ ID NO:48, SEQ ID NO:50; SEQ ID NO:52; SEQ ID NO:54, SEQ ID NO:56, SEQ ID NO:58, SEQ ID NO:60, SEQ ID NO:62, SEQ ID NO.64, SEQ ID NO:66, SEQ ID NO:68, SEQ ID NO:70 is SEQ ID NO
  • This polypeptide sequence was used as a query for a BLASTp of the NCBI non-redundant database.
  • the top ten matches represent sequences of the collagen family members ( Figure 1). As can be seen in Figure 1 , the top hit is an alpha 3 type VI collagen protein.
  • VWA Von Willebrand factor, type A domain.
  • This VWA domain has been shown to fold like an integrin I-domain.
  • the domain adopts a classic alpha/beta Rossman fold and contains an unusual metal ion-dependent adhesion site (MIDAS) for binding protein ligands.
  • MIDAS metal ion-dependent adhesion site
  • Example 2 INSP146 The polypeptide sequence derived from combining SEQ ID NO:74, SEQ ID NO:76, SEQ ID NO:78, SEQ ID NO:80, SEQ ID NO:82, SEQ ID NO:84, SEQ ID NO:86, SEQ ID NO:88, SEQ ID NO:90; SEQ ID NO:92, SEQ ID NO:94, SEQ ID NO:96, SEQ ID NO:98, SEQ ID NO:100, SEQ ID NO:102, SEQ ID NO:104, SEQ ID NO.106 is SEQ ID NO:108 which represents the translation of consecutive exons from INSP146.
  • This polypeptide sequence was used as a query for a BLASTp of the NCBI non-redundant database.
  • the top ten matches represent sequences of the collagen family members ( Figure 3). As can be seen in Figure 3, the top hit is alpha 3 type VI collagen protein.
  • VWA Von Willebrand factor, type A domain.
  • This VWA domain has been shown to fold like an integrin I-domain.
  • the domain adopts a classic alpha/beta Rossman fold and contains an unusual metal ion-dependent adhesion site (MIDAS) for binding protein ligands.
  • MIDAS metal ion-dependent adhesion site
  • Example 3 INSP147 The polypeptide sequence derived from combining SEQ ID NO:110, SEQ ID NO: 112, SEQ ID NO:114, SEQ ID NO: 116, SEQ ID NO:118, SEQ ID NO:120, SEQ ID NO:122 5 SEQ ID NO:124, SEQ ID NO:126; SEQ ID NO:128, SEQ ID NO:130, SEQ ID NO:132, SEQ ID NO:134, SEQ ID NO:136, SEQ ID NO:138, SEQ ID NO:140, SEQ ID NO:142; SEQ ID NO:144, SEQ ID NO:146, SEQ ID NO:148, SEQ ID NO:150, SEQ ID NO:152, SEQ ID NO:154, SEQ ID NO:156, SEQ ID NO:158, SEQ ID NO:160, SEQ ID NO:162, SEQ ID NO:164, SEQ ID NO:166, SEQ ID NO:168, SEQ ID NO:170, SEQ ID NO:172, SEQ ID NO:174; SEQ ID NO:76
  • TMs polypeptide sequence was used as a query for a BLASTp of the NCBI non-redundant database.
  • the top ten matches represent sequences of the collagen family members ( Figure 5). As can be seen in Figure 4, the top hit is alpha 3 type VI collagen protein.
  • VWA Von Willebrand factor, type A domain.
  • This VWA domain has been shown to fold like an integrin I-domain.
  • the domain adopts a classic alpha/beta Rossman fold and contains an unusual metal ion-dependent adhesion site (MIDAS) for binding protein ligands.
  • MIDAS metal ion-dependent adhesion site
  • the vWFA domains 8 and 9 common to INSP145 and INSP147 were cloned.
  • the vWFA domains 8 and 9 are located in exons 31 and 33 of the INSP 145 sequence.
  • Human cDNA templates were prepared from a variety of normal human tissue total RNA samples (Clontech, Stratagene, Ambion, Biochain Institute and in-house preparations) using Superscript II RNase H ' Reverse Transcriptase (Invitrogen) according to the manufacturer's protocol. The following solution was prepared in a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube:
  • Oligo (dT)i 5 primer (l ⁇ l at 500 ⁇ g/ml) (Promega)
  • RNA samples used as PCR templates for the cloning of INSP 145 vWFA domains 8&9 were derived from human normal adult pancreas, breast, testis and ovary.
  • PCR primers (INSP145-AP1/INSP145-AP2, Table 3) having a length of between 18 and 25 bases were designed for amplifying a region of the virtual cDNA containing vWFA domains 8 and 9 of the prediction, using Primer Designer Software (Scientific & Educational Software, PO Box 72045, Durham, NC 27722-2045, USA).
  • PCR primers were optimized to have a Tm close to 55 ⁇ 10 0 C and a GC content of 40-60%. Primers were selected which had high selectivity for the target sequence (INSP 145) with little or no none specific priming.
  • Gene-specific cloning primers (INSPl 45-AP 1 and INSP145-AP2, Table 3) were designed to amplify a cDNA fragment of 1174 bp spanning vWFA domains 8 and 9 of the predicted INSP 145 sequence from human cDNA templates.
  • the primer pair was used with the human cDNA samples described above as PCR templates.
  • the PCR was performed in a final volume of 50 ⁇ l containing: IX Platinum ® T ⁇ q High Fidelity (HiFi) buffer 2 mM MgSO 4 , 200 ⁇ M dNTPs 10 pmoles of each cloning primer 2.5 units of Platinum ® T ⁇ q DNA Polymerase High Fidelity (HiFi) (Invitrogen) 20 ng of cDNA template
  • PCR EnhancerTM solution (Invitrogen) (final concentrations OX, 0.5X, IX, 2X EnhancerTM solution).
  • Cycling was performed using an MJ Research DNA Engine, programmed as follows: 94°C, 2 min; 40 cycles of 94°C, 30 sec, 57 0 C, 30 sec, and 68°C, 2 min; followed by 1 cycle at 68°C for 7 min and a holding cycle at 4°C.
  • PCR products were subcloned into the topoisomerase I modified cloning vector (pCR4-TOPO) using the TA cloning kit purchased from the Invitrogen Corporation using the conditions specified by the manufacturer. Briefly, 4 ⁇ l of gel purified PCR product was incubated for 15 min at room temperature with l ⁇ l of TOPO vector and l ⁇ l salt solution. The reaction mixture was then transformed into E. coli strain TOPlO (Invitrogen) as follows: a 50 ⁇ d aliquot of One Shot TOPlO cells was thawed on ice and 2 ⁇ l of TOPO reaction was added. The mixture was incubated for 15 min on ice and then heat shocked by incubation at 42 0 C for exactly 30s.
  • TOPO E. coli strain TOPlO
  • cycling conditions were as follows: 94°C, 2 min; 30 cycles of 94°C, 30 sec, 48°C, 30 sec and 72°C for 1 min 30 sec. Samples were maintained at 4°C (holding cycle) before further analysis.
  • PCR reaction products were analyzed on 1% agarose gel in 1 X TAE buffer. Colonies which gave PCR products of the expected molecular weight (1174 bp + 105 bp of the multiple cloning site (MCS) were grown up overnight at 37°C in 5 ml L-Broth (LB) containing ampicillin (lOO ⁇ g /ml), with shaking at 220 rpm.
  • MCS multiple cloning site
  • Plasmid DNA preparation and sequencing Miniprep plasmid DNA was prepared from the 5 ml culture using a Qiaprep Turbo 9600 robotic system (Qiagen), a Biorobot 8000 robotic system (Qiagen) or Wizard Plus SV Minipreps kit (Promega cat. no. 1460) according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • Plasmid DNA was eluted in 80 ⁇ l of sterile water. The DNA concentration was measured using an Eppendorf BO photometer or Spectramax 190 photometer (Molecular Devices). Plasmid DNA (200-500ng) was subjected to DNA sequencing with the T7 primer and T3 primer using the BigDye Terminator system (Applied Biosystems cat. no. 4390246) according to the manufacturer's instructions. The primer sequences are shown in Table 3. Sequencing reactions were purified using Dye-Ex columns (Qiagen) or Montage SEQ 96 cleanup plates (Millipore cat. no. LSKS09624) then analyzed on an Applied Biosystems 3700 sequencer.
  • Sequence analysis identified a clone, amplified from pancreas cDNA, which contained the expected product sequence (Figure 7).
  • the plasmid generated is pCR4-TOPO-INSP145 vWFA domains 8&9.
  • An additional pair of PCR primers, INSP145-AP3 and INSP145-AP4 was designed to amplify the cloned portion of INSP 145 at the same time adding 12 amino acids onto the 5' end of the sequence (Table 3, Figure 8).
  • a further PCR primer, INSP145-AP5 was designed to be used with primer INSP145-AP4 to amplify this product and add yet another 12 amino acids onto its 5' end ( Figure 8).
  • plasmid pCR4-TOPO-INSP145 vWFA domains 8&9 was used as the template for PCR in a final reaction volume of 50 ⁇ l containing:
  • PCR was performed using an MJ Research DNA Engine, programmed as follows: 94°C, 5 min; 12 cycles of 94°C, 15 sec, 68°C, 1 min 30 sec; followed by 1 cycle at 68°C for 7 min and a holding cycle at 4°C.
  • PCR products were purified directly using the Wizard ® SV PCR Clean-Up System (Promega) and eluted in 50 ⁇ l water. 10 ⁇ l of the purified PCR product was used as template for the next PCR in a final reaction volume of 50 ⁇ l containing:
  • AU 50 ⁇ l of the amplification product was visualized on a 0.8% agarose gel in 1 X TAE buffer (Invitrogen).
  • a product of the expected molecular weight (1236 bp) was purified from the gel using the Wizard ® PCR Preps DNA Purification System (Promega), eluted in 50 ⁇ l of water and subcloned directly.
  • the PCR product was subcloned into the topoisomerase I modified cloning vector (pCR4- TOPO) using the cloning kit purchased from the Invitrogen Corporation using the conditions specified by the manufacturer. Briefly, 4 ⁇ l of gel purified PCR product was incubated for 15 min at room temperature with l ⁇ l of TOPO vector and 1 ⁇ l salt solution. The reaction mixture was then transformed into E. coli strain TOPlO (Invitrogen) as follows: a 50 ⁇ l aliquot of One Shot TOPlO cells was thawed on ice and 2 ⁇ l of TOPO reaction was added. The mixture was incubated for 15 min on ice and then heat shocked by incubation at 42°C for exactly 30s.
  • E. coli strain TOPlO Invitrogen
  • Miniprep plasmid DNA was prepared from the 5 ml cultures using a QIAprep Spin Miniprep kit (Qiagen), according to the manufacturer's instructions. Plasmid DNA was eluted in 50 ⁇ l of EB buffer (1OmM Tris.Cl, pH 8.5). The DNA concentration was measured using an Eppendorf BO photometer or Spectramax 190 photometer (Molecular Devices). Plasmid DNA (200-500 ng) was subjected to DNA sequencing with the T7 and T3 primers using the BigDye Terminator system (Applied Biosystems cat. no. 4390246) according to the manufacturer's instructions. The primer sequences are shown in Table 3. Sequencing reactions were purified using Dye-Ex columns (Qiagen) or Montage SEQ 96 cleanup plates (Millipore cat. no. LSKS09624) then analyzed on an Applied Biosystems 3700 sequencer.
  • the plasmid pCR4-TOPO-INSP145 SigPep + vWFA domains 8&9 was used as PCR template to generate mammalian cell expression vectors pEAK12d and pDEST12.2 containing the INSP 145 SigPep + vWFA domains 8&9 ORF sequence with a 3' sequence encoding a six histidine (6HIS) tag using the GatewayTM cloning methodology (Invitrogen).
  • the first stage of the Gateway cloning process involves a two step PCR reaction which generates the ORF of INSP 145 SigPep + vWFA domains 8&9 flanked at the 5' end by an attBl recombination site and Kozak sequence, and flanked at the 3' end by a sequence encoding an in frame 6 histidine (6HIS) tag, a stop codon and the attB2 recombination site (Gateway compatible cDNA).
  • the first PCR reaction (PCR 1) contained (in a final volume of 50 ⁇ l):
  • the PCR reaction was performed using an initial denaturing step of 95 °C for 2 min, followed by 12 cycles of 94°C for 15s; 55 0 C for 30s and 68°C for 2 min; and a holding cycle of 4°C.
  • the amplification product was directly purified using the Wizard PCR Preps DNA Purification System (Promega) and recovered in 50 ⁇ l sterile water according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • the second PCR reaction contained (in a final volume of 50 ⁇ l): 10 ⁇ l purified PCR 1 product
  • Gateway conversion primer 100 ⁇ M
  • GCP forward and GCP reverse 0.5 ⁇ l of Platinum Pfx DNA polymerase.
  • the conditions for the 2nd PCR reaction were: 95°C for 1 min; 4 cycles of 94°C, 15 sec; 50°C, 30 sec and 68°C for 2 min; 25 cycles of 94°C, 15 sec; 55 0 C, 30 sec and 68°C, 2 min; followed by a holding cycle of 4 ° C.
  • PCR product was visualized on 0.8% agarose gel in IX TAE buffer (Invitrogen) and the band migrating at the predicted molecular mass (1303 bp) was purified from the gel using the Wizard PCR Preps DNA Purification System (Promega) and recovered in 50 ⁇ l sterile water according to the manufacturer's instructions.
  • Gateway compatible ORF into Gateway entry vector pDONR221 and expression vectors pDEST12.2
  • the second stage of the Gateway cloning process involves subcloning of the Gateway modified PCR products into the Gateway entry vector pDONR221 (Invitrogen). The following solution was incubated in a final volume of 10 ⁇ l at RT for 1 h:
  • the reaction was stopped by addition of proteinase K l ⁇ il (2 ⁇ g/ ⁇ l) and incubated at 37° C for a further 10 min.
  • An aliquot of this reaction (l ⁇ l) was used to transform E. coli DHlOB cells by electroporation as follows: a 25 ⁇ l aliquot of DHlOB electrocompetent cells (Invitrogen) was thawed on ice and l ⁇ l of the BP reaction mix was added. The mixture was transferred to a chilled 0.1 cm electroporation cuvette and the cells electroporated using a BioRad Gene-PulserTM according to the manufacturer's recommended protocol.
  • SOC media (0.5 ml), which had been pre-warmed to room temperature, was added immediately after electroporation. The mixture was transferred to a 15 ml snap-cap tube and incubated, with shaking (220 rpm) for 1 h at 37°C. Aliquots of the transformation mixture (lO ⁇ d and 50 ⁇ l) were then plated on L-broth (LB) plates containing kanamycin (40 ⁇ g/ml) and incubated overnight at 37°C.
  • LB L-broth
  • Plasmid mini-prep DNA was prepared from 5 ml cultures from 6 of the resultant colonies using a Qiaprep BioRobot 8000 system (Qiagen). Plasmid DNA (150-200ng) was subjected to DNA sequencing with 21M13 and M13Rev primers using the
  • SOC media (0.5ml), which had been pre-warmed to room temperature, was added immediately after electroporation. The mixture was transferred to a 15 ml snap-cap tube and incubated, with shaking (220 rpm) for 1 h at 37°C. Aliquots of the transformation mixture (lO ⁇ l and 50 ⁇ l) were then plated on L-broth (LB) plates containing ampicillin (lOO ⁇ g/ml) and incubated overnight at 37 ° C.
  • LB L-broth
  • Plasmid mini-prep DNA was prepared from 5 ml cultures from 6 of the resultant colonies subcloned in each vector using a Qiaprep Bio Robot 8000 (Qiagen). Plasmid DNA (200- 500 ng) in the pEAK12d vector was subjected to DNA sequencing with pEAK12F and pEAK12R primers as described above. Plasmid DNA (200-500 ng) in the pDEST12.2 vector was subjected to DNA sequencing with 2 IM 13 and M 13 Rev primers as described above. Primer sequences are shown in Table 3.
  • CsCl gradient purified maxi-prep DNA was prepared from a 500 ml culture of the sequence verified clone (pEAK12d_INSP145 SigPep + vWFA domains 8&9-6HIS) using the method described by Sambrook J. et al., 1989 (in Molecular Cloning, a Laboratory Manual, 2 nd edition, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press), Plasmid DNA was resuspended at a concentration of 1 ⁇ g/ ⁇ l in sterile water (or 10 rnM Tris-HCl pH 8.5) and stored at -20°C.
  • Endotoxin-free maxi-prep DNA was prepared from a 500 ml culture of the sequence verified clone (pDEST12.2_INSP145 SigPep + vWFA domains 8&9-6HIS) using the EndoFree Plasmid Mega kit (Qiagen) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Purified plasmid DNA was resuspended in endotoxin free TE buffer at a final concentration of at least 3 ⁇ g/ ⁇ l and stored at -20°C.
  • Example 6 Expression and purification of INSP145.
  • RNA from each tissue may be used to generate cDNA using Multiscript reverse transcriptase (ABI) and random hexamer primers.
  • ABSI Multiscript reverse transcriptase
  • PCR reactions are set up for each tissue on the reverse transcribed RNA samples and the minus RT controls.
  • INSP085-specific primers may readily be designed on the basis of the sequence information provided herein. The presence of a product of the correct molecular weight in the reverse transcribed sample together with the absence of a product in the minus RT control may be taken as evidence for the presence of a transcript in that tissue.
  • Any suitable cDNA libraries may be used to screen for the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 transcripts, not only those generated as described above.
  • tissue distribution pattern of the INSP 145, INSP 146 and INSP 147 polypeptides will provide further useful information in relation to the function of those polypeptides.
  • Human Embryonic Kidney 293 cells expressing the Epstein-Barr virus Nuclear Antigen (HEK293-EBNA, Invitrogen) are maintained in suspension in Ex-cell VPRO serum-free medium (seed stock, maintenance medium, JRH). Sixteen to 20 hours prior to transfection
  • Scale-up batches may be produced by following the protocol called "PEI transfection of suspension cells", referenced BP/PEI/HH/02/04, with PolyEthylenelmine from Polysciences as transfection agent.
  • the culture medium sample containing the recombinant protein with a C-terminal 6His tag is diluted with cold buffer A (5OmM NaH 2 PO 4 ; 60OmM NaCl; 8.7% (w/v) glycerol, pH 7.5).
  • the sample is filtered then through a sterile filter (Millipore) and kept at 4 0 C in a sterile square media bottle (Nalgene).
  • the purification is performed at 4 0 C on the VISION workstation (Applied Biosystems) connected to an automatic sample loader (Labomatic).
  • the purification procedure is composed of two sequential steps, metal affinity chromatography on a Poros 20 MC (Applied Biosystems) column charged with Ni ions (4.6 x 50 mm, 0.83ml), followed by gel filtration on a Sephadex G-25 medium (Amersham Pharmacia) column (1.0 x 10cm).
  • the metal affinity column is regenerated with 30 column volumes of EDTA solution (10OmM EDTA; IM NaCl; pH 8.0), recharged with Ni ions through washing with 15 column volumes of a 10OmM NiSO 4 solution, washed with 10 column volumes of buffer A, followed by 7 column volumes of buffer B (50 mM NaH 2 PO 4 ; 60OmM NaCl; 8.7 % (w/v) glycerol, 40OmM; imidazole, pH 7.5), and finally equilibrated with 15 column volumes of buffer A containing 15mM imidazole.
  • EDTA solution 10OmM EDTA; IM NaCl; pH 8.0
  • the sample is transferred, by the Labomatic sample loader, into a 200ml sample loop and subsequently charged onto the Ni metal affinity column at a flow rate of 10ml/min.
  • the column is washed with 12 column volumes of buffer A, followed by 28 column volumes of buffer A containing 2OmM imidazole. During the 2OmM imidazole wash loosely attached contaminating proteins are eluted from the column.
  • the recombinant His-tagged protein is finally eluted with 10 column volumes of buffer B at a flow rate of 2ml/min, and the eluted protein is collected.
  • the Sephadex G-25 gel-filtration column is regenerated with 2ml of buffer D (1.137M NaCl; 2.7mM KCl; 1.5mM KH 2 PO 4 ; 8mM Na 2 HPO 4 ; pH 7.2), and subsequently equilibrated with 4 column volumes of buffer C (137mM NaCl; 2.7mM KCl; 1.5mM ICH 2 PO 4 ; 8mM Na 2 HPO 4 ; 20% (w/v) glycerol; pH 7.4).
  • buffer D (1.137M NaCl; 2.7mM KCl; 1.5mM KH 2 PO 4 ; 8mM Na 2 HPO 4 ; pH 7.2
  • 4 column volumes of buffer C 137mM NaCl; 2.7mM KCl; 1.5mM ICH 2 PO 4 ; 8mM Na 2 HPO 4 ; 20% (w/v) glycerol; pH 7.4
  • the peak fraction eluted from the Ni-column is automatically loaded onto the Sephadex G-25 column through the integrated sample loader on the VISION and the protein is eluted with buffer C at a flow rate of 2 ml/min.
  • the fraction was filtered through a sterile centrifugation filter (Millipore), frozen and stored at -80°C.
  • An aliquot of the sample is analyzed on SDS-PAGE (4-12% NuPAGE gel; TSfovex) Western blot with anti- His antibodies.
  • the NuPAGE gel may be stained in a 0.1 % Coomassie blue R250 staining solution (30% methanol, 10% acetic acid) at room temperature for Ih and subsequently destained in 20% methanol, 7.5% acetic acid until the background is clear and the protein bands clearly visible.
  • the proteins are electrotransferred from the gel to a nitrocellulose membrane.
  • the membrane is blocked with 5% milk powder in buffer E (137mM NaCl; 2.7mM KCl; 1.5mM KH 2 PO 4 ; 8mM Na 2 HPO 4 ; 0.1 % Tween 20, pH 7.4) for Ih at room temperature, and subsequently incubated with a mixture of 2 rabbit polyclonal anti-His antibodies (G-18 and H-15, 0.2 ⁇ g/ml each; Santa Cruz) in 2.5% milk powder in buffer E overnight at 4°C.
  • the membrane After a further 1 hour incubation at room temperature, the membrane is washed with buffer E (3 x lOmin), and then incubated with a secondary HRP-conjugated anti-rabbit antibody (DAKO, HRP 0399) diluted 1/3000 in buffer E containing 2.5% milk powder for 2 hours at room temperature. After washing with buffer E (3 x 10 minutes), the membrane is developed with the ECL kit (Amersham Pharmacia) for 1 min. The membrane is subsequently exposed to a Hyperfilm (Amersham Pharmacia), the film developed and the western blot image visually analysed.
  • DAKO secondary HRP-conjugated anti-rabbit antibody
  • the protein concentration may be determined using the BCA protein assay kit (Pierce) with bovine serum albumin as standard.
  • BCA protein assay kit Pieris

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Gastroenterology & Hepatology (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Toxicology (AREA)
  • Micro-Organisms Or Cultivation Processes Thereof (AREA)
  • Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
  • Medicines That Contain Protein Lipid Enzymes And Other Medicines (AREA)

Abstract

This invention relates to novel proteins (herein termed INSP145, INSP146, INSP147), herein identified as vWFA-domain containing proteins, preferably vWFA-domain containing alpha 3 type VI collagen proteins, and to the use of these proteins and nucleic acid sequences from the encoding genes in the diagnosis, prevention and treatment of disease.

Description

vWFA-domain containing proteins
This invention relates to novel proteins (herein termed INSP145, INSP146, INSP 147), herein identified as vWFA-domain containing proteins, preferably vWFA-domain containing alpha 3 type VI collagen proteins, and to the use of these proteins and nucleic acid sequences from the encoding genes in the diagnosis, prevention and treatment of disease.
AU publications, patents and patent applications cited herein are incorporated in full by reference.
Background The process of drug discovery is presently undergoing a fundamental revolution as the era of functional genomics comes of age. The term "functional genomics" applies to an approach utilising bioinformatics tools to ascribe function to protein sequences of interest. Such tools are becoming increasingly necessary as the speed of generation of sequence data is rapidly outpacing the ability of research laboratories to assign functions to these protein sequences.
As bioinformatics tools increase in potency and in accuracy, these tools are rapidly replacing the conventional techniques of biochemical characterisation. Indeed, the advanced bioinfomiatics tools used in identifying the present invention are now capable of outputting results in which a high degree of confidence can be placed. Various institutions and commercial organisations are examining sequence data as they become available and significant discoveries are being made on an on-going basis. However, there remains a continuing need to identify and characterise further genes and the polypeptides that they encode, as targets for research and for drug discovery.
Introduction The extracellular matrix (ECM) is a complex structural entity surrounding and supporting cells that are found within mammalian tissues. The ECM is often referred to as the connective tissue. The ECM is composed of 3 major classes of biomolecules:
1. Structural proteins: collagen and elastin.
2. Specialised proteins: e.g. fibrillin, fibronectin, and laminin. 3. Proteoglycans: these are composed of a protein core to which is attached long chains of repeating disaccharide units termed of glycosaminoglycans (GAGs) forming extremely complex high molecular weight components of the ECM.
The major structural protein of the ECM is collagen, the single most abundant protein in animal cells. There are at least 19 different collagens and they are characterised by the formation of triple helices in which three polypeptide chains are wound tightly around one another in a rope-like structure. The triple-helix domain consists of repeats of the amino acid sequence GIy-X-Y. A small Glycine residue is necessary in every third position to ensure close packaging. Any amino acid can be found at position X or Y, however, Proline (Pro) is frequently found in the X position and hydroxyproline (Hyp) in the Y position; because of the ring structure, Pro and Hyp stabilise the helical conformations of the polypeptides chains.
There are two main forms of collagen fibrillar and non-fibrillar (Knupp C. et al (2001) EMBO J. Feb l;20(3):372-6). Fibrillar collagens are the major forms of collagen found in skin and bone. Examples of such collagens include types I, II, III, V and XI.
Collagen VI, as an extracellular matrix protein, shows distinct structural properties within the collagen family of proteins, forming a microfilamentous network in skeletal muscles and other organs (formation of abundant microfibrils in the extracellular matrix of almost all tissues, including skin, cartilage, cornea, and both skeletal and smooth muscle). Intracellular assembly of collagen VI is a complex multistep process. Triple helical monomers are formed by the association of the three distinct alpha chains (COL6A1, COL6A2 and COL6A3), which in turn assemble and align into disulfide-bonded dimers to form tetramers, also stabilized by disulfide bonds. The end-to-end association of tetramers outside of the cell forms the characteristic beaded microfibrils (Timpl and Chu, Extracellular Matrix Assembly and Structure 1994 (Mecham, R. P., ed), pp. 207-242). It has been shown that the formation of dimers is determined principally by interactions of the COL6A2 chain (Ball et al. J Biol Chem. 2003 Apr 25;278(17):15326-32. Epub 2002 Dec 07.). In addition, Fitzgerald et al. showed that the N5 module of the N-terminal globular regions (which contain multiple copies of von-Willebrand factor type-A like domains) is critical for microfibril formation (Fitzgerald et al. J Biol Chem. 2001 Jan 5;276(1): 187-93). During protein synthesis and processing, the alpha chains undergo significant posttranslational modification and cleavage. For example, the prolines at the third position of the tripeptide repeating unit (G-X-Y) are hydroxylated. The C5 domain of COL6A3 is incorporated into newly formed type VI collagen fibrils, but immediately after secretion is cut off and is not present in the mature pericellular type VI matrix of articular cartilage (Aigner et al. Biochem Biophys Res Commun. 2002 Jan 18; 290(2): 743-8). Collagens are post-translationally modified by proline hydroxylase to form the hydroxyproline residues. Defective hydroxylation is the cause of scurvy. Some members of the collagen superfamily are not involved in connective tissue structure but share the same triple helical structure.
Two types of domains are mainly present in COL6A chains: the von Willebrand factor (vWF) type A domain (vWFA) and the Collagen triple helix repeat (20 copies). Simple Modular Architecture Research Tool (SMART, Letunic et al. Nucleic Acids Res 2004, 32(1), D142-4) annotates the VWA domain characteristic of this protein as a large multimeric glycoprotein found in blood plasma. Mutant forms are involved in the aetiology of bleeding disorders. The type A domain of vWF is the prototype for a protein superfamily. The vWF domain is found in various plasma proteins: complement factors B, C2, CR3 and CR4; the integrins (I-domains); collagen types VI, VII, XII and XIV; and other extracellular proteins. Proteins that incorporate vWF domains participate in numerous biological events (e.g., cell adhesion, migration, homing, pattern formation, and signal transduction), involving interaction with a large array of ligands. Secondary structure prediction from 75 aligned vWF sequences has revealed a largely alternating sequence of alpha-helices and beta-strands.
The von Willebrand factor type A domain is found in many large extracellular proteins. Examples of such proteins include von Willebrand factor, complement proteins factor B (FB), C2, CR3 and CR4, the integrins, collagen types VI, VII, XII XIV (Perkins SJ. et al (1994) J MoI Biol. Apr 22;238(1): 104-19) and anthrax toxin receptors (Bradley K. et al (2003) Biochem Pharmacol. Feb l;65(3):309-14). Functions associated with vWFA domain containing proteins include acting as components of the extracellular matrix, hemostasis, cellular adhesion, and immune defense mechanisms (Colombatti A. et al (1993) Matrix. Jul;13(4):297-306).
The vWFA domain found in the integrin class of proteins is referred to as the integrin I domain (Roland A. et al (2003) J. Biol. Chem. Apr 25; 278 (17) 15035-15039).
A motif common to most vWFA domain containing proteins is the Metal Ion-Dependent Adhesion Site (MIDAS). The MIDAS motif is involved in cation (eg. Mg2+, Mn2+, Zn2+ and Ca2+) coordination and is made up of five residues, Asp-x-Ser-x-Ser, Thr and Asp (Scobie H.M. et al (2003) Proc Natl Acad Sci USA. Apr 29;100(9):5170-4).
Studies on the vWFA-3 domain found in the plasma protein von Willebrand factor, have shown that it contains a modified MIDAS site, which is unable to bind a metal ion. Without the metal ion bound the domain is still able to bind to collagen, as seen with the integrin I domain which contains an intact MIDAS motif (Bienkowska J. et al (1997) J Biol Chem. Oct 3;272(40):25162-25167)
Collagen VI is a component of microfibrillar structures in many tissues (Engel et al., 1985). These microfibrils localise close to cells, nerves, blood vessels, and large collagen fibrils and are considered to have an anchoring function. Consistent with such a function are the biochemical findings that type VI collagen binds cells and that its fusion protein binds type I collagen. The binding activity also implies that, in addition to a structural role, type VI collagen may be involved in development, cell migration and differentiation and embryonic development. COL6A chains have been implicated in various diseases and disorders. COL6A3 has been implicated in myopathies such as Bethlem myopathy, which is characterized by early childood onset and joint contractures and in dystrophies such as Ullrich congenital muscular dystrophy (UCMD), characterized by general muscular weakness, contracture of multiple joints, and distal hyperextensibility (Online Mendelian Inheritance in Man (OMIM) Ace. No. 120220, 120240 and 120250; Nishino and Ozawa, Curr Opin Neurol. 2002 Oct;15(5):539-44). Further evidence of the involvement of COL6A chains (e.g. COL6A3) in UCMD and Bethlem myopathy is disclosed in numerous publications (Brockington et al. Prenat Diagn. 2004 Jun;24(6):440-4.; Demir et al. Neuropediatrics. 2004 Apr;35(2):103-12; Quijano et al. Muscle Nerve. 2004 Feb;29(2):292-9; Irvin et al. Nat Genet. 2003 Dec;35(4):367-71. Epub 2003 Nov 16).
COL6A chains, especially COL6A3, have also been implicated in cancer, more particularly in tumor angiogenesis (the tumor endothelial marker (TEM)8 interacts with the COOH- terminal C5 domain of COL63A; Nanda et al. Cancer Res. 2004 Feb l;64(3):817-20.), tumor grade and ovarian cancer prognostic (COL6A3 was one of the most highly upregulated genes in a SAGE profiling of cisplatin-resistant and sensitive cells; Sherman- Baust et al. Cancer Cell. 2003 Apr;3(4):377-86.), renal cell carcinoma (Lohi et al. Histol Histopathol. 1998 Jul;13(3):785-96.) and in skin tumor in a patient with juvenile hyaline fibromatosis (mesenchymal dysplasia; COL6A3 was the most abundant chain found in the hyaline substance in a specimen of a skin tumor; Katagiri et al J Dermatol Sci. 1996 Oct;13(l):37-48.).
COL6A chains have also been associated with trisomy 21 (Down syndrome; Jongewaard et al. Am J Med Genet. 2002 May 15;109(4):298-305; von Keisenberg et al Obstet Gynecol. 1998 Mar;91(3):319-23.)
Vitale et al. suggest that the activation of COL6A1 gene transcription in the peripheral nervous system is part of the differentiation program of Schwann cells from neural crest cells stimulated by neuregulins (Vitale et al Mech Dev. 2001 Apr;102(l-2):145-56.). Schwann cells are involved in numerous diseases such as Autoimmune neuropathies (Inflammatory demyelinating neuropathy, Acute inflammatory demyelinating neuropathy e.g. Guillain-Barre Syndrome (acute inflammatory demyelinating polyradiculoneuropathy)), Metabolic neuropathies (Diabetic polyneuropathy, Uremic neuropathy, Hypothyroid neuropathy, Hepatic neuropathy, Porphyric neuropathy, Neuropathy associated with multiorgan failure and sepsis), Nutritional neuropathies (Alcoholic neuropathy, Beriberi, Neuropathy related to Vit. B 12 deficiency, Neuropathy related to VitE deficiency, Neuropathy related to postgastrectomy state, Neuropathy related to Celiac disease), Ischemic neuropathies (Vasculitic neuropathy, Neuropathy of peripheral vascular disease, Diabetic mononeuropathy and polyneuropathy), Toxic neuropathy, Paraneoplastic neuropathy, Amyloid neuropathy, Paraproteinemic neuropathy, Inherited neuropathy, Neuropathy associated with infections (Herpes zoster, Leprosy, Diphteria, HIV3 Lyme), Sarcoid Neuropathy, Radiation Neuropathy, Traumatic Neuropathy, Cryptogenic Neuropathy), Infectious polyneuropathies (Leprosy, Diphtheria, Varicella- zoster virus), Hereditary neuropathies (herediatry motor and sensory neuropathies (HMSN), hereditary sensory and autonomic neurpathies (HSAN), Familial amyloid polyneuropathies), Acquired metabolic and toxic neuropathies (Peripheral neuropathy in adult-onset diabetes mellitus), Neuropathies associated with malignancy (Subacute cerebellar degeneration, Limbic encephalitis, brain stem encephalitis, Subacute sensory neuropathy, Opsoclonus/myoclonus, Retinal degeneration, Stiff-man syndrome, Lambert- Eaton myastenic Syndrome), Traumatic neuropathies (Traumatic neuroma, Morton neuroma), Tumours of the peripheral nerves (Schwannoma, Neurofibroma, Malignant nerve sheath tumour). Other potential therapeutic indications for C0L6A chains are stroke (e.g. intracranial aneurysm, Peters et al. Stroke. 2001 Aρr;32(4): 1036-42.), Alport syndrome (Kashtan et al J Am Soc Nephrol. 2001 Feb;12(2):252-60.), diabetic nephropathy (e.g diabetic glomerulosclerosis, Razzaque et al. Anal Cell Pathol. 1997;15(3):175-81.)5 cutis laxa (levels of COL6A1 and COL6A3 were increased in cutis laxa fibroblast strains; Hatamochi et al J Dermatol Sci. 1996 Feb;l l(2):97-103.), glomerulonephritis (Cai et al. Pediatr Nephrol. 1996 Feb;10(l):14-21.), lung and liver fibrosis (Specks et al. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 1995 Jun; 151(6): 1956-64; Takahara et al. Liver. 1995 Apr;15(2):78-86; US6218360), Werner syndrome (COL6A1, COL6A2 and COL6A3 mRNA were decreased in all Werner's syndrome fibroblast strains; Hatamochi et al. J Invest Dermatol. 1993 Jun;100(6):771-4.) and Waardenburg syndrome type 1 (WSl), (A WSl mutation was shown to be linked to a four marker loci comprising COL6A3; Asher et al. Am J Hum Genet. 1991 Jan;48(l):43-52.).
In addition, missense mutations within the vWFA domain, associated with particular proteins have been shown to lead to human diseases. Mutation of the Von Willebrand factor precursor (vWF) is associated with the von Willebrand disease (OMIM Ace. No.
193400). Mutation of the Collagen alpha 3(VI) chain precursor is associated with Bethlem myopathy (OMIM Ace. Nos. 120250 and 158810). Mutation of the Collagen alpha 1(VII) chain precursor (Long-chain collagen) (LC collagen) is associated with Epidermolysis bullosa dystrophica (dominant, OMIM Ace. No. 120120; recessive, OMIM Ace. No.
131750; pretibial, dominant and recessive OMIM Ace. No. 226600 and OMIM Ace. No.
131850).
Certain proteins that contain one or more copies of the type A domain take part in host defense mechanisms, such as immune response and inflammation (see, for example, Celikel et al, Nature Structural Biology 5: 189 (1998)). WO 92/17192 discloses a therapeutic composition which is effective in treating or inhibiting thrombosis comprising a monomeric polypeptide patterned on a fragment of wild type mature von Willebrand factor (vWF) subunit. WO 04/062551 relates to polypeptides comprising at least one single domain antibody directed against vWF, vWF Al domain, Al domain of activated vWF, vWF A3 domain, gblb and/or collagen, homologues and/or functional portions of the polypeptides, for the diagnosis and/or treatment for conditions which require a modulation of platelet-mediated aggregation. Mutations within the collagen triple helix repeat domain associated with particular proteins also lead to human diseases. For example, mutation of collagen type I alpha-1 (COLlAl) is associated with Osteogenesis Imperfecta, Ehlers-Danlos syndrome and susceptibility to dissection of cervical arteries (OMIM Ace. No. 120150). Mutation of collagen type I alpha- 2 (COL1A2) is associated with Osteogenesis Imperfecta (OMIM Ace. No. 120160). Mutation of collagen type III alpha-1 (COL3A1) is associated with Ehlers-Danlos syndrome, aortic aneurysm (OMIM Ace. No. 120180). Mutation of collagen type XI alpha- 2 (COLXIA2) is associated with otospondylomegaepiphyseal dysplasia, hearing loss (deafness) and Weissenbacher-Zweymuller syndrome (OMIM Ace. No.120290). Increasing knowledge of vWFA and collagen domains is therefore of extreme importance in increasing the understanding of the underlying pathways that lead to the disease states and associated disease states mentioned above, and in developing more effective gene and/or drug therapies to treat these disorders.
THE INVENTION The invention is based on the discovery that the proteins referred to herein as INSP 145, INSP146 and INSP147 are splice variants of the same sequence. All of the sequences share highest identity to alpha 3 type VI collagen proteins and contain multiple vWFA domains and collagen family domains.
INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 are three predicted splice variants of a von Willebrand factor A (vWFA) domain-containing collagen type VI α3-related sequence (see figure 9 for an amino acid alignment). All three sequences are full length and contain a predicted signal peptide. INSP 145 and INSP 147 are identical except that INSP 145 misses exon 17 of
INSP147. INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 have in common 7 N-terminal vWFA domains and two collagen triple helix repeats, due to the first 16 exons that they share (see Figure 10). INSP145 is a prediction for 2241 amino acids (6723 bp) encoded in 35 coding exons.
COL63A and INSP 145 are homologous in terms of domain structure and of amino acid sequence (see figure 11). INSP147 is a prediction for 2262 amino acids (6786 bp) encoded in 36 coding exons. INSP 145 and INSP 147 both contain 9 predicted vWFA domains.
INSP146 is a shorter variant of 1519 amino acids (4557 bp) encoded in 17 coding exons. The N-terminal part of exon 17 is shared with INSP 147. An alternative splicing event leads to the premature stop codon present in INSP146. INSP146 contains 7 predicted vWFA domains. Figure 10 represents a schematic domain alignment of full length INSP145, the cloned fragment of INSP 145, INSP 146 and INSP 147. Figure 11 represents a schematic domain alignment of COL6A chains (Collagen alpha 1 (VI) chain precursor (COL6A1), NCBI Ace. No. 13878903; Collagen alpha 2 (VI) chain precursor (COL6A2), NCBI Ace. No. 27808647; Collagen alpha 3 (VI) chain precursor (COL6A3), NCBI Ace. No. 5921193) along with the full length INSP 145 and the cloned INSP 145. This alignment demonstrates the homology between INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 and vWFA domain containing COL6A chains.
In one embodiment of the first aspect of the invention, there is provided a polypeptide which:
(i) comprises the amino acid sequence as recited in SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO:8, SEQ ID NO: 10, SEQ ID NO: 12, SEQ ID NO: 14, SEQ ID NO: 16, SEQ ID NO: 18, SEQ ID NO:20, SEQ ID NO:22, SEQ ID NO:24, SEQ ID NO:26, SEQ ID NO:28, SEQ ID NO:30, SEQ ID NO:32, SEQ ID NO:34, SEQ ID NO:36; SEQ ID NO:38, SEQ ID NO:40, SEQ ID NO:42, SEQ ID NO:44, SEQ ID NO:46, SEQ ID NO:48, SEQ ID NO:50; SEQ ID NO:52; SEQ ID NO:54, SEQ ID NO:56, SEQ ID NO:58, SEQ ID NO:60, SEQ ID NO:62, SEQ ID NO:64, SEQ ID NO:66, SEQ ID NO:68, SEQ ID NO:70, SEQ ID NO:72, SEQ ID NO: 184 SEQ ID NO: 186, SEQ ID NO: 192, SEQ ID NO: 194 SEQ ID NO: 196 and/or SEQ ID NO: 198. (ii) is a fragment thereof which functions as an vWFA-domain containing protein, preferably as a vWFA-domain containing alpha 3 type VI collagen protein, or has an antigenic determinant in common with the polypeptides of (i); or
(iii) is a functional equivalent of (i) or (ii).
Preferably, the polypeptide according to this first aspect of the invention: (i) comprises the amino acid sequence as recited in SEQ ID NO:72;
(ii) is a fragment thereof which functions as an vWFA-domain containing protein, preferably as a vWFA-domain containing alpha 3 type VI collagen protein, or has an antigenic determinant in common with the polypeptides of (i); or
(iii) is a functional equivalent of (i) or (ii). A polypeptide according to this aspect of the invention may consist of any one of the sequences recited above as SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO:8, SEQ ID NO.10, SEQ ID NO:12, SEQ ID NO:14, SEQ ID NO:16, SEQ ID NO:18, SEQ ID NO:20, SEQ ID NO:22, SEQ ID NO:24, SEQ ID NO.26, SEQ ID NO:28, SEQ ID NO:30, SEQ ID NO:32, SEQ ID NO:34, SEQ ID NO:36, SEQ ID NO:38, SEQ ID NO:40, SEQ ID NO:42, SEQ ID NO:44, SEQ ID NO.46, SEQ ID NO:48, SEQ ID NO:50, SEQ ID NO:52, SEQ ID NO:54, SEQ ID NO:56, SEQ ID NO:58, SEQ ID NO:605 SEQ ID NO:62, SEQ ID NO:64, SEQ ID NO:66, SEQ ID NO:68, SEQ ID NO:70, SEQ ID NO:72, SEQ ID NO: 184 SEQ ID NO:186, SEQ ID NO:192, SEQ ID NO:194 SEQ ID NO:196 and/or SEQ ID NO:198.
The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:2 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 1 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:4 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP145 exon 2 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:6 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP145 exon 3 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:8 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 4 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 10 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 5 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 12 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 6 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 14 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 7 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 16 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 8 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 18 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 9 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:20 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 10 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:22 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 11 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:24 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP145 exon 12 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:26 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 13 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:28 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP145 exon 14 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:30 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP145 exon 15 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:32 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 16 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:34 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP145 exon 17 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:36 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 18 polypeptide. The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:38 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP145 exon 19 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:40 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 20 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:42 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP145 exon 21 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:44 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 22 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:46 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP145 exon 23 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:48 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP145 exon 24 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:50 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 25 polypeptide. The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:52 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP145 exon 26 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:54 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 27 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:56 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP145 exon 28 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:58 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 29 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:60 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 30 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:62 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 31 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 64 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 32 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:66 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP145 exon 33 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:68 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP145 exon 34 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:70 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 exon 35 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:72 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 145 polypeptide."
Although the Applicant does not wish to be bound by this theory, it is postulated that the first 17 amino acids of the INSP 145 polypeptide form a signal peptide. The full length INSP 145 polypeptide sequences without this postulated signal sequence is recited in SEQ ID NO: 184. The INSP 145 exon 1 polypeptide without this sequence is recited in SEQ ID NO: 186.
The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 186 is referred to hereafter as "the INSP 145 exon 1 mature polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in
SEQ ID NO: 184 is referred to hereafter as "the INSP145 mature polypeptide".
It is predicted herein that the vWFA domains 8 and 9 are located in exons 31 to 33 of the INSP 145 polypeptide. vWFA domain 8 is predicted to be located between amino acid residue 11 of exon 31 and amino acid residue 6 of exon 32 (amino acid residues 1736-1892 of the INSP 145 polypeptide). vWFA domain 9 is predicted to be located between amino acid residues 20 and 200 of exon 33 (amino acid residues 1942-2122 of the INSP 145 polypeptide). Fragments consisting or comprising of vWFA domains 8 and 9 of the INSP 145 polypeptide are included as aspects of the invention. Preferred fragments comprise or consist of amino acid residues 1736-1894 (the vWFA domain 8), amino acid residues 1942-2122 (the vWFA domain 9) or amino acid residues 1736-2122 (the vWFA domains 8&9).
The cloning of the fragment of the INSP 145 polypeptide containing vWFA domains 8 and 9 is described in the Examples. The fragment of the INSP 145 polypeptide containing vWFA 8 and 9 domains was initially cloned with a signal peptide at the N-terminal. The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 192 is referred to hereafter as "the cloned INSP 145 vWFA 8&9 polypeptide" and includes a signal peptide. The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 194 is referred to hereafter as "the cloned INSP 145 vWFA 8&9 with histidine tag polypeptide" and additionally includes a histidine tag at its C-terminal. The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 196 is referred to hereafter as "the mature cloned INSP 145 vWFA 8&9 polypeptide" and does not contain either a signal peptide or the histidine tag. The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:198 is referred to hereafter as "the mature cloned INSP145 vWFA 8&9 polypeptide with histidine tag polypeptide" does not contain the signal peptide but contains a histidine tag at its C-terminal.
The INSP 145 polypeptide comprises a number of domains at the following positions in the INSP 145 polypeptide/nucleotide sequences:
Figure imgf000012_0001
Figure imgf000013_0001
The term "INSP 145 polypeptides" as used herein includes polypeptides comprising the INSP 145 exon 1 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 2 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 3 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 4 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 5 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 6 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 7 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 8 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 9 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 10 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 11 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 12 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 13 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 14 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 15 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 16 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 17 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 18 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 19 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 20 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 21 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 22 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 23 polypeptide, the INSP145 exon 24 polypeptide, the INSP145 exon 25 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 26 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 27 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 28 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 29 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 30 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 31 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 32 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 33 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 34 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 35 polypeptide, the INSP 145 polypeptide, the INSP 145 exon 1 mature polypeptide, the INSP 145 mature polypeptide, the cloned INSP 145 vWFA 8&9 polypeptide, the cloned INSP 145 vWFA 8&9 with histidine tag polypeptide, the mature cloned INSP 145 vWFA 8&9 polypeptide and the mature cloned INSP145 vWFA 8&9 polypeptide with histidine tag polypeptide.
In a second embodiment of the first aspect of the invention, there is provided a polypeptide, which polypeptide:
(i) comprises the amino acid sequence as recited in SEQ ID NO:74, SEQ ID NO:76,
SEQ ID NO:78, SEQ ID NO:80, SEQ ID NO:82, SEQ ID NO:84, SEQ ID NO:86, SEQ ID NO:88, SEQ ID NO:90; SEQ ID NO:92, SEQ ID NO:94, SEQ ID NO:96,
SEQ ID NO:98, SEQ ID NO:100, SEQ ID NO:102, SEQ ID NO:104, SEQ ID
NO:106, SEQ ID NO:108, SEQ ID NO:186 and/or SEQ ID NO:188;
(ii) is a fragment thereof which functions as an vWFA-domain containing protein, preferably as a vWFA-domain containing alpha 3 type VI collagen protein, or has an antigenic determinant in common with the polypeptides of (i); or
(i) is a functional equivalent of (i) or (ii).
Preferably, the polypeptide according to this first aspect of the invention: (i) comprises the amino acid sequence as recited in SEQ ID NO: 108;
(ii) is a fragment thereof which functions as an vWFA-domain containing protein, preferably as a vWFA-domain containing alpha 3 type VI collagen protein, or has an antigenic determinant in common with the polypeptides of (i); or
(iii) is a functional equivalent of (i) or (ii). A polypeptide according to this aspect of the invention may consist of any one of the sequences recited above as SEQ ID NO:74, SEQ ID NO:76, SEQ ID NO:78, SEQ ID NO:80, SEQ ID NO.82, SEQ ID NO:84, SEQ ID NO:86, SEQ ID NO:88, SEQ ID NO:90, SEQ ID NO:92, SEQ ID NO:94, SEQ ID NO:96, SEQ ID NO:98, SEQ ID NO:100, SEQ ID NO:102, SEQ ID NO:104, SEQ ID NO:106, SEQ ID NO:108, SEQ ID NO:186 and/or SEQ ID NO: 188;
The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:74 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP146 exon 1 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:76 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP146 exon 2 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:78 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 146 exon 3 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 80 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP146 exon 4 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 82 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 146 exon 5 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 84 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 146 exon 6 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:86 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP146 exon 7 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 88 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 146 exon 8 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:90 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP146 exon 9 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:92 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP146 exon 10 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 94 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP146 exon 11 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:96 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP146 exon 12 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:98 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 146 exon 13 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:100 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP146 exon 14 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 102 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP146 exon 15 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:104 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP146 exon 16 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO.106 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP146 exon 17 polypeptide. The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:108 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 146 polypeptide. Although the Applicant does not wish to be bound by this theory, it is postulated that the first 17 amino acids of the INSP 146 polypeptide form a signal peptide.
The full length INSP 146 polypeptide sequences without this postulated signal sequence is recited in SEQ ID NO: 188. The INSP 146 exon 1 polypeptide without this sequence is recited in SEQ ID NO: 186. The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 186 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 146 exon 1 mature polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 188 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP146 mature polypeptide".
The term "INSP 146 polypeptides" as used herein includes polypeptides comprising the INSP 146 exon 1 polypeptide, the INSP 146 exon 2 polypeptide, the INSP 146 exon 3 polypeptide, the INSP 146 exon 4 polypeptide, the INSP 146 exon 5 polypeptide, the INSP 146 exon 6 polypeptide, the INSP 146 exon 7 polypeptide, the INSP 146 exon 8 polypeptide, the INSP146 exon 9 polypeptide, the INSP146 exon 10 polypeptide, the INSP 146 exon 11 polypeptide, the INSP 146 exon 12 polypeptide, the INSP 146 exon 13 polypeptide, the INSP 146 exon 14 polypeptide, the INSP 146 exon 15 polypeptide, the INSP 146 exon 16 polypeptide, the INSP 146 exon 17 polypeptide, the INSP 146 polypeptide, the INSP146 exon 1 mature polypeptide and the INSP146 mature polypeptide.
Preferably, a polypeptide according to this aspect of the invention functions as a vWFA domain containing protein.
The INSP 146 polypeptide comprises a number of domains at the following positions in the INSP146 polypeptide/nucleotide sequences:
Figure imgf000016_0001
In a third embodiment of the first aspect of the invention, there is provided a polypeptide, which polypeptide:
(i) comprises the amino acid sequence as recited in SEQ ID NO: 110, SEQ ID NO: 112, SEQ ID NO:114, SEQ ID NO:116, SEQ ID NO:118, SEQ ID NO:120, SEQ ID
NO:122, SEQ ID NO:124, SEQ ID NO:1265 SEQ ID NO:128, SEQ ID NO:130, SEQ
ID NO:132, SEQ ID NO:134, SEQ ID NO:136, SEQ ID NO:138, SEQ ID NO:140,
SEQ ID NO: 142, SEQ ID NO: 144, SEQ ID NO: 146, SEQ ID NO: 148, SEQ ID
NO:150, SEQ ID NO:152, SEQ ID NO:154, SEQ ID NO:156, SEQ ID NO:158, SEQ ID NO:160, SEQ ID NO:162, SEQ ID NO:164, SEQ ID NO:166, SEQ ID NO:168,
SEQ ID NO:170, SEQ ID NO:172, SEQ ID NO:174, SEQ ID NO:176, SEQ ID
NO: 178, SEQ ID NO: 180, SEQ ID NO: 182, SEQ ID NO: 186 and/or SEQ ID
NO: 190;
(ii) is a fragment thereof which functions as an vWFA-domain containing protein, preferably as a vWFA-domain containing alpha 3 type VI collagen protein, or has an antigenic determinant in common with the polypeptides of (i); or
(iii) is a functional equivalent of (i) or (ii).
Preferably, the polypeptide according to this first aspect of the invention:
(i) comprises the amino acid sequence as recited in SEQ ID NO: 182; (ii) is a fragment thereof which functions as an vWFA-domain containing protein, preferably as a vWFA-domain containing alpha 3 type VI collagen protein, or has an antigenic determinant in common with the polypeptides of (i); or
(iii) is a functional equivalent of (i) or (ii). A polypeptide according to this aspect of the invention may consist of any one of the sequences recited above as SEQ ID NO:110, SEQ ID NO:112, SEQ ID NO:114, SEQ ID NO:116, SEQ ID NO:118, SEQ ID NO:120, SEQ ID NO:122, SEQ ID NO:124, SEQ ID NO: 126; SEQ ID NO: 128, SEQ ID NO: 130, SEQ ID NO: 132, SEQ ID NO: 134, SEQ ID NO:136, SEQ ID NO:138, SEQ ID NO:140, SEQ ID NO:142; SEQ ID NO:144, SEQ ID NO:146, SEQ ID NO:148, SEQ ID NO:150, SEQ ID NO:152, SEQ ID NO:154, SEQ ID NO:156, SEQ ID NO:158, SEQ ID NO:160, SEQ ID NO:162, SEQ ID NO:164, SEQ ID NO:166, SEQ ID NO:168, SEQ ID NO:170, SEQ ID NO:172, SEQ ID NO:174, SEQ ID NO:176, SEQ ID NO:178, SEQ ID NO:180, SEQ ID NO:182, SEQ ID NO:186 and/or SEQ ID NO:190;
The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:110 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 1 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 112 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 2 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 114 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 3 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:116 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 4 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:118 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 5 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 120 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 6 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:122 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP147 exon 7 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 124 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 8 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 126 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 9 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:128 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP147 exon 10 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 130 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 11 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 132 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP147 exon 12 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 134 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 13 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 136 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP147 exon 14 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 138 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 15 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:140 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP147 exon 16 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 142 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 17 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:144 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP147 exon 18 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 146 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 19 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:148 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP147 exon 20 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:150 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP147 exon 21 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 152 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP147 exon 22 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:154 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP147 exon 23 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 156 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 24 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:158 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 25 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 160 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 26 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 162 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 27 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:164 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP147 exon 28 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 166 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 29 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 168 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP147 exon 30 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 170 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 31 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 172 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 32 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:174 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP147 exon 33 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 176 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 34 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:178 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP147 exon 35 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 180 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 exon 36 polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO : 182 is referred to hereafter as the "INSP 147 polypeptide".
Although the Applicant does not wish to be bound by this theory, it is postulated that the first 17 amino acids of the INSP 147 polypeptide form a signal peptide.
The full length INSP 147 polypeptide sequences without this postulated signal sequence is recited in SEQ ID NO: 190. The INSP 147 exon 1 polypeptide without this sequence is recited in SEQ ID NO: 186.
The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 190 is referred to hereafter as "the INSP 146 exon 1 mature polypeptide". The polypeptide having the sequence recited in SEQ ID NO: 186 is referred to hereafter as "the INSP146 mature polypeptide".
The term "INSP 147 polypeptides" as used herein includes polypeptides comprising the INSP 147 exon 1 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 2 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 3 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 4 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 5 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 6 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 7 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 8 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 9 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 10 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 11 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 12 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 13 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 14 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 15 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 16 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 17 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 18 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 19 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 20 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 21 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 22 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 23 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 24 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 25 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 26 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 27 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 28 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 29 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 30 polypeptide, the INSP147 exon 31 polypeptide, the INSP147 exon 32 polypeptide, the INSP147 exon 33 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 34 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 35 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 36 polypeptide, the INSP 147 polypeptide, the INSP 147 exon 1 mature polypeptide and the INSP 147 mature polypeptide.
The INSP 147 polypeptide comprises a number of domains at the following positions in the INSP 147 polypeptide/nucleotide sequences:
Figure imgf000019_0001
Figure imgf000020_0001
The term "vWFA-domain containing protein" refers to a molecule containing at least one vWFA domain.
Preferably, the "vWFA-domain containing protein" may be a molecule containing a vWFA domain detected with an e-value lower than 0.1, 0.01, 0.001, 0.0001, 0.0002, 0.00001, 0.000001 or 0.0000001.
Preferably, a polypeptide according to this aspect of the invention functions as a vWFA- domain containing protein.
By "functions as an vWFA-domain containing protein" we refer to polypeptides that comprise amino acid sequence or structural features that can be identified as conserved features within the polypeptides of the vWFA-domain containing protein family, such that the polypeptide's interaction with ligand or receptor is not substantially affected detrimentally in comparison to the function of the full length wild type polypeptide. In particular, we refer to the presence of cysteine residues in specific positions within the polypeptide that allow the formation of intra-domain disulphide bonds.
More preferably, a polypeptide according to this aspect of the invention functions as a vWFA-domain containing collagen alpha chain, comprising twenty collagen triple helix domains and vWFA domains, characterised by the association of the chains to form triple helices. Thus, preferably, a vWFA domain containing protein shows biological activity in at least one of the assays described in Elizabeth M. Van Cott, M.D., and Michael Laposata, M.D., Ph.D., "Coagulation." In: Jacobs DS et al, ed. The Laboratory Test Handbook, 5th Edition, Lexi-Comp, Cleveland, 2001; 327-358, and briefly outlined at http://www.mgh.harvard.edu/labmed/lab/coag/handbook/CO006200.htm. The polypeptides of the first aspect of the invention may further comprise a histidine tag. Preferably the histidine tag is found at the C-terminal of the polypeptide. Preferably the histidine tag comprises 1-10 histidine residues {e.g. 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 or 10 residues). More preferably the histidine tag comprises 6 histidine residues.
An "antigenic determinant" of the present invention may be a part of a polypeptide of the present invention, which binds to an antibody-combining site or to a T-cell receptor (TCR). Alternatively, an "antigenic determinant" may be a site on the surface of a polypeptide of the present invention to which a single antibody molecule binds. Generally an antigen has several or many different antigenic determinants and reacts with antibodies of many different specificities. Preferably, the antibody is immunospecific to a polypeptide of the invention. Preferably, the antibody is immunospecific to a polypeptide of the invention, which is not part of a fusion protein. Preferably, the antibody is immunospecific to INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 or a fragment thereof. Antigenic determinants usually consist of chemically active surface groupings of molecules, such as amino acids or sugar side chains, and can have specific three dimensional structural characteristics, as well as specific charge characteristics. Preferably, the "antigenic determinant" refers to a particular chemical group on a polypeptide of the present invention that is antigenic, i.e. that elicit a specific immune response.
In a second aspect, the invention provides a purified nucleic acid molecule which encodes a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The term "purified nucleic acid molecule" preferably refers to a nucleic acid molecule of the invention that (1) has been separated from at least about 50 percent of proteins, lipids, carbohydrates, or other materials with which it is naturally found when total nucleic acid is isolated from the source cells, (2) is not linked to all or a portion of a polynucleotide to which the "purified nucleic acid molecule" is linked in nature, (3) is operably linked to a polynucleotide which it is not linked to in nature, or (4) does not occur in nature as part of a larger polynucleotide sequence. Preferably, the isolated nucleic acid molecule of the present invention is substantially free from any other contaminating nucleic acid molecule(s) or other contaminants that are found in its natural environment that would interfere with its use in polypeptide production or its therapeutic, diagnostic, prophylactic or research use. In a preferred embodiment, genomic DNA are specifically excluded from the scope of the invention. Preferably, genomic DNA larger than 10 kbp (kilo base pairs), 50 kbp, 100 kbp, 150 kbp, 200 kbp, 250 kbp or 300 kbp are specifically excluded from the scope of the invention. Preferably, the "purified nucleic acid molecule" consists of cDNA only. Preferably, the purified nucleic acid molecule comprises the nucleic acid sequence as recited in SEQ ID NO:1 (encoding the INSP145 exon 1 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:3 (encoding the INSP 145 exon 2 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO: 5 (encoding the INSP 145 exon 3 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:7 (encoding the INSP145 exon 4 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:9 (encoding the INSP 145 exon 5 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:11 (encoding the INSP 145 exon 6 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:13 (encoding the INSP145 exon 7 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO: 15 (encoding the INSP 145 exon 8 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO: 17 (encoding the INSP145 exon 9 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:19 (encoding the INSP145 exon 10 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:21 (encoding the INSP145 exon 11 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:23 (encoding the INSP145 exon 12 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:25 (encoding the INSP145 exon 13 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:27 (encoding the INSP145 exon 14 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:29 (encoding the INSP145 exon 15 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:31 (encoding the INSP145 exon 16 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:33 (encoding the INSP145 exon 17 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:35 (encoding the INSP145 exon 18 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:37 (encoding the INSP145 exon 19 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:39 (encoding the INSP145 exon 20 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:4r (encoding the INSP145 exon 21 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:43 (encoding the INSP145 exon 22 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:45 (encoding the INSP 145 exon 23 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:47 (encoding the INSP145 exon 24 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:49 (encoding the INSP145 exon 25 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:51 (encoding the INSP145 exon 26 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:53 (encoding the INSP145 exon 27 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:55 (encoding the INSP 145 exon 28 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:57 (encoding the INSP 145 exon 29 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:59 (encoding the INSP 145 exon 30 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:61 (encoding the INSP145 exon 31 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:63 (encoding the INSP145 exon 32 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:65 (encoding the INSP145 exon 33 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:67 (encoding the INSP145 exon 34 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:69 (encoding the INSP145 exon 35 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:71 (encoding the INSP145 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:73 (encoding the INSP146 exon 1 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:75 (encoding the INSP146 exon 2 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:77 (encoding the INSP146 exon 3 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:79 (encoding the INSP146 exon 4 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:81 (encoding the INSP146 exon 5 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:83 (encoding the INSP146 exon 6 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:85 (encoding the INSP146 exon 7 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:87 (encoding the INSP146 exon 8 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:89 (encoding the INSP146 exon 9 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:91 (encoding the INSP 146 exon 10 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO: 93 (encoding the INSP 146 exon 11 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:95 (encoding the INSP146 exon 12 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:97 (encoding the INSP146 exon 13 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:99 (encoding the INSP 146 exon 14 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO: 101 (encoding the INSP 146 exon 15 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:103 (encoding the INSP146 exon 16 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO-.105 (encoding the INSP146 exon 17 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:107 (encoding the INSP146 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO: 109 (encoding the INSP147 exon 1 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:111 (encoding the INSP 147 exon 2 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO: 113 (encoding the INSP147 exon 3 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:115 (encoding the INSP147 exon 4 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:117 (encoding the INSP147 exon 5 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:119 (encoding the INSP147 exon 6 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:121 (encoding the INSP147 exon 7 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO: 123 (encoding the INSP147 exon 8 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO: 125 (encoding the INSP 147 exon 9 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO: 127 (encoding the INSP 147 exon 10 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO: 129 (encoding the INSP 147 exon 11 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO: 131 (encoding the INSP 147 exon 12 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO: 133 (encoding the INSP 147 exon 13 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:135 (encoding the INSP147 exon 14 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:137 (encoding the INSP 147 exon 15 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO: 139 (encoding the INSP 147 exon 16 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO: 141 (encoding the INSP147 exon 17 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:143 (encoding the INSP147 exon 18 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:145 (encoding the INSP 147 exon 19 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO: 147 (encoding the INSP 147 exon 20 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO: 149 (encoding the INSP 147 exon 21 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO: 151 (encoding the INSP 147 exon 22 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO: 153 (encoding the INSP147 exon 23 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:155 (encoding the INSP147 exon 24 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:157 (encoding the INSP147 exon 25 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO: 159 (encoding the INSP 147 exon 26 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO: 161 (encoding the INSP 147 exon 27 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO: 163 (encoding the INSP 147 exon 28 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO: 165 (encoding the INSP 147 exon 29 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:167 (encoding the INSP147 exon 30 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:169 (encoding the INSP147 exon 31 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:171 (encoding the INSP147 exon 32 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO: 173 (encoding the INSP147 exon 33 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:175 (encoding the INSP147 exon 34 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:177 (encoding the INSP147 exon 35 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:179 (encoding the INSP147 exon 36 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO: 181 (encoding the INSP147 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:183 (encoding the INSP145 mature polypeptide), SEQ ID NO:185 (encoding the INSP145, INSP146, INSP147 exon 1 polypeptide), SEQ ID NO: 187 (encoding the INSP146 mature polypeptide), and/or SEQ ID TSfO:189 (encoding the INSP146 mature polypeptide), or is a redundant equivalent or fragment of any one of these sequences. The invention further provides that the purified nucleic acid molecule consists any one of the above recited nucleic acid sequences.
In a third aspect, the invention provides a purified nucleic acid molecule which hybridizes under high stringency conditions with a nucleic acid molecule of the second aspect of the invention. High stringency hybridisation conditions are defined as overnight incubation at 42°C in a solution comprising 50% formamide, 5XSSC (15OmM NaCl, 15mM trisodium citrate), 5OmM sodium phosphate (pH7.6), 5x Denhardts solution, 10% dextran sulphate, and 20 microgram/ml denatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA, followed by washing the filters in 0.1X SSC at approximately 65°C. In a fourth aspect, the invention provides a vector, such as an expression vector, that contains a nucleic acid molecule of the second or third aspect of the invention.
In a fifth aspect, the invention provides a host cell transformed with a vector of the fourth aspect of the invention.
In a sixth aspect, the invention provides a ligand which binds specifically to the vWFA- domain containing proteins of the first aspect of the invention. Preferably, the ligand inhibits the function of a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention which is a member of the defensin family of proteins. Ligands to a polypeptide according to the invention may come in various forms, including natural or modified substrates, enzymes, receptors, small organic molecules such as small natural or synthetic organic molecules of up to 2000Da, preferably 800Da or less, peptidomimetics, inorganic molecules, peptides, polypeptides, antibodies, structural or functional mimetics of the aforementioned.
In a seventh aspect, the invention provides a compound that is effective to alter the expression of a natural gene which encodes a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or to regulate the activity of a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. Such compounds may be identified using the assays and screening methods disclosed herein.
A compound of the seventh aspect of the invention may either increase (agonise) or decrease (antagonise) the level of expression of the gene or the activity of the polypeptide.
Importantly, the identification of the function of the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147, exon polypeptides and the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 polypeptides allows for the design of screening methods capable of identifying compounds that are effective in the 2006/004027
24 treatment and/or diagnosis of disease. Ligands and compounds according to the sixth and seventh aspects of the invention may be identified using such methods. These methods are included as aspects of the present invention.
Another aspect of this invention resides in the use of an INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 gene or polypeptide as a target for the screening of candidate drug modulators, particularly candidate drugs active against vWFA domain containing protein related disorders.
A further aspect of this invention resides in methods of screening of compounds for therapy of vWFA domain containing protein related disorders, comprising determining the ability of a compound to bind to an INSP145, INSP146 or INSP147 gene or polypeptide, or a fragment thereof.
A further aspect of this invention resides in methods of screening of compounds for therapy of vWFA domain containing protein related disorders, comprising testing for modulation of the activity of an INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 gene or polypeptide, or a fragment thereof. In an eighth aspect, the invention provides a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention, or a nucleic acid molecule of the second or third aspect of the invention, or a vector of the fourth aspect of the invention, or a host cell of the fifth aspect of the invention, or a ligand of the sixth aspect of the invention, or a compound of the seventh aspect of the invention, for use in therapy or diagnosis of diseases in which vWFA-domain containing proteins are implicated. INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 or fragments thereof (e.g. fragments containing the Willebrand factor (vWF) type A domain (VWA) and/or the Collagen triple helix repeat) may be useful in the diagnosis and/or treatment of diseases for which other collagen type VI alpha chains demonstrate therapeutic activity.
Such diseases may include cell proliferative disorders, including neoplasm, melanoma, lung, colorectal, breast, pancreas, head and neck and other solid tumours; myeloproliferative disorders, such as leukemia, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, leukopenia, thrombocytopenia, angiogenesis disorder, Kaposis1 sarcoma; autoimmune/inflammatory disorders, including allergy, inflammatory bowel disease, arthritis, psoriasis and respiratory tract inflammation, asthma, and organ transplant rejection; cardiovascular disorders, including hypertension, oedema, angina, atherosclerosis, thrombosis, sepsis, shock, reperfusion injury, and ischemia; neurological disorders including central nervous system disease, Alzheimer's disease, brain injury, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, and pain; developmental disorders; metabolic disorders including diabetes mellitus, osteoporosis, and obesity, AIDS and renal disease; infections including viral infection, bacterial infection, fungal infection and parasitic infection and other pathological conditions. These molecules may also be used in contraception or for the treatment of reproductive disorders including infertility.
Such diseases may further include Autoimmune neuropathies (Inflammatory demyelinating neuropathy, Acute inflammatory demyelinating neuropathy e.g. Guillain-Barre Syndrome (acute inflammatory demyelinating polyradiculoneuropathy)), Metabolic neuropathies (Diabetic polyneuropathy, Uremic neuropathy, Hypothyroid neuropathy, Hepatic neuropathy, Porphyric neuropathy, Neuropathy associated with multiorgan failure and sepsis), Nutritional neuropathies (Alcoholic neuropathy, Beriberi, Neuropathy related to Vit. B 12 deficiency, Neuropathy related to VitE deficiency, Neuropathy related to postgastrectomy state, Neuropathy related to Celiac disease), Ischemic neuropathies (Vasculitic neuropathy, Neuropathy of peripheral vascular disease, Diabetic mononeuropathy and polyneuropathy), Toxic neuropathy, Paraneoplastic neuropathy, Amyloid neuropathy, Paraproteinemic neuropathy, Inherited neuropathy, Neuropathy associated with infections (Herpes zoster, Leprosy, Diphteria, HIV, Lyme), Sarcoid Neuropathy, Radiation Neuropathy, Traumatic Neuropathy, Cryptogenic Neuropathy), Infectious polyneuropathies (Leprosy, Diphtheria, Varicella-zoster virus), Hereditary neuropathies (herediatry motor and sensory neuropathies (HMSN), hereditary sensory and autonomic neuipathies (HSAN), Familial amyloid polyneuropathies), Acquired metabolic and toxic neuropathies (Peripheral neuropathy in adult-onset diabetes mellitus), Neuropathies associated with malignancy (Subacute cerebellar degeneration, Limbic encephalitis, brain stem encephalitis, Subacute sensory neuropathy, Opsoclonus/myoclonus, Retinal degeneration, Stiff-man syndrome, Lambert-Eaton myastenic Syndrome), Traumatic neuropathies (Traumatic neuroma, Morton neuroma), Tumours of the peripheral nerves (Schwannoma, Neurofibroma, Malignant nerve sheath tumour).
Preferably the disease being diagnosed or treated is a neuropathy or a myopathy, such as muscular dystrophy.
These molecules may also be used in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of such diseases. These moieties of the first, second, third, fourth, fifth, sixth or seventh aspects of the invention may also be used in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of such diseases.
In a ninth aspect, the invention provides a method of diagnosing a disease in a patient, comprising assessing the level of expression of a natural gene encoding a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or the activity of a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention in tissue from said patient and comparing said level of expression or activity to a control level, wherein a level that is different to said control level is indicative of disease.
Such a method will preferably be carried out in vitro. Similar methods may be used for monitoring the therapeutic treatment of disease in a patient, wherein altering the level of expression or activity of a polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule over the period of time towards a control level is indicative of regression of disease.
A preferred method for detecting polypeptides of the first aspect of the invention comprises the steps of: (a) contacting a ligand, such as an antibody, of the sixth aspect of the invention with a biological sample vinder conditions suitable for the formation of a ligand- polypeptide complex; and (b) detecting said complex.
A number of different such methods according to the ninth aspect of the invention exist, as the skilled reader will be aware, such as methods of nucleic acid hybridization with short probes, point mutation analysis, polymerase chain reaction (PCR) amplification and methods using antibodies to detect aberrant protein levels. Similar methods may be used on a short or long term basis to allow therapeutic treatment of a disease to be monitored in a patient. The invention also provides kits that are useful in these methods for diagnosing disease.
Preferably, the disease diagnosed by a method of the ninth aspect of the invention is a disease in which vWFA-domain containing protein are implicated, as described above.
In a tenth aspect, the invention provides for the use of a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention as an vWFA-domain containing protein. Suitable uses of the polypeptides of the invention as adhesion molecule proteins include use as a regulator of cellular growth, metabolism or differentiation, use as part of a receptor/ligand pair and use as a diagnostic marker for a physiological or pathological condition selected from the list given above.
In an eleventh aspect, the invention provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention, or a nucleic acid molecule of the second or third aspect of the invention, or a vector of the fourth aspect of the invention, or a host cell of the fifth aspect of the invention, or a ligand of the sixth aspect of the invention, or a compound of the seventh aspect of the invention, in conjunction with a pharmaceutically- acceptable carrier. In a twelfth aspect, the present invention provides a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention, or a nucleic acid molecule of the second or third aspect of the invention, or a vector of the fourth aspect of the invention, or a host cell of the fifth aspect of the invention, or a ligand of the sixth aspect of the invention, or a compound of the seventh aspect of the invention, for use in the manufacture of a medicament for the diagnosis or treatment of a disease, such as, but not limited to, cell proliferative disorders, including neoplasm, melanoma, lung, colorectal, breast, pancreas, head and neck and other solid tumours; myeloproliferative disorders, such as leukemia, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, leukopenia, thrombocytopenia, angiogenesis disorder, Kaposis' sarcoma; autoimmune/inflammatory disorders, including allergy, inflammatory bowel disease, arthritis, psoriasis and respiratory tract inflammation, asthma, and organ transplant rejection; cardiovascular disorders, including hypertension, oedema, angina, atherosclerosis, thrombosis, sepsis, shock, reperfusion injury, and ischemia; neurological disorders including central nervous system disease, Alzheimer's disease, brain injury, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, and pain; developmental disorders; metabolic disorders including diabetes mellitus, osteoporosis, and obesity, AIDS and renal disease; infections including viral infection, bacterial infection, fungal infection and parasitic infection and other pathological conditions. Preferably the disease is a neuropathy or a myopathy, such as muscular dystrophy.
In a thirteenth aspect, the invention provides a method of treating a disease in a patient comprising administering to the patient a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention, or a nucleic acid molecule of the second or third aspect of the invention, or a vector of the fourth aspect of the invention, or a host cell of the fifth aspect of the invention, or a ligand of the sixth aspect of the invention, or a compound of the seventh aspect of the invention.
For diseases in which the expression of a natural gene encoding a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention, or in which the activity of a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention, is lower in a diseased patient when compared to the level of expression or activity in a healthy patient, the polypeptide, nucleic acid molecule, ligand or compound administered to the patient should be an agonist. Conversely, for diseases in which the expression of the natural gene or activity of the polypeptide is higher in a diseased patient when compared to the level of expression or activity in a healthy patient, the polypeptide, nucleic acid molecule, ligand or compound administered to the patient should be an antagonist. Examples of such antagonists include antisense nucleic acid molecules, ribozymes and ligands, such as antibodies.
The INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 polypeptides are vWFA domain containing proteins and thus have roles in many disease states. Antagonists of the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP 147 polypeptides are of particular interest as they provide a way of modulating these disease states. In a fourteenth aspect, the invention provides transgenic or knockout non-human animals that have been transformed to express higher, lower or absent levels of a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. Such transgenic animals are very useful models for the study of disease and may also be used in screening regimes for the identification of compounds that are effective in the treatment or diagnosis of such a disease. As used herein, "functional equivalent" refers to a protein or nucleic acid molecule that possesses functional or structural characteristics that are substantially similar to a polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule of the present invention. A functional equivalent of a protein may contain modifications depending on the necessity of such modifications for the performance of a specific function. The term "functional equivalent" is intended to include the fragments, mutants, hybrids, variants, analogs, or chemical derivatives of a molecule.
Preferably, the "functional equivalent" may be a protein or nucleic acid molecule that exhibits any one or more of the functional activities of the polypeptides of the present invention.
Preferably, the "functional equivalent" may be a protein or nucleic acid molecule that displays substantially similar activity compared with INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 or fragments thereof in a suitable assay for the measurement of biological activity or function.
Preferably, the "functional equivalent" may be a protein or nucleic acid molecule that displays identical or higher activity compared with INSP 145, INSP 146 and INSP 147 or fragments thereof in a suitable assay for the measurement of biological activity or function. Preferably, the "functional equivalent" may be a protein or nucleic acid molecule that displays 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 98%, 99%, 100% or more activity compared with INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 or fragments thereof in a suitable assay for the measurement of biological activity or function.
Preferably, the "functional equivalent" may be a protein or polypeptide capable of exhibiting a substantially similar in vivo or in vitro activity as the polypeptides of the invention. Preferably, the "functional equivalent" may be a protein or polypeptide capable of interacting with other cellular or extracellular molecules in a manner substantially similar to the way in which the corresponding portion of the polypeptides of the invention would. For example, a "functional equivalent" would be able, in an immunoassay, to diminish the binding of an antibody to the corresponding peptide (i.e., the peptide the amino acid sequence of which was modified to achieve the "functional equivalent") of the polypeptide of the invention, or to the polypeptide of the invention itself, where the antibody was raised against the corresponding peptide of the polypeptide of the invention. An equimolar concentration of the functional equivalent will diminish the aforesaid binding of the corresponding peptide by at least about 5%, preferably between about 5% and 10%, more preferably between about 10% and 25%, even more preferably between about 25% and 50%, and most preferably between about 40% and 50%.
For example, functional equivalents can be fully functional or can lack function in one or more activities. Thus, in the present invention, variations can affect the function, for example, of the activities of the polypeptide that reflect its possession of a vWFA domain. A summary of standard techniques and procedures which may be employed in order to utilise the invention is given below. It will be understood that this invention is not limited to the particular methodology, protocols, cell lines, vectors and reagents described. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and it is not intended that this terminology should limit the scope of the present invention. The extent of the invention is limited only by the terms of the appended claims.
Standard abbreviations for nucleotides and amino acids are used in this specification.
The practice of the present invention will employ, unless otherwise indicated, conventional techniques of molecular biology, microbiology, recombinant DNA technology and immunology, which are within the skill of those working in the art.
Such techniques are explained fully in the literature. Examples of particularly suitable texts for consultation include the following: Sambrook Molecular Cloning; A Laboratory Manual, Second Edition (1989); DNA Cloning, Volumes I and II (D.N Glover ed. 1985); Oligonucleotide Synthesis (MJ. Gait ed. 1984); Nucleic Acid Hybridization (B.D. Hames & SJ. Higgins eds. 1984); Transcription and Translation (B.D. Hames & SJ. Higgins eds. 1984); Animal Cell Culture (R.I. Fresliney ed. 1986); Immobilized Cells and Enzymes (IRL Press, 1986); B. Perbal, A Practical Guide to Molecular Cloning (1984); the Methods in Enzymology series (Academic Press, Inc.), especially volumes 154 & 155; Gene Transfer Vectors for Mammalian Cells (J.H. Miller and M.P. Calos eds. 1987, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory); Immunochemical Methods in Cell and Molecular Biology (Mayer and Walker, eds. 1987, Academic Press, London); Scopes, (1987) Protein Purification: Principles and Practice, Second Edition (Springer Verlag, N. Y.); and Handbook of Experimental Immunology, Volumes I-IV (D.M. Weir and C. C. Blackwell eds. 1986).
As used herein, the term "polypeptide" includes any peptide or protein comprising two or more amino acids joined to each other by peptide bonds or modified peptide bonds, i.e. peptide isosteres. This term refers both to short chains (peptides and oligopeptides) and to longer chains (proteins).
The polypeptide of the present invention may be in the form of a mature protein or may be a pre-, pro- or prepro- protein that can be activated by cleavage of the pre-, pro- or prepro- portion to produce an active mature polypeptide. In such polypeptides, the pre-, pro- or prepro- sequence may be a leader or secretory sequence or may be a sequence that is employed for purification of the mature polypeptide sequence.
The polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention may form part of a fusion protein. For example, it is often advantageous to include one or more additional amino acid sequences which may contain secretory or leader sequences, pro-sequences, sequences which aid in purification, or sequences that confer higher protein stability, for example during recombinant production. Alternatively or additionally, the mature polypeptide may be fused with another compound, such as a compound to increase the half-life of the polypeptide (for example, polyethylene glycol).
In a further preferred embodiment, a polypeptide of the invention, that may comprise a sequence having at least 85% of homology with INSP145, INSP146 or INSP147, is a fusion protein. These fusion proteins can be obtained by cloning a polynucleotide encoding a polypeptide comprising a sequence having at least 85% of homology with INSP145, INSP146 or INSP 147 in frame to the coding sequences for a heterologous protein sequence.
The term "heterologous", when used herein, is intended to designate any polypeptide other than a human INSP145, INSP146 or INSP147 polypeptide. Examples of heterologous sequences, that can be comprised in the fusion proteins either at the N- or C-terminus, include: extracellular domains of membrane-bound protein, immunoglobulin constant regions (Fc regions), multimerization domains, domains of extracellular proteins, signal sequences, export sequences, and sequences allowing purification by affinity chromatography.
Many of these heterologous sequences are commercially available in expression plasmids since these sequences are commonly included in fusion proteins in order to provide additional properties without significantly impairing the specific biological activity of the protein fused to them (Terpe K, 2003, Appl Microbiol Biotechnol, 60:523-33). Examples of such additional properties are a longer lasting half-life in body fluids, the extracellular localization, or an easier purification procedure as allowed by the a stretch of Histidines forming the so-called "histidine tag" (Gentz et al. 1989, Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, 86:821- 4) or by the "HA" tag, an epitope derived from the influenza hemagglutinin protein (Wilson et al. 1994, Cell, 37:767-78). If needed, the heterologous sequence can be eliminated by a proteolytic cleavage, for example by inserting a proteolytic cleavage site between the protein and the heterologous sequence, and exposing the purified fusion protein to the appropriate protease. These features are of particular importance for the fusion proteins since they facilitate their production and use in the preparation of pharmaceutical compositions. For example, the INSP145, INSP146 or INSP147 polypeptide may be purified by means of a hexa-histidine peptide fused at the C-terminus of INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147. When the fusion protein comprises an immunoglobulin region, the fusion may be direct, or via a short linker peptide which can be as short as 1 to 3 amino acid residues in length or longer, for example, 13 amino acid residues in length. Said linker may be a tripeptide of the sequence E-F-M (Glu-Phe-Met), for example, or a 13- amino acid linker sequence comprising Glu-Phe-Gly-Ala-Gly-Leu-Val-Leu-Gly-Gly-Gln- Phe-Met (SEQ ID NO: 199) introduced between the sequence of the substances of the invention and the immunoglobulin sequence. The resulting fusion protein has improved properties, such as an extended residence time in body fluids (i.e. an increased half-life), increased specific activity, increased expression level, or the purification of the fusion protein is facilitated.
In a preferred embodiment, the protein is fused to the constant region of an Ig molecule. Preferably, it is fused to heavy chain regions, like the CH2 and CH3 domains of human IgGl, for example. Other isoforms of Ig molecules are also suitable for the generation of fusion proteins according to the present invention, such as isoforms IgG2 or IgG4, or other Ig classes, like IgM or IgA, for example. Fusion proteins may be monomeric or multimeric, hetero- or homomultimeric.
In a further preferred embodiment, the functional derivative comprises at least one moiety attached to one or more functional groups, which occur as one or more side chains on the amino acid residues. Preferably, the moiety is a polyethylene (PEG) moiety. PEGylation may be carried out by known methods, such as the ones described in WO99/55377, for example.
Polypeptides may contain amino acids other than the 20 gene-encoded amino acids, modified either by natural processes, such as by post-translational processing or by chemical modification techniques which are well known in the art. Among the known modifications which may commonly be present in polypeptides of the present invention are glycosylation, lipid attachment, sulphation, gamma-carboxylation, for instance of glutamic acid residues, hydroxylation and ADP-ribosylation. Other potential modifications include acetylation, acylation, amidation, covalent attachment of flavin, covalent attachment of a haeme moiety, covalent attachment of a nucleotide or nucleotide derivative, covalent attachment of a lipid derivative, covalent attachment of phosphatidylinositol, cross-linking, cyclization, disulphide bond formation, demethylation, formation of covalent cross-links, formation of cysteine, formation of pyroglutamate, formylation, GPI anchor formation, iodination, methylation, myristoylation, oxidation, proteolytic processing, phosphorylation, prenylation, racemization, selenoylation, transfer-RNA mediated addition of amino acids to proteins such as arginylation, and ubiquitination.
Modifications can occur anywhere in a polypeptide, including the peptide backbone, the amino acid side-chains and the amino or carboxyl termini. In fact, blockage of the amino or carboxyl terminus in a polypeptide, or both, by a covalent modification is common in naturally-occurring and synthetic polypeptides and such modifications may be present in polypeptides of the present invention. The modifications that occur in a polypeptide often will be a function of how the polypeptide is made. For polypeptides that are made recombinantly, the nature and extent of the modifications in large part will be determined by the post-translational modification capacity of the particular host cell and the modification signals that are present in the amino acid sequence of the polypeptide in question. For instance, glycosylation patterns vary between different types of host cell.
The polypeptides of the present invention can be prepared in any suitable manner. Such polypeptides include isolated naturally-occurring polypeptides (for example purified from cell culture), recombinantly-produced polypeptides (including fusion proteins), synthetically-produced polypeptides or polypeptides that are produced by a combination of these methods.
The functionally-equivalent polypeptides of the first aspect of the invention may be polypeptides that are homologous to the INSP 145, INSP 146 and INSP 147, exon polypeptides and the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 polypeptides. Two polypeptides are said to be "homologous", as the term is used herein, if the sequence of one of the polypeptides has a high enough degree of identity or similarity to the sequence of the other polypeptide. "Identity" indicates that at any particular position in the aligned sequences, the amino acid residue is identical between the sequences. "Similarity" indicates that, at any particular position in the aligned sequences, the amino acid residue is of a similar type between the sequences. Degrees of identity and similarity can be readily calculated (Computational Molecular Biology, Lesk, A.M., ed., Oxford University Press, New York, 1988; Biocomputing. Informatics and Genome Projects, Smith, D.W., ed., Academic Press, New York, 1993; Computer Analysis of Sequence Data, Part 1, Griffin, A.M., and Griffin, H.G., eds., Humana Press, New Jersey, 1994; Sequence Analysis in Molecular Biology, von Heinje, G., Academic Press, 1987; and Sequence Analysis Primer, Gribskov, M. and Devereux, J., eds., M Stockton Press, New York, 1991).
Homologous polypeptides therefore include natural biological variants (for example, allelic variants or geographical variations within the species from which the polypeptides are derived) and mutants (such as mutants containing amino acid substitutions, insertions or deletions) of the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147, exon polypeptides and the INSP145, INSP 146 and INSP 147 polypeptides. Such mutants may include polypeptides in which one or more of the amino acid residues are substituted with a conserved or non-conserved amino acid residue (preferably a conserved amino acid residue) and such substituted amino B2006/004027
34 acid residue may or may not be one encoded by the genetic code. Typical such substitutions are among Ala, VaI, Leu and He; among Ser and Thr; among the acidic residues Asp and GIu; among Asn and GIn; among the basic residues Lys and Arg; or among the aromatic residues Phe and Tyr. Particularly preferred are variants in which several, i.e. between 5 and 10, 1 and 5, 1 and 3, 1 and 2 or just 1 amino acids are substituted, deleted or added in any combination. Especially preferred are silent substitutions, additions and deletions, which do not alter the properties and activities of the protein. Also especially preferred in this regard are conservative substitutions. Such mutants also include polypeptides in which one or more of the amino acid residues includes a substituent group.
In accordance with the present invention, any substitution should be preferably a "conservative" or "safe" substitution, which is commonly defined a substitution introducing an amino acids having sufficiently similar chemical properties {e.g. a basic, positively charged amino acid should be replaced by another basic, positively charged amino acid), in order to preserve the structure and the biological function of the molecule.
The literature provide many models on which the selection of conservative amino acids substitutions can be performed on the basis of statistical and physico-chemical studies on the sequence and/or the structure of proteins (Rogov SI and Nekrasov AN, 2001). Protein design experiments have shown that the use of specific subsets of amino acids can produce foldable and active proteins, helping in the classification of amino acid "synonymous" substitutions which can be more easily accommodated in protein structure, and which can be used to detect functional and structural homologs and paralogs (Murphy LR et ah, 2000). The groups of synonymous amino acids and the groups of more preferred synonymous amino acids are shown in Table 1. Specific, non-conservative mutations can be also introduced in the polypeptides of the invention with different purposes. Mutations reducing the affinity of the vWFA-domain containing protein may increase its ability to be reused and recycled, potentially increasing its therapeutic potency (Robinson CR, 2002). Immunogenic epitopes eventually present in the polypeptides of the invention can be exploited for developing vaccines (Stevanovic S, 2002), or eliminated by modifying their sequence following known methods for selecting mutations for increasing protein stability, and correcting them (van den Burg B and Eijsink V, 2002; WO 02/05146, WO 00/34317, WO 98/52976). Preferred alternative, synonymous groups for amino acids derivatives included in peptide mimetics are those defined in Table 2. A non-exhaustive list of amino acid derivatives also include aminoisobutyric acid (Aib), hydroxyproline (Hyp), 1,2,3,4-tetrahydro-isoquinoline- 3-COOH, indoline-2carboxylic acid, 4-difluoro-proline, L- thiazolidine-4-carboxylic acid, L-homoproline, 3,4-dehydro-proline, 3,4-dihydroxy-phenylalanine, cyclohexyl-glycine, and phenylglycine.
By "amino acid derivative" is intended an amino acid or amino acid-like chemical entity other than one of the 20 genetically encoded naturally occurring amino acids. In particular, the amino acid derivative may contain substituted or non-substituted, linear, branched, or cyclic alkyl moieties, and may include one or more heteroatoms. The amino acid derivatives can be made de novo or obtained from commercial sources (Calbiochem- Novabiochem AG, Switzerland; Bachem, USA).
Various methodologies for incorporating unnatural amino acids derivatives into proteins, using both in vitro and in vivo translation systems, to probe and/or improve protein structure and function are disclosed in the literature (Dougherty DA, 2000). Techniques for the synthesis and the development of peptide mimetics, as well as non-peptide mimetics, are also well known in the art (Golebiowski A et al, 2001; Hruby VJ and Balse PM, 2000; Sawyer TK, in "Structure Based Drug Design", edited by Veerapandian P, Marcel Dekker Inc., pg. 557-663, 1997). Typically, greater than 30% identity between two polypeptides is considered to be an indication of functional equivalence. Preferably, functionally equivalent polypeptides of the first aspect of the invention have a degree of sequence identity with the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147, exon polypeptides and the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 polypeptides, or with active fragments thereof, of greater than 80%. More preferred polypeptides have degrees of identity of greater than 85%, 90%, 95%, 98% or 99%, respectively.
The functionally-equivalent polypeptides of the first aspect of the invention may also be polypeptides which have been identified using one or more techniques of structural alignment. For example, the Inpharmatica Genome Threader technology that forms one aspect of the search tools used to generate the Biopendium™ search database may be used (see PCT application WO 01/69507) to identify polypeptides of presently-unknown function which, while having low sequence identity as compared to the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP 147, exon polypeptides and the INSP 145, INSP 146 and INSP 147 polypeptides, are predicted to be vWFA-domain containing proteins, by virtue of sharing significant structural homology with the INSP 145, INSP 146 and INSP 147 exon polypeptides and the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 polypeptides sequence. By "significant structural homology" is meant that the Inpharmatica Genome Threader predicts two proteins to share structural homology with a certainty of 10% and above.
The polypeptides of the first aspect of the invention also include fragments of the INSP 145, INSP146 and INSP147, exon polypeptides and the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 polypeptides, provided that those fragments are vWFA-domain containing proteins or have an antigenic determinant in common with vWFA-domain containing proteins.
As used herein, the term "fragment" refers to a polypeptide having an amino acid sequence that is the same as part, but not all, of the amino acid sequence of the INSP 145, INSP 146 and INSP 147, exon polypeptides and the INSP 145, INSP 146 and INSP 147 polypeptides or one of their functional equivalents. The fragments should comprise at least n consecutive amino acids from the sequence and, depending on the particular sequence, n preferably is 7 or more (for example, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20 or more). Small fragments may form an antigenic determinant.
Nucleic acid fragments according to the invention are preferably 10-6700 nucleotides in length, preferably 50-6000 nucleotides, preferably 100-5000 nucleotides, preferably 200- 4000 nucleotides, preferably 300-3000 nucleotides, preferably 500-2000 nucleotides, preferably 750-1500 nucleotides, preferably 1000-1250 nucleotides in length.
Polypeptide fragments according to the invention are preferably 10-2200 amino acids in length, preferably 50-2000, preferably 100-1500, preferably 250-1000 amino acids, preferably 300-750 amino acids, preferably 400-500 amino acids in length. Fragments of the full length the INSP 145, INSP 146 and INSP 147, exon polypeptides and the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 polypeptides may consist of combinations of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 or 17 of neighbouring exon sequences in the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 polypeptides respectively. For example, preferred fragments may comprise, for example, exons 1 and 2, exons 1 and 4, exons 2 and 6 or exons 7 and 10 etc. Alternatively, preferred fragments may comprise one or more domains from the INSP145, INSP146 or INSP147 polypeptides. Preferred fragments comprise combinations of one or more of the vWFA domains and the collagen domains of INSP 145, INSP146 and INSP147 which include vWFA domain 1 (aa25-192 of SEQ ID NO:72), vWFA domain 2 (aa227-395 of SEQ ID NO: 72), vWFA domain 3 (aa434-601 of SEQ ID NO: 72), vWFA domain 4 (aa620-786 of SEQ ID NO: 72), vWFA domain 5 (aa807-978 of SEQ ID NO: 72), vWFA domain 6 (aa999-1166 of SEQ ID NO: 72), vWFA domain 7 (aal 186-1344 of SEQ ID NO: 72), vWFA domain 8 (aal736-1895, preferably aal736- 1892 of SEQ ID NO: 72), vWFA domain 9 (aal942-2122 of SEQ ID NO: 72), the collagen domain of INSP145 (aal391-1703 of SEQ ID NO: 72), the collagen domain of INSP146 (aal391-1510 of SEQ ID NO: 108) or the collagen domain of INSP147 (aal391-1724 of SEQ ID NO: 182). Preferred fragments may also comprise combinations of one or more exons that encode each particular domain. Thus, preferred fragments include INSP 145 exon 2 (encompassing the vWFA domain 1), INSP 145 exon 3 (encompassing the vWFA domain 2), INSP145 exon 4 (encompassing the vWFA domain 3), INSP145 exon 5 (encompassing the vWFA domain 4), INSP 145 exon 6 (encompassing the vWFA domain 5), INSP 145 exon 7 (encompassing the vWFA domain 6), INSP 145 exons 8 and 9 (encompassing the vWFA domain 7), INSP 145 exon 31 (encompassing the vWFA domain 8), INSP145 exon 33 (encompassing the vWFA domain 9), INSP145 exons 11-28 (encompassing the INSP 145 collagen domain), INSP 146 exons 10-17 (encompassing the INSP 146 collagen domain), INSP 147 exon 32 (encompassing the vWFA domain 8), INSP 147 exon 34 (encompassing the vWFA domain 9) and INSP 147 exons 11-29 (encompassing the INSP147 collagen domain). The individual exon boundaries are illustrated in table 4.
Such fragments may be "free-standing", i.e. not part of or fused to other amino acids or polypeptides, or they may be comprised within a larger polypeptide of which they form a part or region. When comprised within a larger polypeptide, the fragment of the invention most preferably forms a single continuous region. For instance, certain preferred embodiments relate to a fragment having a pre- and/or pro- polypeptide region fused to the amino terminus of the fragment and/or an additional region fused to the carboxyl terminus of the fragment. However, several fragments may be comprised within a single larger polypeptide. The polypeptides of the present invention or their immunogenic fragments (comprising at least one antigenic determinant) can be used to generate ligands, such as polyclonal or monoclonal antibodies, that are immunospecific for the polypeptides. Such antibodies may be employed to isolate or to identify clones expressing the polypeptides of the invention or to purify the polypeptides by affinity chromatography. The antibodies may also be employed as diagnostic or therapeutic aids, amongst other applications, as will be apparent to the skilled reader.
The term "immunospecific" means that the antibodies have substantially greater affinity for the polypeptides of the invention than their affinity for other related polypeptides in the prior art. As used herein, the term "antibody" refers to intact molecules as well as to fragments thereof, such as Fab, F(ab')2 and Fv, which are capable of binding to the antigenic determinant in question. Such antibodies thus bind to the polypeptides of the first aspect of the invention. By "substantially greater affinity" we mean that there is a measurable increase in the affinity for a polypeptide of the invention as compared with the affinity for known vWFA domain containing proteins.
Preferably, the affinity is at least 1.5-fold, 2-fold, 5-fold 10-fold, 100-fold, 103-fold, 104- fold, 105-fold, 106-fold or greater for a polypeptide of the invention than for known vWFA- domain containing proteins.
Preferably, there is a measurable increase in the affinity for a polypeptide of the invention as compared with known vWFA domain containing proteins.
If polyclonal antibodies are desired, a selected mammal, such as a mouse, rabbit, goat or horse, may be immunised with a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention. The polypeptide used to immunise the animal can be derived by recombinant DNA technology or can be synthesized chemically. If desired, the polypeptide can be conjugated to a carrier protein. Commonly used carriers to which the polypeptides may be chemically coupled include bovine serum albumin, thyroglobulin and keyhole limpet haemocyanin. The coupled polypeptide is then used to immunise the animal. Serum from the immunised animal is collected and treated according to known procedures, for example by immunoaffinity chromatography.
Monoclonal antibodies to the polypeptides of the first aspect of the invention can also be readily produced by one skilled in the art. The general methodology for making monoclonal antibodies using hybridoma technology is well known (see, for example, Kohler, G. and Milstein, C5 Nature 256: 495-497 (1975); Kozbor et al, Immunology Today 4: 72 (1983); Cole et al, 77-96 in Monoclonal Antibodies and Cancer Therapy, Alan R. Liss, Inc. (1985). Panels of monoclonal antibodies produced against the polypeptides of the first aspect of the invention can be screened for various properties, i.e., for isotype, epitope, affinity, etc. Monoclonal antibodies are particularly useful in purification of the individual polypeptides against which they are directed. Alternatively, genes encoding the monoclonal antibodies of interest may be isolated from hybridomas, for instance by PCR techniques known in the art, and cloned and expressed in appropriate vectors.
Chimeric antibodies, in which non-human variable regions are joined or fused to human constant regions (see, for example, Liu et ah, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA, 84, 3439 (1987)), may also be of use. The antibody may be modified to make it less immunogenic in an individual, for example by humanisation (see Jones et ah, Nature, 321, 522 (1986); Verhoeyen et ah, Science, 239, 1534 (1988); Kabat et ah, J. Immunol, 147, 1709 (1991); Queen et ah, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA, 86, 10029 (1989); Gorman et ah, Proc. Natl Acad. Sci. USA, 88, 34181 (1991); and Hodgson et ah, Bio/Technology, 9, 421 (1991)). The term "humanised antibody", as used herein, refers to antibody molecules in which the CDR amino acids and selected other amino acids in the variable domains of the heavy and/or light chains of a non-human donor antibody have been substituted in place of the equivalent amino acids in a human antibody. The humanised antibody thus closely resembles a human antibody but has the binding ability of the donor antibody. In a further alternative, the antibody may be a "bispecific" antibody, that is an antibody having two different antigen binding domains, each domain being directed against a different epitope.
Phage display technology may be utilised to select genes which encode antibodies with binding activities towards the polypeptides of the invention either from repertoires of PCR amplified V-genes of lymphocytes from humans screened for possessing the relevant antibodies, or from naive libraries (McCaffeity, J. et ah, (1990), Nature 348, 552-554; Marks, J. et ah, (1992) Biotechnology 10, 779-783). The affinity of these antibodies can also be improved by chain shuffling (Clackson, T. et ah, (1991) Nature 352, 624-628).
Antibodies generated by the above techniques, whether polyclonal or monoclonal, have additional utility in that they may be employed as reagents in immunoassays, radioimmunoassays (RIA) or enzyme-linked immunosorbent assays (ELISA). In these applications, the antibodies can be labelled with an analytically-detectable reagent such as a radioisotope, a fluorescent molecule or an enzyme.
Preferred nucleic acid molecules of the second and third aspects of the invention are those which encode a polypeptide sequence as recited in SEQ ID NO.2, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO.8, SEQ ID NO:10, SEQ ID NO.12, SEQ ID NO:14, SEQ ID NO-.16, SEQ ID NO: 18, SEQ ID NO:20, SEQ ID NO:22, SEQ ID NO:24, SEQ ID NO.26, SEQ ID NO:28, SEQ ID NO:30, SEQ ID NO:32, SEQ ID NO.34, SEQ ID NO:36; SEQ ID NO.38, SEQ ID NO:40, SEQ ID NO:42, SEQ ID NO:44, SEQ ID NO:46, SEQ ID NO:48, SEQ ID NO.50; SEQ ID NO:52; SEQ ID NO.54, SEQ ID NO:56, SEQ ID NO:58, SEQ ID NO:60, SEQ ID NO:62, SEQ ID NO:64, SEQ ID NO:66, SEQ ID NO:68, SEQ ID NO:70, SEQ ID NO:72, SEQ ID NO:74, SEQ ID NO:76, SEQ ID NO:78, SEQ ID NO.80, SEQ ID NO:82, SEQ ID NO:84, SEQ ID NO:86, SEQ ID NO:88, SEQ ID NO:90; SEQ ID NO:92, SEQ ID NO:94, SEQ ID NO:96, SEQ ID NO:98, SEQ ID NO:100, SEQ ID NO:102, SEQ ID NO:104, SEQ ID NO:106, SEQ ID NO:108; SEQ ID NO:110, SEQ ID NO:112, SEQ ID NO:114, SEQ ID NO:116, SEQ ID NO:118, SEQ ID NO.120, SEQ ID NO:122, SEQ ID NO:124, SEQ ID NO:126; SEQ ID NO.128, SEQ ID NO:130, SEQ ID NO:132, SEQ ID NO:134, SEQ ID NO:136, SEQ ID NO:138, SEQ ID NO:140, SEQ ID NO:142; SEQ ID NO:144, SEQ ID NO:146, SEQ ID NO:148, SEQ ID NO:150, SEQ ID NO:152, SEQ ID NO:154, SEQ ID NO:156, SEQ ID NO.158, SEQ ID NO:160, SEQ ID NO:162, SEQ ID NO:164, SEQ ID NO-.166, SEQ ID NO:168, SEQ ID NO:170, SEQ ID NO.172, SEQ ID NO:174, SEQ ID NO:176, SEQ ID NO:178, SEQ ID NO:180, SEQ ID NO:182, SEQ ID NO.184, SEQ ID NO: 186, SEQ ID NO: 188, SEQ ID NO: 190, SEQ ID NO: 192, SEQ ID NO: 194, SEQ ID NO:196, and/or SEQ ID NO:198; and functionally equivalent polypeptides. These nucleic acid molecules may be used in the methods and applications described herein. The nucleic acid molecules of the invention preferably comprise at least n consecutive nucleotides from the sequences disclosed herein where, depending on the particular sequence, n is 10 or more (for example, 12, 14, 15, 18, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40 or more).
The nucleic acid molecules of the invention also include sequences that are complementary to nucleic acid molecules described above (for example, for antisense or probing purposes).
Nucleic acid molecules of the present invention may be in the form of RNA, such as mRNA, or in the form of DNA, including, for instance cDNA, synthetic DNA or genomic DNA. Such nucleic acid molecules may be obtained by cloning, by chemical synthetic techniques or by a combination thereof. The nucleic acid molecules can be prepared, for example, by chemical synthesis using techniques such as solid phase phosphoramidite 6 004027
41 chemical synthesis, from genomic or cDNA libraries or by separation from an organism. RNA molecules may generally be generated by the in vitro or in vivo transcription of DNA sequences.
The nucleic acid molecules may be double-stranded or single-stranded. Single-stranded DNA may be the coding strand, also known as the sense strand, or it may be the non- coding strand, also referred to as the anti-sense strand.
The term "nucleic acid molecule" also includes analogues of DNA and RNA, such as those containing modified backbones, and peptide nucleic acids (PNA). The term "PNA", as used herein, refers to an antisense molecule or an anti-gene agent which comprises an oligonucleotide of at least five nucleotides in length linked to a peptide backbone of amino acid residues, which preferably ends in lysine. The terminal lysine confers solubility to the composition. PNAs may be pegylated to extend their lifespan in a cell, where they preferentially bind complementary single stranded DNA and RNA and stop transcript elongation (Nielsen, P.E. et al. (1993) Anticancer Drug Des. 8:53-63). A nucleic acid molecule which encodes a polypeptide of this invention may be identical to the coding sequence of one or more of the nucleic acid molecules disclosed herein.
These molecules also may have a different sequence which, as a result of the degeneracy of the genetic code, encodes a polypeptide SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO:8, SEQ ID NO:10, SEQ ID NO:12, SEQ ID NO:14, SEQ ID NO:16, SEQ ID NO:18, SEQ ID NO:20, SEQ ID NO:22, SEQ ID NO:24, SEQ ID NO:26, SEQ ID NO:28, SEQ ID NO:30, SEQ ID NO.32, SEQ ID NO:34, SEQ ID NO:36; SEQ ID NO.38, SEQ ID NO:40, SEQ ID NO:42, SEQ ID NO:44, SEQ ID NO:46, SEQ ID NO:48, SEQ ID NO:50; SEQ ID NO:52; SEQ ID NO:54, SEQ ID NO:56, SEQ ID NO:58, SEQ ID NO:60, SEQ ID NO:62, SEQ ID NO:64, SEQ ID NO:66, SEQ ID NO:68, SEQ ID NO:70, SEQ ID NO.72, SEQ ID NO.74, SEQ ID NO:76, SEQ ID NO:78, SEQ ID NO:80, SEQ ID NO:82, SEQ ID NO:84, SEQ ID NO:86, SEQ ID NO:88, SEQ ID NO:90; SEQ ID NO:925 SEQ ID NO:94, SEQ ID NO:96, SEQ ID NO.98, SEQ ID NO:100, SEQ ID NO:102, SEQ ID NO.104, SEQ ID NO:106, SEQ ID NO:108; SEQ ID NO:110, SEQ ID NO:112, SEQ ID NO:114, SEQ ID NO:116, SEQ ID NO:118, SEQ ID NO:120, SEQ ID NO:122, SEQ ID NO.124, SEQ ID NO:126; SEQ ID NO:128, SEQ ID NO:130, SEQ ID NO:132, SEQ ID NO:134, SEQ ID NO:136, SEQ ID NO:138, SEQ ID NO.140, SEQ ID NO:142; SEQ ID NO:144, SEQ ID NO:146, SEQ ID NO:148, SEQ ID NO.150, SEQ ID NO:152, SEQ ID NO.154, SEQ ID NO.-156, SEQ ID NO:158, SEQ ID NO:160, SEQ ID NO:162, SEQ ID NO:164, SEQ ID NO:166, SEQ ID NO:168, SEQ ID NO:170, SEQ ID NO:172, SEQ ID NO:174, SEQ ID NO:176, SEQ ID NO:178, SEQ ID NO:180, SEQ ID NO:182, SEQ ID NO:184, SEQ ID NO:186, SEQ ID NO.188, SEQ ID NO:190, SEQ ID NO:192, SEQ ID NO:194, SEQ ID NO:196, and/or SEQ ID NO:198. Such nucleic acid molecules may include, but are not limited to, the coding sequence for the mature polypeptide by itself; the coding sequence for the mature polypeptide and additional coding sequences, such as those encoding a leader or secretory sequence, such as a pro-, pre- or prepro- polypeptide sequence; the coding sequence of the mature polypeptide, with or without the aforementioned additional coding sequences, together with further additional, non-coding sequences, including non- coding 5' and 3' sequences, such as the transcribed, non-translated sequences that play a role in transcription (including termination signals), ribosome binding and mRNA stability. The nucleic acid molecules may also include additional sequences which encode additional amino acids, such as those which provide additional functionalities. The nucleic acid molecules of the second and third aspects of the invention may also encode the fragments or the functional equivalents of the polypeptides and fragments of the first aspect of the invention. Such a nucleic acid molecule may be a naturally-occurring variant such as a naturally-occurring allelic variant, or the molecule may be a variant that is not known to occur naturally. Such non-naturally occurring variants of the nucleic acid molecule may be made by mutagenesis techniques, including those applied to nucleic acid molecules, cells or organisms.
Among variants in this regard are variants that differ from the aforementioned nucleic acid molecules by nucleotide substitutions, deletions or insertions. The substitutions, deletions or insertions may involve one or more nucleotides. The variants may be altered in coding or non-coding regions or both. Alterations in the coding regions may produce conservative or non-conservative amino acid substitutions, deletions or insertions.
The nucleic acid molecules of the invention can also be engineered, using methods generally known in the art, for a variety of reasons, including modifying the cloning, processing, and/or expression of the gene product (the polypeptide). DNA shuffling by random fragmentation and PCR reassembly of gene fragments and synthetic oligonucleotides are included as techniques which may be used to engineer the nucleotide sequences. Site-directed mutagenesis may be used to insert new restriction sites, alter glycosylation patterns, change codon preference, produce splice variants, introduce B2006/004027
43 mutations and so forth.
Nucleic acid molecules which encode a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention may be ligated to a heterologous sequence so that the combined nucleic acid molecule encodes a fusion protein. Such combined nucleic acid molecules are included within the second or third aspects of the invention. For example, to screen peptide libraries for inhibitors of the activity of the polypeptide, it may be useful to express, using such a combined nucleic acid molecule, a fusion protein that can be recognised by a commercially-available antibody. A fusion protein may also be engineered to contain a cleavage site located between the sequence of the polypeptide of the invention and the sequence of a heterologous protein so that the polypeptide may be cleaved and purified away from the heterologous protein.
The nucleic acid molecules of the invention also include antisense molecules that are partially complementary to nucleic acid molecules encoding polypeptides of the present invention and that therefore hybridize to the encoding nucleic acid molecules (hybridization). Such antisense molecules, such as oligonucleotides, can be designed to recognise, specifically bind to and prevent transcription of a target nucleic acid encoding a polypeptide of the invention, as will be known by those of ordinary skill in the art (see, for example, Cohen, J.S., Trends in Pharm. ScL, 10, 435 (1989), Okano, J. Neurochem. 56, 560 (1991); O'Connor, J. Neurochem 56, 560 (1991); Lee et α/., Nucleic Acids Res 6, 3073 (1979); Cooney et al, Science 241, 456 (1988); Dervan et al, Science 251, 1360 (1991). The term "hybridization" as used here refers to the association of two nucleic acid molecules with one another by hydrogen bonding. Typically, one molecule will be fixed to a solid support and the other will be free in solution. Then, the two molecules may be placed in contact with one another under conditions that favour hydrogen bonding. Factors that affect this bonding include: the type and volume of solvent; reaction temperature; time of hybridization; agitation; agents to block the non-specific attachment of the liquid phase molecule to the solid support (Denhardt's reagent or BLOTTO); the concentration of the molecules; use of compounds to increase the rate of association of molecules (dextran sulphate or polyethylene glycol); and the stringency of the washing conditions following hybridization (see Sambrook et al. [supra]). The inhibition of hybridization of a completely complementary molecule to a target molecule may be examined using a hybridization assay, as known in the art (see, for example, Sambrook et al. [supra]). A substantially homologous molecule will then compete for and inhibit the binding of a completely homologous molecule to the target molecule under various conditions of stringency, as taught in Wahl, G.M. and S. L. Berger (1987; Methods Enzymol. 152:399-407) and Kimmel, A.R. (1987; Methods Enzymol. 152:507-511). "Stringency" refers to conditions in a hybridization reaction that favour the association of very similar molecules over association of molecules that differ. High stringency hybridisation conditions are defined as overnight incubation at 42°C in a solution comprising 50% formamide, 5XSSC (15OmM NaCl, 15mM trisodium citrate), 5OmM sodium phosphate (pH7.6), 5x Denhardts solution, 10% dextran sulphate, and 20 microgram/ml denatured, sheared salmon sperm DNA, followed by washing the filters in 0.1X SSC at approximately 65°C. Low stringency conditions involve the hybridisation reaction being carried out at 35°C (see Sambrook et al. [supra]). Preferably, the conditions used for hybridization are those of high stringency.
Preferred embodiments of this aspect of the invention are nucleic acid molecules that are at least 70% identical over their entire length to a nucleic acid molecule encoding the
INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147, exon polypeptides and the INSP145, INSP146 and
INSP 147 polypeptides and nucleic acid molecules that are substantially complementary to such nucleic acid molecules. Preferably, a nucleic acid molecule according to this aspect of the invention comprises a region that is at least 80% identical over its entire length to such coding sequences, or is a nucleic acid molecule that is complementary thereto. In this regard, nucleic acid molecules at least 90%, preferably at least 95%, more preferably at least 98%, 99% or more identical over their entire length to the same are particularly preferred. Preferred embodiments in this respect are nucleic acid molecules that encode polypeptides which retain substantially the same biological function or activity as the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147, exon polypeptides and the INSP145, INSP146 and
INSP 147 polypeptides.
The invention also provides a process for detecting a nucleic acid molecule of the invention, comprising the steps of: (a) contacting a nucleic probe according to the invention with a biological sample under hybridizing conditions to form duplexes; and (b) detecting any such duplexes that are formed.
As discussed additionally below in connection with assays that may be utilised according to the invention, a nucleic acid molecule as described above may be used as a hybridization probe for RNA, cDNA or genomic DNA, in order to isolate full-length cDNAs and genomic clones encoding the INSP 145, INSP 146 and INSP 147 and to isolate cDNA and genomic clones of homologous or orthologous genes that have a high sequence similarity to the gene encoding this polypeptide. In this regard, the following techniques, among others known in the art, may be utilised and are discussed below for purposes of illustration. Methods for DNA sequencing and analysis are well known and are generally available in the art and may, indeed, be used to practice many of the embodiments of the invention discussed herein. Such methods may employ such enzymes as the Klenow fragment of DNA polymerase I, Sequenase (US Biochemical Corp, Cleveland, OH), Taq polymerase (Perkin Elmer), thermostable T7 polymerase (Amersham, Chicago, IL), or combinations of polymerases and proof-reading exonucleases such as those found in the ELONGASE Amplification System marketed by Gibco/BRL (Gaithersburg, MD). Preferably, the sequencing process may be automated using machines such as the Hamilton Micro Lab 2200 (Hamilton, Reno, NV), the Peltier Thermal Cycler (PTC200; MJ Research, Watertown, MA) and the ABI Catalyst and 373 and 377 DNA Sequencers (Perkin Elmer).
One method for isolating a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide with an equivalent function to that of the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 polypeptides is to probe a genomic or cDNA library with a natural or artificially-designed probe using standard procedures that are recognised in the art (see, for example, "Current Protocols in Molecular Biology", Ausubel et al. (eds). Greene Publishing Association and John Wiley Interscience, New York, 1989,1992). Probes comprising at least 15, preferably at least 30, and more preferably at least 50, contiguous bases that correspond to, or are complementary to, nucleic acid sequences from the appropriate encoding gene (SEQ ID NO:1, SEQ ID NO:3, SEQ ID NO:5, SEQ ID NO:7, SEQ ID NO:9, SEQ ID NO:11, SEQ ID NO: 13, SEQ ID NO:15, SEQ ID NO:17, SEQ ID NO:19, SEQ ID NO:21, SEQ ID NO:23, SEQ ID NO:25, SEQ ID NO:27, SEQ ID NO:29, SEQ ID NO:31, SEQ ID NO:33, SEQ ID NO:35, SEQ ID NO:37, SEQ ID NO:39, SEQ ID NO:41, SEQ ID NO:43, SEQ ID NO:45, SEQ ID NO:47, SEQ ID NO:49, SEQ ID NO:51, SEQ ID NO:53, SEQ ID NO:555 SEQ ID NO:57, SEQ ID NO:59, SEQ ID NO:61, SEQ ID NO:63, SEQ ID NO:65, SEQ ID NO:67, SEQ ID NO:69, SEQ ID NO:71, SEQ ID NO:73, SEQ ID NO:75, SEQ ID NO:77, SEQ ID NO:79, SEQ ID NO:81, SEQ ID NO:83, SEQ ID NO:85, SEQ ID NO:87, SEQ ID NO:89, SEQ ID NO:91, SEQ ID NO:93, SEQ ID NO:95, SEQ ID NO:97, SEQ ID NO:99, SEQ ID NO:101, SEQ ID NO:103, SEQ ID NO:105, SEQ ID NO:107, SEQ ID NO:109, SEQ ID NO:111, SEQ ID N0:113, SEQ ID N0:115, SEQ ID N0:117, SEQ ID N0:119, SEQ ID N0:121, SEQ ID NO:123, SEQ ID NO:125, SEQ ID NO:127, SEQ ID NO:129, SEQ ID N0:131, SEQ ID NO:133, SEQ ID NO:135, SEQ ID NO:137, SEQ ID NO:139, SEQ ID NO.141, SEQ ID NO:143, SEQ ID NO:145, SEQ ID NO:147, SEQ ID NO:149, SEQ ID N0:151, SEQ ID NO:153, SEQ ID NO:155, SEQ ID NO:157, SEQ ID NO:159, SEQ ID N0:161, SEQ ID NO:163, SEQ ID NO:165, SEQ ID NO:167, SEQ ID NO:169, SEQ ID N0:171, SEQ ID NO:173, SEQ ID NO:175, SEQ ID NO:177, SEQ ID NO:179, SEQ ID N0:181, SEQ ID NO:183, SEQ ID NO:185, SEQ ID NO:187, SEQ ID NO:189, SEQ ID N0:191, SEQ ID NO:193, SEQ ID NO:195, and/or SEQ ID NO:197 are particularly useful probes. Such probes may be labelled with an analytically-detectable reagent to facilitate their identification. Useful reagents include, but are not limited to, radioisotopes, fluorescent dyes and enzymes that are capable of catalysing the formation of a detectable product. Using these probes, the ordinarily skilled artisan will be capable of isolating complementary copies of genomic DNA, cDNA or RNA polynucleotides encoding proteins of interest from human, mammalian or other animal sources and screening such sources for related sequences, for example, for additional members of the family, type and/or subtype.
In many cases, isolated cDNA sequences will be incomplete, in that the region encoding the polypeptide will be cut short, normally at the 5' end. Several methods are available to obtain full length cDNAs, or to extend short cDNAs. Such sequences may be extended utilising a partial nucleotide sequence and employing various methods known in the art to detect upstream sequences such as promoters and regulatory elements. For example, one method which may be employed is based on the method of Rapid Amplification of cDNA Ends (RACE; see, for example, Frohman et al, PNAS USA 85, 8998-9002, 1988). Recent modifications of this technique, exemplified by the Marathon™ technology (Clontech Laboratories Inc.), for example, have significantly simplified the search for longer cDNAs. A slightly different technique, termed "restriction-site" PCR, uses universal primers to retrieve unknown nucleic acid sequence adjacent a known locus (Sarkar, G. (1993) PCR Methods Applic. 2:318-322). Inverse PCR may also be used to amplify or to extend sequences using divergent primers based on a known region (Triglia, T. et al. (1988) Nucleic Acids Res. 16:8186). Another method which may be used is capture PCR which involves PCR amplification of DNA fragments adjacent a known sequence in human and yeast artificial chromosome DNA (Lagerstrom, M. et al. (1991) PCR Methods Applic, I5 111-119). Another method which may be used to retrieve unknown sequences is that of Parker, J.D. et al. (1991); Nucleic Acids Res. 19:3055-3060). Additionally, one may use PCR, nested primers, and PromoterFinder™ libraries to walk genomic DNA (Clontech, Palo Alto, CA). This process avoids the need to screen libraries and is useful in finding intron/exon junctions.
When screening for full-length cDNAs, it is preferable to use libraries that have been size- selected to include larger cDNAs. Also, random-primed libraries are preferable, in that they will contain more sequences that contain the 5' regions of genes. Use of a randomly primed library may be especially preferable for situations in which an oligo d(T) library does not yield a full-length cDNA. Genomic libraries may be useful for extension of sequence into 5' non-transcribed regulatory regions.
In one embodiment of the invention, the nucleic acid molecules of the present invention may be used for chromosome localisation. In this technique, a nucleic acid molecule is specifically targeted to, and can hybridize with, a particular location on an individual human chromosome. The mapping of relevant sequences to chromosomes according to the present invention is an important step in the confirmatory correlation of those sequences with the gene-associated disease. Once a sequence has been mapped to a precise chromosomal location, the physical position of the sequence on the chromosome can be correlated with genetic map data. Such data are found in, for example, V. McKusick, Mendelian Inheritance in Man (available on-line through Johns Hopkins University Welch Medical Library). The relationships between genes and diseases that have been mapped to the same chromosomal region are then identified through linkage analysis (coinheritance of physically adjacent genes). This provides valuable information to investigators searching for disease genes using positional cloning or other gene discovery techniques. Once the disease or syndrome has been crudely localised by genetic linkage to a particular genomic region, any sequences mapping to that area may represent associated or regulatory genes for further investigation. The nucleic acid molecule may also be used to detect differences in the chromosomal location due to translocation, inversion, etc. among normal, carrier, or affected individuals.
The nucleic acid molecules of the present invention are also valuable for tissue localisation. Such techniques allow the determination of expression patterns of the polypeptide in tissues by detection of the mRNAs that encode them. These techniques include in situ B2006/004027
48 hybridization techniques and nucleotide amplification techniques, such as PCR. Results from these studies provide an indication of the normal functions of the polypeptide in the organism. In addition, comparative studies of the normal expression pattern of mRNAs with that of mRNAs encoded by a mutant gene provide valuable insights into the role of mutant polypeptides in disease. Such inappropriate expression may be of a temporal, spatial or quantitative nature.
Gene silencing approaches may also be undertaken to down-regulate endogenous expression of a gene encoding a polypeptide of the invention. RNA interference (RNAi) (Elbashir, SM et al, Nature 2001, 411, 494-498) is one method of sequence specific post- transcriptional gene silencing that may be employed. Short dsRNA oligonucleotides are synthesised in vitro and introduced into a cell. The sequence specific binding of these dsRNA oligonucleotides triggers the degradation of target mRNA, reducing or ablating target protein expression.
Efficacy of the gene silencing approaches assessed above may be assessed through the measurement of polypeptide expression (for example, by Western blotting), and at the RNA level using TaqMan-based methodologies.
The vectors of the present invention comprise nucleic acid molecules of the invention and may be cloning or expression vectors. The host cells of the invention, which may be transformed, transfected or transduced with the vectors of the invention may be prokaryotic or eukaryotic.
The polypeptides of the invention may be prepared in recombinant form by expression of their encoding nucleic acid molecules in vectors contained within a host cell. Such expression methods are well known to those of skill in the art and many are described in detail by Sambrook et al. {supra) and Fernandez & Hoeffler (1998, eds. "Gene expression systems. Using nature for the art of expression". Academic Press, San Diego, London, Boston, New York, Sydney, Tokyo, Toronto).
Generally, any system or vector that is suitable to maintain, propagate or express nucleic acid molecules to produce a polypeptide in the required host may be used. The appropriate nucleotide sequence may be inserted into an expression system by any of a variety of well- known and routine techniques, such as, for example, those described in Sambrook et al, {supra). Generally, the encoding gene can be placed under the control of a control element such as a promoter, ribosome binding site (for bacterial expression) and, optionally, an operator, so that the DNA sequence encoding the desired polypeptide is transcribed into RNA in the transformed host cell.
Examples of suitable expression systems include, for example, chromosomal, episomal and virus-derived systems, including, for example, vectors derived from: bacterial plasmids, bacteriophage, transposons, yeast episomes, insertion elements, yeast chromosomal elements, viruses such as baculoviruses, papova viruses such as SV40, vaccinia viruses, adenoviruses, fowl pox viruses, pseudorabies viruses and retroviruses, or combinations thereof, such as those derived from plasmid and bacteriophage genetic elements, including cosmids and phagemids. Human artificial chromosomes (HACs) may also be employed to deliver larger fragments of DNA than can be contained and expressed in a plasmid. The vectors pCR4-TOPO-INSP145 vWFA, pCR4-TOPO-INSP145 SigPep + vWFA domains 8&9, pCR4-TOPO-INSP145 vWFA domains 8&9, pENTR_INSP145 SigPep + vWFA domains 8&9-6HIS and pDEST12.2_INSP145 SigPep + vWFA domains 8&9-6HIS are preferred examples of suitable vectors for use in accordance with the aspects of this invention relating to INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147.
Particularly suitable expression systems include microorganisms such as bacteria transformed with recombinant bacteriophage, plasmid or cosmid DNA expression vectors; yeast transformed with yeast expression vectors; insect cell systems infected with virus expression vectors (for example, baculovirus); plant cell systems transformed with virus expression vectors (for example, cauliflower mosaic virus, CaMV; tobacco mosaic virus, TMV) or with bacterial expression vectors (for example, Ti or pBR322 plasmids); or animal cell systems. Cell-free translation systems can also be employed to produce the polypeptides of the invention.
Introduction of nucleic acid molecules encoding a polypeptide of the present invention into host cells can be effected by methods described in many standard laboratory manuals, such as Davis et al, Basic Methods in Molecular Biology (1986) and Sambrook et al., {supra). Particularly suitable methods include calcium phosphate transfection, DEAE-dextran mediated transfection, transfection, microinjection, cationic lipid-mediated transfection, electroporation, transduction, scrape loading, ballistic introduction or infection (see Sambrook et al, 1989 [supra]; Ausubel et al, 1991 [supra]; Spector, Goldman & Leinwald, 1998). In eukaryotic cells, expression systems may either be transient (for example, episomal) or permanent (chromosomal integration) according to the needs of the system. The encoding nucleic acid molecule may or may not include a sequence encoding a control sequence, such as a signal peptide or leader sequence, as desired, for example, for secretion of the translated polypeptide into the lumen of the endoplasmic reticulum, into the periplasmic space or into the extracellular environment. These signals may be endogenous to the polypeptide or they may be heterologous signals. Leader sequences can be removed by the bacterial host in post-translational processing.
In addition to control sequences, it may be desirable to add regulatory sequences that allow for regulation of the expression of the polypeptide relative to the growth of the host cell. Examples of regulatory sequences are those which cause the expression of a gene to be increased or decreased in response to a chemical or physical stimulus, including the presence of a regulatory compound or to various temperature or metabolic conditions. Regulatory sequences are those non-translated regions of the vector, such as enhancers, promoters and 5' and 3' untranslated regions. These interact with host cellular proteins to carry out transcription and translation. Such regulatory sequences may vary in their strength and specificity. Depending on the vector system and host utilised, any number of suitable transcription and translation elements, including constitutive and inducible promoters, may be used. For example, when cloning in bacterial systems, inducible promoters such as the hybrid lacZ promoter of the Bluescript phagemid (Stratagene, LaJolla, CA) or pSportl™ plasmid (Gibco BRL) and the like may be used. The baculovirus polyhedrin promoter may be used in insect cells. Promoters or enhancers derived from the genomes of plant cells (for example, heat shock, RUBISCO and storage protein genes) or from plant viruses (for example, viral promoters or leader sequences) may be cloned into the vector. In mammalian cell systems, promoters from mammalian genes or from mammalian viruses are preferable. If it is necessary to generate a cell line that contains multiple copies of the sequence, vectors based on SV40 or EBV may be used with an appropriate selectable marker.
An expression vector is constructed so that the particular nucleic acid coding sequence is located in the vector with the appropriate regulatory sequences, the positioning and orientation of the coding sequence with respect to the regulatory sequences being such that the coding sequence is transcribed under the "control" of the regulatory sequences, i.e., RNA polymerase which binds to the DNA molecule at the control sequences transcribes the coding sequence. In some cases it may be necessary to modify the sequence so that it may be attached to the control sequences with the appropriate orientation; i.e., to maintain the reading frame.
The control sequences and other regulatory sequences may be ligated to the nucleic acid coding sequence prior to insertion into a vector. Alternatively, the coding sequence can be cloned directly into an expression vector that already contains the control sequences and an appropriate restriction site. (
For long-term, high-yield production of a recombinant polypeptide, stable expression is preferred. For example, cell lines which stably express the polypeptide of interest may be transformed using expression vectors which may contain viral origins of replication and/or endogenous expression elements and a selectable marker gene on the same or on a separate vector. Following the introduction of the vector, cells may be allowed to grow for 1-2 days in an enriched media before they are switched to selective media. The purpose of the selectable marker is to confer resistance to selection, and its presence allows growth and recovery of cells that successfully express the introduced sequences. Resistant clones of stably transformed cells may be proliferated using tissue culture techniques appropriate to the cell type.
Mammalian cell lines available as hosts for expression are known in the art and include many immortalised cell lines available from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC) including, but not limited to, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO), HeLa, baby hamster kidney (BHK), monkey kidney (COS), C127, 3T3, BHK, HEK 293, Bowes melanoma and human hepatocellular carcinoma (for example Hep G2) cells and a number of other cell lines.
In the baculovirus system, the materials for baculovirus/insect cell expression systems are commercially available in kit form from, inter alia, Invitrogen, San Diego CA (the "MaxBac" kit). These techniques are generally known to those skilled in the art and are described fully in Summers and Smith, Texas Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin No. 1555 (1987). Particularly suitable host cells for use in this system include insect cells such as Drosophila S2 and Spodoptera Sf9 cells.
There are many plant cell culture and whole plant genetic expression systems known in the art. Examples of suitable plant cellular genetic expression systems include those described in US 5,693,506; US 5,659,122; and US 5,608,143. Additional examples of genetic expression in plant cell culture has been described by Zenk, Phytochemistry 30, 3861-3863 (1991). In particular, all plants from which protoplasts can be isolated and cultured to give whole regenerated plants can be utilised, so that whole plants are recovered which contain the transferred gene. Practically all plants can be regenerated from cultured cells or tissues, including but not limited to all major species of sugar cane, sugar beet, cotton, fruit and other trees, legumes and vegetables.
Examples of particularly preferred bacterial host cells include streptococci, staphylococci, E. coli, Streptomyces and Bacillus subtilis cells.
Examples of particularly suitable host cells for fungal expression include yeast cells (for example, S. cerevisiae) and Aspergillus cells. Any number of selection systems are known in the art that may be used to recover transformed cell lines. Examples include the herpes simplex virus thymidine kinase (Wigler, M. et al. (1977) Cell 11:223-32) and adenine phosphoribosyltransferase (Lowy, I. et al. (1980) Cell 22:817-23) genes that can be employed in tk" or aprt* cells, respectively.
Also, antimetabolite, antibiotic or herbicide resistance can be used as the basis for selection; for example, dihydrofolate reductase (DHFR) that confers resistance to methotrexate (Wigler, M. et al. (1980) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 77:3567-70); npt, which confers resistance to the aminoglycosides neomycin and G-418 (Colbere-Garapin, F. et al.
(1981) J. MoI. Biol. 150:1-14) and als or pat, which confer resistance to chlorsulfuron and phosphinotricin acetyltransferase, respectively. Additional selectable genes have been described, examples of which will be clear to those of skill in the art.
Although the presence or absence of marker gene expression suggests that the gene of interest is also present, its presence and expression may need to be confirmed. For example, if the relevant sequence is inserted within a marker gene sequence, transformed cells containing the appropriate sequences can be identified by the absence of marker gene function. Alternatively, a marker gene can be placed in tandem with a sequence encoding a polypeptide of the invention under the control of a single promoter. Expression of the marker gene in response to induction or selection usually indicates expression of the tandem gene as well.
Alternatively, host cells that contain a nucleic acid sequence encoding a polypeptide of the invention and which express said polypeptide may be identified by a variety of procedures known to those of skill in the art. These procedures include, but are not limited to, DNA-
DNA or DNA-RNA hybridizations and protein bioassays, for example, fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS) or immunoassay techniques (such as the enzyme-linked immunosorbent assay [ELISA] and radioimmunoassay [RIA]), that include membrane, solution, or chip based technologies for the detection and/or quantification of nucleic acid or protein (see Hampton, R. et al (1990) Serological Methods, a Laboratory Manual, APS Press, St Paul, MN) and Maddox, D.E. et al. (1983) J. Exp. Med, 158, 1211-1216).
A wide variety of labels and conjugation techniques are known by those skilled in the art and may be used in various nucleic acid and amino acid assays. Means for producing labelled hybridization or PCR probes for detecting sequences related to nucleic acid molecules encoding polypeptides of the present invention include oligolabelling, nick translation, end-labelling or PCR amplification using a labelled polynucleotide. Alternatively, the sequences encoding the polypeptide of the invention may be cloned into a vector for the production of an mRNA probe. Such vectors are known in the art, are commercially available, and may be used to synthesise RNA probes in vitro by addition of an appropriate RNA polymerase such as T7, T3 or SP6 and labelled nucleotides. These procedures may be conducted using a variety of commercially available kits (Pharmacia & Upjohn, (Kalamazoo, MI); Promega (Madison WI); and U.S. Biochemical Corp., Cleveland, OH)).
Suitable reporter molecules or labels, which may be used for ease of detection, include radionuclides, enzymes and fluorescent, chemiluminescent or chromogenic agents as well as substrates, cofactors, inhibitors, magnetic particles, and the like.
Nucleic acid molecules according to the present invention may also be used to create transgenic animals, particularly rodent animals. Such transgenic animals form a further aspect of the present invention. This may be done locally by modification of somatic cells, or by germ line therapy to incorporate heritable modifications. Such transgenic animals may be particularly useful in the generation of animal models for drug molecules effective as modulators of the polypeptides of the present invention.
The polypeptide can be recovered and purified from recombinant cell cultures by well- known methods including ammonium sulphate or ethanol precipitation, acid extraction, anion or cation exchange chromatography, phosphocellulose chromatography, hydrophobic interaction chromatography, affinity chromatography, hydroxylapatite chromatography and lectin chromatography. High performance liquid chromatography is particularly useful for purification. Well known techniques for refolding proteins may be employed to regenerate an active conformation when the polypeptide is denatured during isolation and or purification.
Specialised vector constructions may also be used to facilitate purification of proteins, as desired, by joining sequences encoding the polypeptides of the invention to a nucleotide sequence encoding a polypeptide domain that will facilitate purification of soluble proteins. Examples of such purification-facilitating domains include metal chelating peptides such as histidine-tryptophan modules that allow purification on immobilised metals, protein A domains that allow purification on immobilised immunoglobulin, and the domain utilised in the FLAGS extension/affinity purification system (Immunex Corp., Seattle, WA). The inclusion of cleavable linker sequences such as those specific for Factor XA or enterokinase (Invitrogen, San Diego, CA) between the purification domain and the polypeptide of the invention may be used to facilitate purification. One such expression vector provides for expression of a fusion protein containing the polypeptide of the invention fused to several histidine residues preceding a thioredoxin or an enterokinase cleavage site. The histidine residues facilitate purification by IMAC (immobilised metal ion affinity chromatography as described in Porath, J. et al. (1992), Prot. Exp. Purif. 3: 263-281) while the thioredoxin or enterokinase cleavage site provides a means for purifying the polypeptide from the fusion protein. A discussion of vectors which contain fusion proteins is provided in Kroll, DJ. et al. (1993; DNA Cell Biol. 12:441-453). If the polypeptide is to be expressed for use in screening assays, generally it is preferred that it be produced at the surface of the host cell in which it is expressed. In this event, the host cells may be harvested prior to use in the screening assay, for example using techniques such as fluorescence activated cell sorting (FACS) or immunoaffinity techniques. If the polypeptide is secreted into the medium, the medium can be recovered in order to recover and purify the expressed polypeptide. If polypeptide is produced intracellularly, the cells must first be lysed before the polypeptide is recovered.
As indicated above, the present invention also provides novel targets and methods for the screening of drug candidates or leads. These screening methods include binding assays and/or functional assays, and may be performed in vitro, in cell systems or in animals. In this regard, a particular object of this invention resides in the use of an INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 polypeptide as a target for screening candidate drugs for treating or preventing vWFA domain containing protein related disorders. Another object of this invention resides in methods of selecting biologically active compounds, said methods comprising contacting a candidate compound with a INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 gene or polypeptide, and selecting compounds that bind said gene or polypeptide. A further other object of this invention resides in methods of selecting biologically active compounds, said method comprising contacting a candidate compound with recombinant host cell expressing a INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 polypeptide with a candidate compound, and selecting compounds that bind said INSP145, INSP146 or INSP147 polypeptide at the surface of said cells and/or that modulate the activity of the INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 polypeptide.
A "biologically active" compound denotes any compound having biological activity in a subject, preferably therapeutic activity, more preferably a compound having vWFA domain containing protein activity, and further preferably a compound that can be used for treating INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 related disorders, or as a lead to develop drugs for treating vWFA domain containing protein related disorder. A "biologically active" compound preferably is a compound that modulates the activity of INSP145, INSP146 or INSP147.
The above methods may be conducted in vitro, using various devices and conditions, including with immobilized reagents, and may further comprise an additional step of assaying the activity of the selected compounds in a model of vWFA domain containing protein related disorder, such as an animal model.
Preferred selected compounds are agonists of INSP145, INSP146 or INSP147, i.e., compounds that can bind to INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 and mimic the activity of an endogenous ligand thereof.
A further object of this invention resides in a method of selecting biologically active compounds, said method comprising contacting in vitro a test compound with a INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 polypeptide according to the present invention and determining the ability of said test compound to modulate the activity of said INSP145, INSP146 or INSP147 polypeptide.
A further object of this invention resides in a method of selecting biologically active compounds, said method comprising contacting in vitro a test compound with a INSP145,
INSP 146 or INSP 147 gene according to the present invention and determining the ability of said test compound to modulate the expression of said INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 gene, preferably to stimulate expression thereof.
In another embodiment, this invention relates to a method of screening, selecting or identifying active compounds, particularly compounds active on multiple sclerosis or related disorders, the method comprising contacting a test compound with a recombinant host cell comprising a reporter construct, said reporter construct comprising a reporter gene under the control of a INSP145, INSP146 or INSP147 gene promoter, and selecting the test compounds that modulate (e.g. stimulate or reduce, preferably stimulate) expression of the reporter gene. The polypeptide of the invention can be used to screen libraries of compounds in any of a variety of drug screening techniques. Such compounds may activate (agonise) or inhibit (antagonise) the level of expression of the gene or the activity of the polypeptide of the invention and form a further aspect of the present invention. Preferred compounds are effective to alter the expression of a natural gene which encodes a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention or to regulate the activity of a polypeptide of the first aspect of the invention.
Agonist or antagonist compounds may be isolated from, for example, cells, cell-free preparations, chemical libraries or natural product mixtures. These agonists or antagonists may be natural or modified substrates, ligands, enzymes, receptors or structural or functional mimetics. For a suitable review of such screening techniques, see Coligan et ah, Current Protocols in Immunology l(2):Chapter 5 (1991).
Binding to a target gene or polypeptide provides an indication as to the ability of the compound to modulate the activity of said target, and thus to affect a pathway leading to vWFA domain containing protein related disorder in a subject. The determination of binding may be performed by various techniques, such as by labelling of the candidate compound, by competition with a labelled reference ligand, etc. For in vitro binding assays, the polypeptides may be used in essentially pure form, in suspension, immobilized on a support, or expressed in a membrane (intact cell, membrane preparation, liposome, etc.).
Modulation of activity includes, without limitation, stimulation of the surface expression of the INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 receptor, modulation of multimerization of said receptor (e.g., the formation of multimeric complexes with other sub-units), etc. The cells used in the assays may be any recombinant cell (i.e., any cell comprising a recombinant nucleic acid encoding a INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 polypeptide) or any cell that expresses an endogenous INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 polypeptide. Examples of such cells include, without limitation, prokaryotic cells (such as bacteria) and eukaryotic cells (such as yeast cells, mammalian cells, insect cells, plant cells, etc.). Specific examples include E.coli, Pichia pastoris, Hansenula polymorpha, Schizosaccharomyces pombe, Kluyveromyces or Saccharomyces yeasts, mammalian cell lines (e.g., Vero cells, CHO cells, 3T3 cells, COS cells, etc.) as well as primary or established mammalian cell cultures (e.g., produced from fibroblasts, embryonic cells, epithelial cells, nervous cells, adipocytes, etc.). Compounds that are most likely to be good antagonists are molecules that bind to the polypeptide of the invention without inducing the biological effects of the polypeptide upon binding to it. Potential antagonists include small organic molecules, peptides, polypeptides and antibodies that bind to the polypeptide of the invention and thereby inhibit or extinguish its activity. In this fashion, binding of the polypeptide to normal cellular binding molecules may be inhibited, such that the normal biological activity of the polypeptide is prevented.
The polypeptide of the invention that is employed in such a screening technique may be free in solution, affixed to a solid support, borne on a cell surface or located intracellularly. In general, such screening procedures may involve using appropriate cells or cell membranes that express the polypeptide that are contacted with a test compound to observe binding, or stimulation or inhibition of a functional response. The functional response of the cells contacted with the test compound is then compared with control cells that were not contacted with the test compound. Such an assay may assess whether the test compound results in a signal generated by activation of the polypeptide, using an appropriate detection system. Inhibitors of activation are generally assayed in the presence of a known agonist and the effect on activation by the agonist in the presence of the test compound is observed.
A preferred method for identifying an agonist or antagonist compound of a polypeptide of the present invention comprises: (a) contacting a cell expressing (optionally on the surface thereof) the polypeptide according to the first aspect of the invention, the polypeptide being associated with a second component capable of providing a detectable signal in response to the binding of a compound to the polypeptide, with a compound to be screened under conditions to permit binding to the polypeptide; and
(b) determining whether the compound binds to and activates or inhibits the polypeptide by measuring the level of a signal generated from the interaction of the compound with the polypeptide.
Methods for generating detectable signals in the types of assays described herein will be known to those of skill in the art. A particular example is cotransfecting a construct expressing a polypeptide according to the invention, or a fragment such as the LBD, in fusion with the GAL4 DNA binding domain, into a cell together with a reporter plasmid, an example of which is pFR-Luc (Stratagene Europe, Amsterdam, The Netherlands). This particular plasmid contains a synthetic promoter with five tandem repeats of GAL4 binding sites that control the expression of the luciferase gene. When a potential ligand is added to the cells, it will bind the GAL4-polypeptide fusion and induce transcription of the luciferase gene. The level of the luciferase expression can be monitored by its activity using a luminescence reader (see, for example, Lehman et al. JBC 270, 12953, 1995; Pawar et al. JBC, 277, 39243, 2002).
A further preferred method for identifying an agonist or antagonist of a polypeptide of the invention comprises:
(a) contacting a labelled or unlabeled compound with the polypeptide immobilized on any solid support (for example beads, plates, matrix support, chip) and detection of the compound by measuring the label or the presence of the compound itself; or
(b) contacting a cell expressing on the surface thereof the polypeptide, by means of artificially anchoring it to the cell membrane, or by constructing a chimeric receptor being associated with a second component capable of providing a detectable signal in response to the binding of a compound to the polypeptide, with a compound to be screened under conditions to permit binding to the polypeptide; and
(c) determining whether the compound binds to and activates or inhibits the polypeptide by comparing the level of a signal generated from the interaction of the compound with the polypeptide with the level of a signal in the absence of the compound. For example, a method such as FRET detection of ligand bound to the polypeptide in the presence of peptide co-activators (Norris et al, Science 285, 744, 1999) might be used. A further preferred method for identifying an agonist or antagonist of a polypeptide of the invention comprises:
(a) contacting a cell expressing (optionally on the surface thereof) the polypeptide, the polypeptide being associated with a second component capable of providing a detectable signal in response to the binding of a compound to the polypeptide, with a compound to be screened under conditions to permit binding to the polypeptide; and
(b) determining whether the compound binds to and activates or inhibits the polypeptide by comparing the level of a signal generated from the interaction of the compound with the polypeptide with the level of a signal in the absence of the compound. In further preferred embodiments, the general methods that are described above may further comprise conducting the identification of agonist or antagonist in the presence of labelled or unlabelled ligand for the polypeptide.
In another embodiment of the method for identifying agonist or antagonist of a polypeptide of the present invention comprises: determining the inhibition of binding of a ligand to cells which express a polypeptide of the invention (and which optionally have a polypeptide of the invention on the surface thereof), or to cell membranes containing such a polypeptide, in the presence of a candidate compound under conditions to permit binding to the polypeptide, and determining the amount of ligand bound to the polypeptide. A compound capable of causing reduction of binding of a ligand is considered to be an agonist or antagonist. Preferably the ligand is labelled.
More particularly, a method of screening for a polypeptide antagonist or agonist compound comprises the steps of:
(a) incubating a labelled ligand with a whole cell expressing a polypeptide according to the invention, optionally on the cell surface, or a cell membrane containing a polypeptide of the invention,
(b) measuring the amount of labelled ligand bound to the whole cell or the cell membrane;
(c) adding a candidate compound to a mixture of labelled ligand and the whole cell or the cell membrane of step (a) and allowing the mixture to attain equilibrium; (d) measuring the amount of labelled ligand bound to the whole cell or the cell membrane after step (c); and (e) comparing the difference in the labelled ligand bound in step (b) and (d), such that the compound which causes the reduction in binding in step (d) is considered to be an agonist or antagonist.
Similarly, there is provided a method of screening for a polypeptide antagonist or agonist compound which comprises the steps of:
(a) incubating a labelled ligand with a polypeptide according to the invention on any solid support or the cell surface, or a cell membrane containing a polypeptide of the invention.
(b) measuring the amount of labelled ligand bound to the polypeptide on the solid support, whole cell or the cell membrane; (c) adding a candidate compound to a mixture of labelled ligand and immobilized polypeptide on the solid support, the whole cell or the cell membrane of step (a) and allowing the mixture to attain equilibrium;
(d) measuring the amount of labelled ligand bound to the immobilized polypeptide or the whole cell or the cell membrane after step (c); and (e) comparing the difference in the labelled ligand bound in step (b) and (d), such that the compound which causes the reduction in binding in step (d) is considered to be an agonist or antagonist.
The polypeptides may be found to modulate a variety of physiological and pathological processes in a dose-dependent manner in the above-described assays. Thus, the "functional equivalents" of the polypeptides of the invention include polypeptides that exhibit any of the same modulatory activities in the above-described assays in a dose-dependent manner. Although the degree of dose-dependent activity need not be identical to that of the polypeptides of the invention, preferably the "functional equivalents" will exhibit substantially similar dose-dependence in a given activity assay compared to the polypeptides of the invention.
The INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 polypeptides of the present invention may modulate cellular growth and differentiation. Thus, the biological activity of the INSP 145, INSP 146 and INSP147 exon polypeptides and the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 polypeptides can be examined in systems that allow the study of cellular growth and differentiation such as in vitro tissue culture. Stimulation or inhibition of cellular proliferation may be measured by a variety of assays. For example, for observing cell growth inhibition, one can use a solid or liquid medium. In a solid medium, cells undergoing growth inhibition can easily be selected from the subject cell group by comparing the sizes of colonies formed. In a liquid medium, growth inhibition can be screened by measuring culture medium turbity or incorporation of labelled thymidine in DNA. Typically, the incorporation of a nucleoside analog into newly synthesised DNA may be employed to measure proliferation (i. e., active cell growth) in a population of cells. For example, bromodeoxyuridine (BrdU) can be employed as a DNA labelling reagent and anti-BrdU mouse monoclonal antibodies can be employed as a detection reagent. This antibody binds only to cells containing DNA which has incorporated bromodeoxyuridine. A number of detection methods may be used in conjunction with this assay including immunofluorescence, immunohistochemical, ELISA, and colorimetric methods. Kits that include bromodeoxyuridine (BrdU) and anti-BrdU mouse monoclonal antibody are commercially available from Boehringer Mannheim (Indianapolis, IN). The effect of the upon cellular differentiation can be measured by contacting stem cells or embryonic cells with various amounts of the INSP 145, INSP 146 and INSP 147 exon polypeptides and the INSP 145, INSP 146 and INSP 147 polypeptides and observing the effect upon differentiation of the stem cells or embryonic cells. Tissue-specific antibodies and microscopy may be used to identify the resulting cells. The INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 exon polypeptides and the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP 147 polypeptides may also be found to modulate immune and/or nervous system cell proliferation and differentiation in a dose-dependent manner in the above-described assays. Thus, the "functional equivalents" of the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 exon polypeptides and the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 polypeptides include polypeptides that exhibit any of the same growth and differentiation regulating activities in the above-described assays in a dose-dependent manner. Although the degree of dose-dependent activity need not be identical to that of the INSP 145, INSP 146 and INSP147 exon polypeptides and the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 polypeptides, preferably the "functional equivalents" will exhibit substantially similar dose-dependence in a given activity assay compared to the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 exon polypeptides and the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 polypeptides.
In certain of the embodiments described above, simple binding assays may be used, in which the adherence of a test compound to a surface bearing the polypeptide is detected by means of a label directly or indirectly associated with the test compound or in an assay involving competition with a labelled competitor. In another embodiment, competitive drug screening assays may be used, in which neutralising antibodies that are capable of binding the polypeptide specifically compete with a test compound for binding. In this manner, the antibodies can be used to detect the presence of any test compound that possesses specific binding affinity for the polypeptide.
Assays may also be designed to detect the effect of added test compounds on the production of mRNA encoding the polypeptide in cells. For example, an ELISA may be constructed that measures secreted or cell-associated levels of polypeptide using monoclonal or polyclonal antibodies by standard methods known in the art, and this can be used to search for compounds that may inhibit or enhance the production of the polypeptide from suitably manipulated cells or tissues. The formation of binding complexes between the polypeptide and the compound being tested may then be measured.
Assay methods that are also included within the terms of the present invention are those that involve the use of the genes and polypeptides of the invention in overexpression or ablation assays. Such assays involve the manipulation of levels of these genes/polypeptides in cells and assessment of the impact of this manipulation event on the physiology of the manipulated cells. For example, such experiments reveal details of signalling and metabolic pathways in which the particular genes/polypeptides are implicated, generate information regarding the identities of polypeptides with which the studied polypeptides interact and provide clues as to methods by which related genes and proteins are regulated.
Another technique for drug screening which may be used provides for high throughput screening of compounds having suitable binding affinity to the polypeptide of interest (see International patent application WO84/03564). In this method, large numbers of different small test compounds are synthesised on a solid substrate, which may then be reacted with the polypeptide of the invention and washed. One way of immobilising the polypeptide is to use non-neutralising antibodies. Bound polypeptide may then be detected using methods that are well known in the art. Purified polypeptide can also be coated directly onto plates for use in the aforementioned drug screening techniques. Examples of suitable assays for the identification of agonists or antagonists of the polypeptides of the invention are described in Rosen et at, Curr. Opin. Drug Discov. Devel. 2003 6(2):224-30. The polypeptide of the invention may be used to identify membrane-bound or soluble receptors, through standard receptor binding techniques that are known in the art, such as ligand binding and crosslinking assays in which the polypeptide is labelled with a radioactive isotope, is chemically modified, or is fused to a peptide sequence that facilitates its detection or purification, and incubated with a source of the putative receptor (for example, a composition of cells, cell membranes, cell supernatants, tissue extracts, or bodily fluids). The efficacy of binding may be measured using biophysical techniques such as surface plasmon resonance and spectroscopy. Binding assays may be used for the purification and cloning of the receptor, but may also identify agonists and antagonists of the polypeptide, that compete with the binding of the polypeptide to its receptor. Standard methods for conducting screening assays are well understood in the art.
In another embodiment, this invention relates to the use of an INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 polypeptide or fragment thereof, whereby the fragment is preferably an INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 gene-specific fragment, for isolating or generating an agonist or stimulator of the INSP145, INSP146 or INSP147 polypeptide for the treatment of an immune related disorder, wherein said agonist or stimulator is selected from the group consisting of:
1. a specific antibody or fragment thereof including: a) a chimeric, b) a humanized or c) a fully human antibody, as well as; 2. a bispecific or multispecific antibody,
3. a single chain (e.g. scFv) or
4. single domain antibody, or
5. a peptide- or non-peptide mimetic derived from said antibodies or
6. an antibody-mimetic such as a) an anticalin or b) a fibronectin-based binding molecule (e.g. trinectin or adnectin).
The generation of peptide- or non-peptide mimetics from antibodies is known in the art (Saragovi et al, 1991 and Saragovi et al., 1992).
Anticalins are also known in the art (Vogt et al., 2004). Fibronectin-based binding molecules are described in US6818418 and WO2004029224. Furthermore, the test compound may be of various origin, nature and composition, such as any small molecule, nucleic acid, lipid, peptide, polypeptide including an antibody such as a chimeric, humanized or fully human antibody or an antibody fragment, peptide- or non- peptide mimetic derived therefrom as well as a bispecific or multispecific antibody, a single chain {e.g. scFv) or single domain antibody or an antibody-mimetic such as an anticalin or fibronectin-based binding molecule (e.g. trinectin or adnectin), etc., in isolated form or in mixture or combinations.
The invention also includes a screening kit useful in the methods for identifying agonists, antagonists, ligands, receptors, substrates, enzymes, that are described above.
The invention includes the agonists, antagonists, ligands, receptors, substrates and enzymes, and other compounds which modulate the activity or antigenicity of the polypeptide of the invention discovered by the methods that are described above.
As mentioned above, it is envisaged that the various moieties of the invention {i.e. the polypeptides of the first aspect of the invention, a nucleic acid molecule of the second or third aspect of the invention, a vector of the fourth aspect of the invention, a host cell of the fifth aspect of the invention, a ligand of the sixth aspect of the invention, a compound of the seventh aspect of the invention) may be useful in the therapy or diagnosis of diseases. To assess the utility of the moieties of the invention for treating or diagnosing a disease one or more of the following assays may be carried out. Note that although some of the following assays refer to the test compound as being a protein/polypeptide, a person skilled in the art will readily be able to adapt the following assays so that the other moieties of the invention may also be used as the "test compound".
The invention also provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a polypeptide, nucleic acid, ligand or compound of the invention in combination with a suitable pharmaceutical carrier. These compositions may be suitable as therapeutic or diagnostic reagents, as vaccines, or as other immunogenic compositions, as outlined in detail below. According to the terminology used herein, a composition containing a polypeptide, nucleic acid, ligand or compound [X] is "substantially free of impurities [herein, Y] when at least 85% by weight of the total X+Y in the composition is X. Preferably, X comprises at least about 90% by weight of the total of X+Y in the composition, more preferably at least about 95%, 98% or even 99% by weight. The pharmaceutical compositions should preferably comprise a therapeutically effective amount of the polypeptide, nucleic acid molecule, ligand, or compound of the invention. The term "therapeutically effective amount" as used herein refers to an amount of a therapeutic agent needed to treat, ameliorate, or prevent a targeted disease or condition, or to exhibit a detectable therapeutic or preventative effect. For any compound, the therapeutically effective dose can be estimated initially either in cell culture assays, for example, of neoplastic cells, or in animal models, usually mice, rabbits, dogs, or pigs. The animal model may also be used to determine the appropriate concentration range and route of administration. Such information can then be used to determine useful doses and routes for administration in humans.
The precise effective amount for a human subject will depend upon the severity of the disease state, general health of the subject, age, weight, and gender of the subject, diet, time and frequency of administration, drug combination(s), reaction sensitivities, and tolerance/response to therapy. This amount can be determined by routine experimentation and is within the judgement of the clinician. Generally, an effective dose will be from 0.01 mg/kg to 50 mg/kg, preferably 0.05 mg/kg to 10 mg/kg. Compositions may be administered individually to a patient or may be administered in combination with other agents, drugs or hormones.
A pharmaceutical composition may also contain a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, for administration of a therapeutic agent. Such carriers include antibodies and other polypeptides, genes and other therapeutic agents such as liposomes, provided that the carrier does not itself induce the production of antibodies harmful to the individual receiving the composition, and which may be administered without undue toxicity. Suitable carriers may be large, slowly metabolised macromolecules such as proteins, polysaccharides, polylactic acids, polyglycolic acids, polymeric amino acids, amino acid copolymers and inactive virus particles.
Pharmaceutically acceptable salts can be used therein, for example, mineral acid salts such as hydrochlorides, hydrobromides, phosphates, sulphates, and the like; and the salts of organic acids such as acetates, propionates, malonates, benzoates, and the like. A thorough discussion of pharmaceutically acceptable carriers is available in Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences (Mack Pub. Co., NJ. 1991).
Pharmaceutically acceptable carriers in therapeutic compositions may additionally contain liquids such as water, saline, glycerol and ethanol. Additionally, auxiliary substances, such as wetting or emulsifying agents, pH buffering substances, and the like, may be present in such compositions. Such carriers enable the pharmaceutical compositions to be formulated as tablets, pills, dragees, capsules, liquids, gels, syrups, slurries, suspensions, and the like, for ingestion by the patient.
Once formulated, the compositions of the invention can be administered directly to the subject. The subjects to be treated can be animals; in particular, human subjects can be treated.
The pharmaceutical compositions utilised in this invention may be administered by any number of routes including, but not limited to, oral, intravenous, intramuscular, intraarterial, intramedullary, intrathecal, intraventricular, transdermal or transcutaneous applications (for example, see WO98/20734), subcutaneous, intraperitoneal, intranasal, enteral, topical, sublingual, intravaginal or rectal means. Gene guns or hyposprays may also be used to administer the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention. Typically, the therapeutic compositions may be prepared as injectables, either as liquid solutions or suspensions; solid forms suitable for solution in, or suspension in, liquid vehicles prior to injection may also be prepared. Direct delivery of the compositions will generally be accomplished by injection, subcutaneously, intraperitoneally, intravenously or intramuscularly, or delivered to the interstitial space of a tissue. The compositions can also be administered into a lesion. Dosage treatment may be a single dose schedule or a multiple dose schedule.
If the activity of the polypeptide of the invention is in excess in a particular disease state, several approaches are available. One approach comprises administering to a subject an inhibitor compound (antagonist) as described above, along with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier in an amount effective to inhibit the function of the polypeptide, such as by blocking the binding of ligands, substrates, enzymes, receptors, or by inhibiting a second signal, and thereby alleviating the abnormal condition. Preferably, such antagonists are antibodies. Most preferably, such antibodies are chimeric and/or humanised to minimise their immunogenicity, as described previously.
In another approach, soluble forms of the polypeptide that retain binding affinity for the ligand, substrate, enzyme, receptor, in question, may be administered. Typically, the polypeptide may be administered in the form of fragments that retain the relevant portions. In an alternative approach, expression of the gene encoding the polypeptide can be inhibited using expression blocking techniques, such as the use of antisense nucleic acid molecules (as described above), either internally generated or separately administered. Modifications of gene expression can be obtained by designing complementary sequences or antisense molecules (DNA, RNA, or PNA) to the control, 5' or regulatory regions (signal sequence, promoters, enhancers and introns) of the gene encoding the polypeptide. Similarly, inhibition can be achieved using "triple helix" base-pairing methodology. Triple helix pairing is useful because it causes inhibition of the ability of the double helix to open sufficiently for the binding of polymerases, transcription factors, or regulatory molecules. Recent therapeutic advances using triplex DNA have been described in the literature (Gee, J.E. et al. (1994) In: Huber, B.E. and B.I. Carr, Molecular and Immunologic Approaches, Futura Publishing Co., Mt. Kisco, NY). The complementary sequence or antisense molecule may also be designed to block translation of mRNA by preventing the transcript from binding to ribosomes. Such oligonucleotides may be administered or may be generated in situ from expression in vivo.
In addition, expression of the polypeptide of the invention may be prevented by using ribozymes specific to its encoding mRNA sequence. Ribozymes are catalytically active RNAs that can be natural or synthetic (see for example Usman, N, et al, Curr. Opin. Struct. Biol (1996) 6(4), 527-33). Synthetic ribozymes can be designed to specifically cleave mRNAs at selected positions thereby preventing translation of the mRNAs into functional polypeptide. Ribozymes may be synthesised with a natural ribose phosphate backbone and natural bases, as normally found in RNA molecules. Alternatively the ribozymes may be synthesised with non-natural backbones, for example, 2'-O-methyl RNA5 to provide protection from ribonuclease degradation and may contain modified bases.
RNA molecules may be modified to increase intracellular stability and half-life. Possible modifications include, but are not limited to, the addition of flanking sequences at the 5' and/or 3' ends of the molecule or the use of phosphorothioate or 2' O-methyl rather than phosphodiesterase linkages within the backbone of the molecule. This concept is inherent in the production of PNAs and can be extended in all of these molecules by the inclusion of non-traditional bases such as inosine, queosine and butosine, as well as acetyl-, methyl-, thio- and similarly modified forms of adenine, cytidine, guanine, thymine and uridine which are not as easily recognised by endogenous endonucleases.
For treating abnormal conditions related to an under-expression of the polypeptide of the invention and its activity, several approaches are also available. One approach comprises administering to a subject a therapeutically effective amount of a compound that activates the polypeptide, i.e., an agonist as described above, to alleviate the abnormal condition. Alternatively, a therapeutic amount of the polypeptide in combination with a suitable pharmaceutical carrier may be administered to restore the relevant physiological balance of polypeptide. Gene therapy may be employed to effect the endogenous production of the polypeptide by the relevant cells in the subject. Gene therapy is used to treat permanently the inappropriate production of the polypeptide by replacing a defective gene with a corrected therapeutic gene.
Gene therapy of the present invention can occur in vivo or ex vivo. Ex vivo gene therapy requires the isolation and purification of patient cells, the introduction of a therapeutic gene and introduction of the genetically altered cells back into the patient. In contrast, in vivo gene therapy does not require isolation and purification of a patient's cells.
The therapeutic gene is typically "packaged" for administration to a patient. Gene delivery vehicles may be non-viral, such as liposomes, or replication-deficient viruses, such as adenovirus as described by Berkner, K.L., in Curr. Top. Microbiol. Immunol., 158, 39-66 (1992) or adeno-associated virus (AAV) vectors as described by Muzyczka, N., in Curr. Top. Microbiol. Immunol, 158, 97-129 (1992) and U.S. Patent No. 5,252,479. For example, a nucleic acid molecule encoding a polypeptide of the invention may be engineered for expression in a replication-defective retroviral vector. This expression construct may then be isolated and introduced into a packaging cell transduced with a retroviral plasmid vector containing RNA encoding the polypeptide, such that the packaging cell now produces infectious viral particles containing the gene of interest. These producer cells may be administered to a subject for engineering cells in vivo and expression of the polypeptide in vivo (see Chapter 20, Gene Therapy and other Molecular Genetic-based Therapeutic Approaches, (and references cited therein) in Human Molecular Genetics (1996), T Strachan and A P Read, BIOS Scientific Publishers Ltd).
Another approach is the administration of "naked DNA" in which the therapeutic gene is directly injected into the bloodstream or muscle tissue.
In situations in which the polypeptides or nucleic acid molecules of the invention are disease-causing agents, the invention provides that they can be used in vaccines to raise antibodies against the disease causing agent.
Vaccines according to the invention may either be prophylactic (i.e. to prevent infection) or therapeutic (i.e. to treat disease after infection). Such vaccines comprise immunising antigen(s), immunogen(s), polypeptide(s), protein(s) or nucleic acid, usually in combination with pharmaceutically-acceptable carriers as described above, which include any carrier that does not itself induce the production of antibodies harmful to the individual receiving the composition. Additionally, these carriers may function as immunostimulating agents ("adjuvants"). Furthermore, the antigen or immunogen may be conjugated to a bacterial toxoid, such as a toxoid from diphtheria, tetanus, cholera, H. pylori, and other pathogens.
Since polypeptides may be broken down in the stomach, vaccines comprising polypeptides are preferably administered parenterally (for instance, subcutaneous, intramuscular, intravenous, or intradermal injection). Formulations suitable for parenteral administration include aqueous and non-aqueous sterile injection solutions which may contain antioxidants, buffers, bacteriostats and solutes which render the formulation isotonic with the blood of the recipient, and aqueous and non-aqueous sterile suspensions which may include suspending agents or thickening agents.
The vaccine formulations of the invention may be presented in unit-dose or multi-dose containers. For example, sealed ampoules and vials and may be stored in a freeze-dried condition requiring only the addition of the sterile liquid carrier immediately prior to use. The dosage will depend on the specific activity of the vaccine and can be readily determined by routine experimentation.
Genetic delivery of antibodies that bind to polypeptides according to the invention may also be effected, for example, as described in International patent application WO98/55607.
The technology referred to as jet injection (see, for example, www.powderject.com) may also be useful in the formulation of vaccine compositions. A number of suitable methods for vaccination and vaccine delivery systems are described in International patent application WO00/29428.
This invention also relates to the use of nucleic acid molecules according to the present invention as diagnostic reagents. Detection of a mutated form of the gene characterised by the nucleic acid molecules of the invention which is associated with a dysfunction will provide a diagnostic tool that can add to, or define, a diagnosis of a disease, or susceptibility to a disease, which results from under-expression, over-expression or altered spatial or temporal expression of the gene. Individuals carrying mutations in the gene may be detected at the DNA level by a variety of techniques.
Nucleic acid molecules for diagnosis may be obtained from a subject's cells, such as from blood, urine, saliva, tissue biopsy or autopsy material. The genomic DNA may be used directly for detection or may be amplified enzymatically by using PCR, ligase chain reaction (LCR), strand displacement amplification (SDA), or other amplification techniques (see Saiki et al, Nature, 324, 163-166 (1986); Bej, et al, Crit. Rev. Biochem. Molec. Biol, 26, 301-334 (1991); Birkenmeyer et al, J. Virol. Meth., 35, 117-126 (1991); Van Brunt, J., Bio/Technology, 8, 291-294 (1990)) prior to analysis.
In one embodiment, this aspect of the invention provides a method of diagnosing a disease in a patient, comprising assessing the level of expression of a natural gene encoding a polypeptide according to the invention and comparing said level of expression to a control level, wherein a level that is different to said control level is indicative of disease. The method may comprise the steps of: a)contacting a sample of tissue from the patient with a nucleic acid probe under stringent conditions that allow the formation of a hybrid complex between a nucleic acid molecule of the invention and the probe; b)contacting a control sample with said probe under the same conditions used in step a); c)and detecting the presence of hybrid complexes in said samples; wherein detection of levels of the hybrid complex in the patient sample that differ from levels of the hybrid complex in the control sample is indicative of disease.
A further aspect of the invention comprises a diagnostic method comprising the steps of: a)obtaining a tissue sample from a patient being tested for disease; b)isolating a nucleic acid molecule according to the invention from said tissue sample; and c)diagnosing the patient for disease by detecting the presence of a mutation in the nucleic acid molecule which is associated with disease.
To aid the detection of nucleic acid molecules in the above-described methods, an amplification step, for example using PCR, may be included.
A further aspect of the invention comprises a diagnostic method comprising the steps of: a) obtaining a tissue sample from a patient being tested for disease; 6 004027
71 b) isolating a nucleic acid molecule according to the invention from said tissue sample; and c) diagnosing the patient for disease by detecting the presence of a mutation in the nucleic acid molecule which is associated with disease.
To aid the detection of nucleic acid molecules in the above-described methods, an amplification step, for example using PCR, may be included. Suitable probes are discussed in some detail above.
Deletions and insertions can be detected by a change in the size of the amplified product in comparison to the normal genotype. Point mutations can be identified by hybridizing amplified DNA to labelled RNA of the invention or alternatively, labelled antisense DNA sequences of the invention. Perfectly-matched sequences can be distinguished from mismatched duplexes by RNase digestion or by assessing differences in melting temperatures. The presence or absence of the mutation in the patient may be detected by contacting DNA with a nucleic acid probe that hybridises to the DNA under stringent conditions to form a hybrid double-stranded molecule, the hybrid double-stranded molecule having an unhybridised portion of the nucleic acid probe strand at any portion corresponding to a mutation associated with disease; and detecting the presence or absence of an unhybridised portion of the probe strand as an indication of the presence or absence of a disease-associated mutation in the corresponding portion of the DNA strand.
Such diagnostics are particularly useful for prenatal and even neonatal testing. Point mutations and other sequence differences between the reference gene and "mutant" genes can be identified by other well-known techniques, such as direct DNA sequencing or single-strand conformational polymorphism, (see Orita et ah, Genomics, 5, 874-879 (1989)). For example, a sequencing primer may be used with double-stranded PCR product or a single-stranded template molecule generated by a modified PCR. The sequence determination is performed by conventional procedures with radiolabeled nucleotides or by automatic sequencing procedures with fluorescent-tags. Cloned DNA segments may also be used as probes to detect specific DNA segments. The sensitivity of this method is greatly enhanced when combined with PCR. Further, point mutations and other sequence variations, such as polymorphisms, can be detected as described above, for example, through the use of allele-specific oligonucleotides for PCR amplification of sequences that differ by single nucleotides.
DNA sequence differences may also be detected by alterations in the electrophoretic mobility of DNA fragments in gels, with or without denaturing agents, or by direct DNA sequencing (for example, Myers et ah, Science (1985) 230:1242). Sequence changes at specific locations may also be revealed by nuclease protection assays, such as RNase and Sl protection or the chemical cleavage method (see Cotton et ah, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA (1985) 85: 4397-4401).
In addition to conventional gel electrophoresis and DNA sequencing, mutations such as microdeletions, aneuploidies, translocations, inversions, can also be detected by in situ analysis (see, for example, Keller et ah, DNA Probes, 2nd Ed., Stockton Press, New York, N. Y., USA (1993)), that is, DNA or RNA sequences in cells can be analysed for mutations without need for their isolation and/or immobilisation onto a membrane. Fluorescence in situ hybridization (FISH) is presently the most commonly applied method and numerous reviews of FISH have appeared (see, for example, Trachuck et ah, Science, 250, 559-562 (1990), and Trask et ah, Trends, Genet, 7, 149-154 (1991)).
In another embodiment of the invention, an array of oligonucleotide probes comprising a nucleic acid molecule according to the invention can be constructed to conduct efficient screening of genetic variants, mutations and polymorphisms. Array technology methods are well known and have general applicability and can be used to address a variety of questions in molecular genetics including gene expression, genetic linkage, and genetic variability (see for example: M.Chee et ah, Science (1996), VoI 274, pp 610-613). In one embodiment, the array is prepared and used according to the methods described in PCT application WO95/11995 (Chee et al); Lockhart, D. J. et a (1996) Nat. Biotech. 14: 1675-1680); and Schena, M. et ah (1996) Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. 93: 10614-10619). Oligonucleotide pairs may range from two to over one million. The oligomers are synthesized at designated areas on a substrate using a light-directed chemical process. The substrate may be paper, nylon or other type of membrane, filter, chip, glass slide or any other suitable solid support. In another aspect, an oligonucleotide may be synthesized on the surface of the substrate by using a chemical coupling procedure and an ink jet application apparatus, as described in PCT application W095/25116 (Baldeschweiler et al). In another aspect, a "gridded" array analogous to a dot (or slot) blot may be used to arrange and link cDNA fragments or oligonucleotides to the surface of a substrate using a vacuum system, thermal, UV, mechanical or chemical bonding procedures. An array, such as those described above, may be produced by hand or by using available devices (slot blot or dot blot apparatus), materials (any suitable solid support), and machines (including robotic instruments), and may contain 8, 24, 96, 384, 1536 or 6144 oligonucleotides, or any other number between two and over one million which lends itself to the efficient use of commercially-available instrumentation.
In addition to the methods discussed above, diseases may be diagnosed by methods comprising determining, from a sample derived from a subject, an abnormally decreased or increased level of polypeptide or mRNA. Decreased or increased expression can be measured at the RNA level using any of the methods well known in the art for the quantitation of polynucleotides, such as, for example, nucleic acid amplification, for instance PCR, RT-PCR, RNase protection, Northern blotting and other hybridization methods.
Assay techniques that can be used to determine levels of a polypeptide of the present invention in a sample derived from a host are well-known to those of skill in the art and are discussed in some detail above (including radioimmunoassays, competitive-binding assays, Western Blot analysis and ELISA assays). This aspect of the invention provides a diagnostic method which comprises the steps of: (a) contacting a ligand as described above with a biological sample under conditions suitable for the formation of a ligand- polypeptide complex; and (b) detecting said complex.
Protocols such as ELISA, RIA, and FACS for measuring polypeptide levels may additionally provide a basis for diagnosing altered or abnormal levels of polypeptide expression. Normal or standard values for polypeptide expression are established by combining body fluids or cell extracts taken from normal mammalian subjects, preferably humans, with antibody to the polypeptide under conditions suitable for complex formation The amount of standard complex formation may be quantified by various methods, such as by photometric means. Antibodies which specifically bind to a polypeptide of the invention may be used for the diagnosis of conditions or diseases characterised by expression of the polypeptide, or in assays to monitor patients being treated with the polypeptides, nucleic acid molecules, ligands and other compounds of the invention. Antibodies useful for diagnostic purposes may be prepared in the same manner as those described above for therapeutics. Diagnostic assays for the polypeptide include methods that utilise the antibody and a label to detect the polypeptide in human body fluids or extracts of cells or tissues. The antibodies may be used with or without modification, and may be labelled by joining them, either covalently B2006/004027
74 or non-covalently, with a reporter molecule. A wide variety of reporter molecules known in the art may be used, several of which are described above.
Quantities of polypeptide expressed in subject, control and disease samples from biopsied tissues are compared with the standard values. Deviation between standard and subject values establishes the parameters for diagnosing disease. Diagnostic assays may be used to distinguish between absence, presence, and excess expression of polypeptide and to monitor regulation of polypeptide levels during therapeutic intervention. Such assays may also be used to evaluate the efficacy of a particular therapeutic treatment regimen in animal studies, in clinical trials or in monitoring the treatment of an individual patient. A diagnostic kit of the present invention may comprise:
(a) a nucleic acid molecule of the present invention;
(b) a polypeptide of the present invention; or
(c) a ligand of the present invention.
In one aspect of the invention, a diagnostic kit may comprise a first container containing a nucleic acid probe that hybridises under stringent conditions with a nucleic acid molecule according to the invention; a second container containing primers useful for amplifying the nucleic acid molecule; and instructions for using the probe and primers for facilitating the diagnosis of disease. The kit may further comprise a third container holding an agent for digesting unhybridised RNA. In an alternative aspect of the invention, a diagnostic kit may comprise an array of nucleic acid molecules, at least one of which may be a nucleic acid molecule according to the invention.
To detect polypeptide according to the invention, a diagnostic kit may comprise one or more antibodies that bind to a polypeptide according to the invention; and a reagent useful for the detection of a binding reaction between the antibody and the polypeptide.
Such kits will be of use in diagnosing a disease or susceptibility to disease in which I- domain containing proteins are implicated. Such diseases may include cell proliferative disorders, including neoplasm, melanoma, lung, colorectal, breast, pancreas, head and neck and other solid tumours; myeloproliferative disorders, such as leukemia, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, leukopenia, thrombocytopenia, angiogenesis disorder, Kaposis' sarcoma; autoimmune/inflammatory disorders, including allergy, inflammatory bowel disease, arthritis, psoriasis and respiratory tract inflammation, asthma, and organ transplant rejection; cardiovascular disorders, including hypertension, oedema, angina, atherosclerosis, thrombosis, sepsis, shock, reperfusion injury, and ischemia; neurological disorders including central nervous system disease, Alzheimer's disease, brain injury, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, and pain; developmental disorders; metabolic disorders including diabetes mellitus, osteoporosis, and obesity, AIDS and renal disease; infections including viral infection, bacterial infection, fungal infection and parasitic infection and other pathological conditions. Preferably, the diseases are those in which vWFA-domain containing proteins are implicated. Such kits may also be used for the detection of reproductive disorders including infertility.
Such kits may also be of use in diagnosing a disease or susceptibility to disease including Autoimmune neuropathies (Inflammatory demyelinating neuropathy, Acute inflammatory demyelinating neuropathy e.g. Guillain-Barre Syndrome (acute inflammatory demyelinating polyradiculoneuropathy)), Metabolic neuropathies (Diabetic polyneuropathy, Uremic neuropathy, Hypothyroid neuropathy, Hepatic neuropathy, Porphyric neuropathy, Neuropathy associated with multiorgan failure and sepsis), Nutritional neuropathies (Alcoholic neuropathy, Beriberi, Neuropathy related to Vit. B 12 deficiency, Neuropathy related to VitE deficiency, Neuropathy related to postgastrectomy state, Neuropathy related to Celiac disease), Ischemic neuropathies (Vasculitic neuropathy, Neuropathy of peripheral vascular disease, Diabetic mononeuropathy and polyneuropathy), Toxic neuropathy, Paraneoplastic neuropathy, Amyloid neuropathy, Paraproteinemic neuropathy, Inherited neuropathy, Neuropathy associated with infections (Herpes zoster, Leprosy, Diphteria, HIV, Lyme), Sarcoid Neuropathy, Radiation Neuropathy, Traumatic Neuropathy, Cryptogenic Neuropathy), Infectious polyneuropathies (Leprosy, Diphtheria, Varicella-zoster virus), Hereditary neuropathies (herediatry motor and sensory neuropathies (HMSN), hereditary sensory and autonomic neurpathies (HSAN), Familial amyloid polyneuropathies), Acquired metabolic and toxic neuropathies (Peripheral neuropathy in adult-onset diabetes mellitus), Neuropathies associated with malignancy (Subacute cerebellar degeneration, Limbic encephalitis, brain stem encephalitis, Subacute sensory neuropathy, Opsoclonus/myoclonus, Retinal degeneration, Stiff-man syndrome, Lambert-Eaton myastenic Syndrome), Traumatic neuropathies (Traumatic neuroma, Morton neuroma), Tumours of the peripheral nerves (Schwannoma, Neurofibroma, Malignant nerve sheath tumour). Various aspects and embodiments of the present invention will now be described in more detail by way of example, with particular reference to the INSP 145, INSP 146 and INSP 147 polypeptides.
It will be appreciated that modification of detail may be made without departing from the scope of the invention.
Brief description of the Figures
Figure 1: Top ten results from BLAST against NCBI non-redundant database using SEQ ID NO:72 (INSP145 full protein sequence).
Figure 2: NCBI-CDD analysis of INSP 145 (All black boxes are: pfamO1391, Collagen, Collagen triple helix repeat (20 copies). Members of this family belong to the collagen superfamily. Collagens are generally extracellular structural proteins involved in formation of connective tissue structure. The alignment contains 20 copies of the G-X-Y repeat that forms a triple helix. The first position of the repeat is glycine, the second and third positions can be any residue but are frequently proline and hydroxyproline. Collagens are post translationally modified by proline hydroxylase to form the hydroxyproline residues.
Defective hydroxylation is the cause of scurvy. Some members of the collagen superfamily are not involved in connective tissue structure but share the same triple helical structure.)
Figure 3: Top ten results from BLAST against NCBI non-redundant database using SEQ ID NO: 108 (INSP146 full protein sequence). Figure 4: NCBI-CDD analysis of INSP146 (All black boxes are: pfam01391, Collagen, Collagen triple helix repeat (20 copies). Members of this family belong to the collagen superfamily. Collagens are generally extracellular structural proteins involved in formation of connective tissue structure. The alignment contains 20 copies of the G-X-Y repeat that forms a triple helix. The first position of the repeat is glycine, the second and third positions can be any residue but are frequently proline and hydroxyproline. Collagens are post translationally modified by proline hydroxylase to form the hydroxyproline residues. Defective hydroxylation is the cause of scurvy. Some members of the collagen superfamily are not involved in connective tissue structure but share the same triple helical structure.)
Figure 5: Top ten results from BLAST against NCBI non-redundant database using SEQ ID NO:182 (INSP147 full protein sequence). Figure 6: NCBI-CDD analysis of INSP147 (All black boxes are: pfamO1391, Collagen, Collagen triple helix repeat (20 copies). Members of this family belong to the collagen superfamily. Collagens are generally extracellular structural proteins involved in formation of connective tissue structure. The alignment contains 20 copies of the G-X-Y repeat that forms a triple helix. The first position of the repeat is glycine, the second and third positions can be any residue but are frequently proline and hydroxyproline. Collagens are post translationally modified by proline hydroxylase to form the hydroxyproline residues. Defective hydroxylation is the cause of scurvy. Some members of the collagen superfamily are not involved in connective tissue structure but share the same triple helical structure.) Figure 7: INSP 145 with translation of the predicted coding sequence showing the positions of PCR primers for amplification of vWFA domains 8 and 9.
Figure 8: INSP145-AP1/INSP145-AP2 PCR product showing PCR primers used for addition of the first 24 amino acids of the cds encompassing the signal peptide.
Figure 9: Amino acid alignment of INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147. Figure 10: Schematic representation of cloned INSP145, INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147.
Figure 11: Schematic representation of collagen alpha chains and INSP145.
TABLEl
Figure imgf000079_0001
TABLE 2
Figure imgf000080_0001
P T/GB2006/004027
80
TABLE 4
Figure imgf000081_0001
6 004027
81
Examples
Example 1 INSP145
The polypeptide sequence derived from combining SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO:8, SEQ ID NO.10, SEQ ID NO:12, SEQ ID NO:14, SEQ ID NO:16, SEQ ID NO.l 8, SEQ ID NO:20, SEQ ID NO:22, SEQ ID NO.24, SEQ ID NO:26, SEQ ID NO.28, SEQ ID NO:30, SEQ ID NO:32, SEQ ID NO:34, SEQ ID NO:36; SEQ ID NO:38, SEQ ID NO:405 SEQ ID NO:425 SEQ ID NO:44, SEQ ID NO:46, SEQ ID NO:48, SEQ ID NO:50; SEQ ID NO:52; SEQ ID NO:54, SEQ ID NO:56, SEQ ID NO:58, SEQ ID NO:60, SEQ ID NO:62, SEQ ID NO.64, SEQ ID NO:66, SEQ ID NO:68, SEQ ID NO:70 is SEQ ID NO:72 which represents the translation of consecutive exons from INSP 145. This polypeptide sequence was used as a query for a BLASTp of the NCBI non-redundant database. The top ten matches represent sequences of the collagen family members (Figure 1). As can be seen in Figure 1 , the top hit is an alpha 3 type VI collagen protein.
Further analysis using NCBI-CDD (see Figure 2) which looks for conserved domains within protein sequences identifies a Von Willebrand factor, type A (VWA) domain. This VWA domain has been shown to fold like an integrin I-domain. The domain adopts a classic alpha/beta Rossman fold and contains an unusual metal ion-dependent adhesion site (MIDAS) for binding protein ligands.
Example 2 INSP146 The polypeptide sequence derived from combining SEQ ID NO:74, SEQ ID NO:76, SEQ ID NO:78, SEQ ID NO:80, SEQ ID NO:82, SEQ ID NO:84, SEQ ID NO:86, SEQ ID NO:88, SEQ ID NO:90; SEQ ID NO:92, SEQ ID NO:94, SEQ ID NO:96, SEQ ID NO:98, SEQ ID NO:100, SEQ ID NO:102, SEQ ID NO:104, SEQ ID NO.106 is SEQ ID NO:108 which represents the translation of consecutive exons from INSP146. This polypeptide sequence was used as a query for a BLASTp of the NCBI non-redundant database. The top ten matches represent sequences of the collagen family members (Figure 3). As can be seen in Figure 3, the top hit is alpha 3 type VI collagen protein.
Further analysis using NCBI-CDD (see Figure 4) identifies a Von Willebrand factor, type A (VWA) domain. This VWA domain has been shown to fold like an integrin I-domain. The domain adopts a classic alpha/beta Rossman fold and contains an unusual metal ion- dependent adhesion site (MIDAS) for binding protein ligands.
Example 3 INSP147 The polypeptide sequence derived from combining SEQ ID NO:110, SEQ ID NO: 112, SEQ ID NO:114, SEQ ID NO: 116, SEQ ID NO:118, SEQ ID NO:120, SEQ ID NO:1225 SEQ ID NO:124, SEQ ID NO:126; SEQ ID NO:128, SEQ ID NO:130, SEQ ID NO:132, SEQ ID NO:134, SEQ ID NO:136, SEQ ID NO:138, SEQ ID NO:140, SEQ ID NO:142; SEQ ID NO:144, SEQ ID NO:146, SEQ ID NO:148, SEQ ID NO:150, SEQ ID NO:152, SEQ ID NO:154, SEQ ID NO:156, SEQ ID NO:158, SEQ ID NO:160, SEQ ID NO:162, SEQ ID NO:164, SEQ ID NO:166, SEQ ID NO:168, SEQ ID NO:170, SEQ ID NO:172, SEQ ID NO:174; SEQ ID NO:76, SEQ ID NO:178, SEQ ID NO:180 is SEQ ID NO:182 which represents the translation of consecutive exons from INSP 147. TMs polypeptide sequence was used as a query for a BLASTp of the NCBI non-redundant database. The top ten matches represent sequences of the collagen family members (Figure 5). As can be seen in Figure 4, the top hit is alpha 3 type VI collagen protein.
Further analysis using NCBI-CDD (see Figure 6) identifies a Von Willebrand factor, type A (VWA) domain. This VWA domain has been shown to fold like an integrin I-domain. The domain adopts a classic alpha/beta Rossman fold and contains an unusual metal ion- dependent adhesion site (MIDAS) for binding protein ligands.
Example 4 Cloning of INSP145 signal peptide and vWFA domains 8&9 from cDNA template derived from pancreas
The vWFA domains 8 and 9 common to INSP145 and INSP147 were cloned. The vWFA domains 8 and 9 are located in exons 31 and 33 of the INSP 145 sequence.
4.1 Preparation of human cDN A templates
Human cDNA templates were prepared from a variety of normal human tissue total RNA samples (Clontech, Stratagene, Ambion, Biochain Institute and in-house preparations) using Superscript II RNase H' Reverse Transcriptase (Invitrogen) according to the manufacturer's protocol. The following solution was prepared in a 1.5 ml Eppendorf tube:
Oligo (dT)i5 primer (lμl at 500 μg/ml) (Promega),
2 μg human total RNA,
1 μl 10 mM dNTP mix (10 mM each of dATP, dGTP, dCTP and dTTP at neutral pH) sterile distilled water to a final volume of 12 μl. The solution was then heated to 65 "C for 5 min and then chilled on ice. The contents were collected by brief centrifugation and 4μl of 5X First-Strand Buffer, 2 μl 0.1 M DTT, and 1 μl RnaseOUT Recombinant Ribonuclease Inhibitor (40 units/μl, Invitrogen) were added. The contents of the tube were mixed gently and incubated at 42°C for 2 min; then lμl (200 units) of Superscript II enzyme was added and mixed gently by pipetting. The mixture was incubated at 42°C for 50 min and then inactivated by heating at 70°C for 15 min. To remove RNA complementary to the cDNA, 1 μil (2 units) of E. coli RNase H (Invitrogen) was added and the reaction mixture incubated at 37°C for 20 min. The final 2 lμl reaction mix was diluted by adding 179μl sterile water to give a total volume of 200μl. RNA samples used as PCR templates for the cloning of INSP 145 vWFA domains 8&9 were derived from human normal adult pancreas, breast, testis and ovary.
4.2 Cloning primers for PCR
One pair of PCR primers (INSP145-AP1/INSP145-AP2, Table 3) having a length of between 18 and 25 bases were designed for amplifying a region of the virtual cDNA containing vWFA domains 8 and 9 of the prediction, using Primer Designer Software (Scientific & Educational Software, PO Box 72045, Durham, NC 27722-2045, USA). PCR primers were optimized to have a Tm close to 55 ± 100C and a GC content of 40-60%. Primers were selected which had high selectivity for the target sequence (INSP 145) with little or no none specific priming. Gene-specific cloning primers (INSPl 45-AP 1 and INSP145-AP2, Table 3) were designed to amplify a cDNA fragment of 1174 bp spanning vWFA domains 8 and 9 of the predicted INSP 145 sequence from human cDNA templates. The primer pair was used with the human cDNA samples described above as PCR templates.
Table 3: INSP145 cloning and sequencing primers
Figure imgf000084_0001
Underlined sequence = Kozak sequence Bold = Stop codon
Italic sequence = His tag 4.3 PCR amplification of vWFA domains 8 and 9
The PCR was performed in a final volume of 50μl containing: IX Platinum® Tαq High Fidelity (HiFi) buffer 2 mM MgSO4, 200μM dNTPs 10 pmoles of each cloning primer 2.5 units of Platinum® Tαq DNA Polymerase High Fidelity (HiFi) (Invitrogen) 20 ng of cDNA template
Varying amounts of PCR Enhancer™ solution (Invitrogen) (final concentrations OX, 0.5X, IX, 2X Enhancer™ solution).
Cycling was performed using an MJ Research DNA Engine, programmed as follows: 94°C, 2 min; 40 cycles of 94°C, 30 sec, 570C, 30 sec, and 68°C, 2 min; followed by 1 cycle at 68°C for 7 min and a holding cycle at 4°C.
30μl of each amplification product was visualized on a 0.8% agarose gel in 1 X TAE buffer (Invitrogen). Products of the expected molecular weight were purified from the gel using the Wizard® PCR Preps DNA Purification System (Promega). The products were eluted in 30 μl of water and stored at -2O0C before subcloning.
4.4 Subcloning of PCR products
The PCR products were subcloned into the topoisomerase I modified cloning vector (pCR4-TOPO) using the TA cloning kit purchased from the Invitrogen Corporation using the conditions specified by the manufacturer. Briefly, 4μl of gel purified PCR product was incubated for 15 min at room temperature with lμl of TOPO vector and lμl salt solution. The reaction mixture was then transformed into E. coli strain TOPlO (Invitrogen) as follows: a 50μd aliquot of One Shot TOPlO cells was thawed on ice and 2μl of TOPO reaction was added. The mixture was incubated for 15 min on ice and then heat shocked by incubation at 420C for exactly 30s. Samples were returned to ice and 250μl of warm (room temperature) SOC media was added. Samples were incubated with shaking (220 rpm) for Ih at 37°C. The transformation mixture was then plated on L-broth (LB) plates containing ampicillin (100 μg/ml) and incubated overnight at 37°C. Colonies were inoculated into 50μl sterile water using a sterile toothpick. A lOμl aliquot of the inoculum was then subjected to PCR using an MJ Research DNA Engine in a total reaction volume of 20μl containing:
IX AmpliTaq® buffer 200μM dNTPs 20 pmoles of T7 primer 20 pmoles of T3 primer 1 unit of AmpliTaq® (Applied Biosystems).
The cycling conditions were as follows: 94°C, 2 min; 30 cycles of 94°C, 30 sec, 48°C, 30 sec and 72°C for 1 min 30 sec. Samples were maintained at 4°C (holding cycle) before further analysis.
PCR reaction products were analyzed on 1% agarose gel in 1 X TAE buffer. Colonies which gave PCR products of the expected molecular weight (1174 bp + 105 bp of the multiple cloning site (MCS) were grown up overnight at 37°C in 5 ml L-Broth (LB) containing ampicillin (lOOμg /ml), with shaking at 220 rpm. 4.5 Plasmid DNA preparation and sequencing Miniprep plasmid DNA was prepared from the 5 ml culture using a Qiaprep Turbo 9600 robotic system (Qiagen), a Biorobot 8000 robotic system (Qiagen) or Wizard Plus SV Minipreps kit (Promega cat. no. 1460) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Plasmid DNA was eluted in 80μl of sterile water. The DNA concentration was measured using an Eppendorf BO photometer or Spectramax 190 photometer (Molecular Devices). Plasmid DNA (200-500ng) was subjected to DNA sequencing with the T7 primer and T3 primer using the BigDye Terminator system (Applied Biosystems cat. no. 4390246) according to the manufacturer's instructions. The primer sequences are shown in Table 3. Sequencing reactions were purified using Dye-Ex columns (Qiagen) or Montage SEQ 96 cleanup plates (Millipore cat. no. LSKS09624) then analyzed on an Applied Biosystems 3700 sequencer.
Sequence analysis identified a clone, amplified from pancreas cDNA, which contained the expected product sequence (Figure 7). The plasmid generated is pCR4-TOPO-INSP145 vWFA domains 8&9. An additional pair of PCR primers, INSP145-AP3 and INSP145-AP4, was designed to amplify the cloned portion of INSP 145 at the same time adding 12 amino acids onto the 5' end of the sequence (Table 3, Figure 8). A further PCR primer, INSP145-AP5, was designed to be used with primer INSP145-AP4 to amplify this product and add yet another 12 amino acids onto its 5' end (Figure 8). This would create a product which contained the first 24 amino acids of the INSP145 sequence cloned upstream of the vWFA domains 8&9 (Table 3, Figure 8). The signal peptide only actually represented the first 17 amino acids of the prediction - the additional 7 amino acids were added to ensure cleavage at the predicted position.
The clone identified above, plasmid pCR4-TOPO-INSP145 vWFA domains 8&9, was used as the template for PCR in a final reaction volume of 50 μl containing:
2X Platinum® PJx buffer 1.5 μl dNTPs (1OmM)
1 μl MgSO4 (5OmM) 1.5 μl INSP145-AP3 (lOμM) 1.5 μl INSP145-AP4 (lOμM) 0.5 μl Platinum® PJx DNA polymerase (2.5 U/μl) 55ng of plasmid DNA.
PCR was performed using an MJ Research DNA Engine, programmed as follows: 94°C, 5 min; 12 cycles of 94°C, 15 sec, 68°C, 1 min 30 sec; followed by 1 cycle at 68°C for 7 min and a holding cycle at 4°C.
The PCR products were purified directly using the Wizard® SV PCR Clean-Up System (Promega) and eluted in 50μl water. 10 μl of the purified PCR product was used as template for the next PCR in a final reaction volume of 50μl containing:
IX Platinum® Taq High Fidelity (HiFi) buffer 2 mM MgSO4 200 μM dNTPs 10 pmoles of INSPl 45-AP5 10 pmoles of INSPl 45-AP4 0.2 μl Platinum® Taq DNA Polymerase High Fidelity (HiFi, 5 U/μl) (Invitrogen). Cycling was performed using an MJ Research DNA Engine, programmed as follows: 94°C, 2 min; 25 cycles of 94°C, 30 sec, 60°C, 30 sec, and 68°C, 1 min 30 sec; followed by 1 cycle at 68°C for 7 min and a holding cycle at 4°C.
AU 50μl of the amplification product was visualized on a 0.8% agarose gel in 1 X TAE buffer (Invitrogen). A product of the expected molecular weight (1236 bp) was purified from the gel using the Wizard® PCR Preps DNA Purification System (Promega), eluted in 50 μl of water and subcloned directly.
The PCR product was subcloned into the topoisomerase I modified cloning vector (pCR4- TOPO) using the cloning kit purchased from the Invitrogen Corporation using the conditions specified by the manufacturer. Briefly, 4μl of gel purified PCR product was incubated for 15 min at room temperature with lμl of TOPO vector and 1 μl salt solution. The reaction mixture was then transformed into E. coli strain TOPlO (Invitrogen) as follows: a 50μl aliquot of One Shot TOPlO cells was thawed on ice and 2μl of TOPO reaction was added. The mixture was incubated for 15 min on ice and then heat shocked by incubation at 42°C for exactly 30s. Samples were returned to ice and 250μl of warm (room temperature) SOC media was added. Samples were incubated with shaking (220 rpm) for Ih at 37°C. The transformation mixture was then plated on L-broth (LB) plates containing ampicillin (lOOμg/ml) and incubated overnight at 37°C. Eight colonies were then each inoculated into 5 ml L-Broth (LB) containing ampicillin (100 μg /ml) and grown up overnight at 370C with shaking at 220 rpm.
Miniprep plasmid DNA was prepared from the 5 ml cultures using a QIAprep Spin Miniprep kit (Qiagen), according to the manufacturer's instructions. Plasmid DNA was eluted in 50μl of EB buffer (1OmM Tris.Cl, pH 8.5). The DNA concentration was measured using an Eppendorf BO photometer or Spectramax 190 photometer (Molecular Devices). Plasmid DNA (200-500 ng) was subjected to DNA sequencing with the T7 and T3 primers using the BigDye Terminator system (Applied Biosystems cat. no. 4390246) according to the manufacturer's instructions. The primer sequences are shown in Table 3. Sequencing reactions were purified using Dye-Ex columns (Qiagen) or Montage SEQ 96 cleanup plates (Millipore cat. no. LSKS09624) then analyzed on an Applied Biosystems 3700 sequencer.
Sequence analysis identified a clone containing a 100% match to the expected sequence. The sequence of the cloned cDNA fragment is shown in Figure 2. The plasmid generated is pCR4-TOPO-INSP145 SigPep (Signal Peptide) + vWFA domains 8&9. The signal peptide is shown in figure 8 (MLLILFL VIICSHISVN). Example 5. Construction of plasmids for the expression of INSP145 vWFA domains 8 and 9
The plasmid pCR4-TOPO-INSP145 SigPep + vWFA domains 8&9 was used as PCR template to generate mammalian cell expression vectors pEAK12d and pDEST12.2 containing the INSP 145 SigPep + vWFA domains 8&9 ORF sequence with a 3' sequence encoding a six histidine (6HIS) tag using the Gateway™ cloning methodology (Invitrogen).
5.1 Generation of Gateway compatible ORF fused to an in-frame 6HIS tag sequence
The first stage of the Gateway cloning process involves a two step PCR reaction which generates the ORF of INSP 145 SigPep + vWFA domains 8&9 flanked at the 5' end by an attBl recombination site and Kozak sequence, and flanked at the 3' end by a sequence encoding an in frame 6 histidine (6HIS) tag, a stop codon and the attB2 recombination site (Gateway compatible cDNA). The first PCR reaction (PCR 1) contained (in a final volume of 50 μl):
1 μl (40 ng) of plasmid pCR4-TOPO-INSP145 SigPep + vWFA domains 8&9
1.5 μl dNTPs (1O mM) 10 μl of 1 OX Pfx polymerase buffer 1 μl MgSO4 (50 mM)
0.5 μl each of gene specific primer (100 μM) (INSP145SP-EX1 and INSPl 45 SP-EX2) 0.5 μl Platinum Pfx DNA polymerase (Invitrogen).
The PCR reaction was performed using an initial denaturing step of 95 °C for 2 min, followed by 12 cycles of 94°C for 15s; 550C for 30s and 68°C for 2 min; and a holding cycle of 4°C. The amplification product was directly purified using the Wizard PCR Preps DNA Purification System (Promega) and recovered in 50μl sterile water according to the manufacturer's instructions.
The second PCR reaction (PCR 2) contained (in a final volume of 50μl): 10 μl purified PCR 1 product
1.5 μl dNTPs (1O mM)
5 μl of 1OX Pfx polymerase buffer
1 μl MgSO4 (50 mM)
0.5 μl of each Gateway conversion primer (100 μM) (GCP forward and GCP reverse) 0.5 μl of Platinum Pfx DNA polymerase.
The conditions for the 2nd PCR reaction were: 95°C for 1 min; 4 cycles of 94°C, 15 sec; 50°C, 30 sec and 68°C for 2 min; 25 cycles of 94°C, 15 sec; 550C, 30 sec and 68°C, 2 min; followed by a holding cycle of 4°C. PCR product was visualized on 0.8% agarose gel in IX TAE buffer (Invitrogen) and the band migrating at the predicted molecular mass (1303 bp) was purified from the gel using the Wizard PCR Preps DNA Purification System (Promega) and recovered in 50μl sterile water according to the manufacturer's instructions.
5.2 Subcloning of Gateway compatible ORF into Gateway entry vector pDONR221 and expression vectors pDEST12.2 The second stage of the Gateway cloning process involves subcloning of the Gateway modified PCR products into the Gateway entry vector pDONR221 (Invitrogen). The following solution was incubated in a final volume of 10μl at RT for 1 h:
5 μl of purified product from PCR 2
1.5 μl pDONR221 vector (0.1 μg/μl) 2 μl BP buffer 1.5 μl of BP clonase enzyme mix (Invitrogen)
The reaction was stopped by addition of proteinase K lμil (2 μg/μl) and incubated at 37° C for a further 10 min. An aliquot of this reaction (lμl) was used to transform E. coli DHlOB cells by electroporation as follows: a 25 μl aliquot of DHlOB electrocompetent cells (Invitrogen) was thawed on ice and lμl of the BP reaction mix was added. The mixture was transferred to a chilled 0.1 cm electroporation cuvette and the cells electroporated using a BioRad Gene-Pulser™ according to the manufacturer's recommended protocol. SOC media (0.5 ml), which had been pre-warmed to room temperature, was added immediately after electroporation. The mixture was transferred to a 15 ml snap-cap tube and incubated, with shaking (220 rpm) for 1 h at 37°C. Aliquots of the transformation mixture (lOμd and 50 μl) were then plated on L-broth (LB) plates containing kanamycin (40μg/ml) and incubated overnight at 37°C.
Plasmid mini-prep DNA was prepared from 5 ml cultures from 6 of the resultant colonies using a Qiaprep BioRobot 8000 system (Qiagen). Plasmid DNA (150-200ng) was subjected to DNA sequencing with 21M13 and M13Rev primers using the
BigDyeTerminator system (Applied Biosystems cat. no. 4336919) according to the manufacturer's instructions. The primer sequences are shown in Table 3. Sequencing reactions were purified using Montage SEQ 96 cleanup plates (Millipore cat. no. LSKS09624) then analyzed on an Applied Biosystems 3700 sequencer.
Plasmid eluate (2 μl or approx. 150 ng) from one of the clones which contained the correct sequence (pENTR_INSP145 SigPep + vWFA domains 8&9-6HIS) was then used in a recombination reaction in a final volume of 10 μl containing:
1.5 μl of either pEAK12d vector or pDEST12.2 vector (0.1 μg / μl) 2 μl LR buffer 1.5 μl of LR clonase (Invitrogen).
The mixture was incubated at RT for 1 h, stopped by addition of proteinase K (2 μg) and incubated at 37°C for a further 10 min. An aliquot of this reaction (lμl) was used to transform E. coli DHlOB cells by electroporation as follows: a 25μl aliquot of DHlOB electrocompetent cells (Invitrogen) was thawed on ice and 1 μl of the LR reaction mix was added. The mixture was transferred to a chilled 0.1 cm electroporation cuvette and the cells electroporated using a BioRad Gene-Pulser™ according to the manufacturer's recommended protocol. SOC media (0.5ml), which had been pre-warmed to room temperature, was added immediately after electroporation. The mixture was transferred to a 15 ml snap-cap tube and incubated, with shaking (220 rpm) for 1 h at 37°C. Aliquots of the transformation mixture (lOμl and 50μl) were then plated on L-broth (LB) plates containing ampicillin (lOOμg/ml) and incubated overnight at 37°C.
Plasmid mini-prep DNA was prepared from 5 ml cultures from 6 of the resultant colonies subcloned in each vector using a Qiaprep Bio Robot 8000 (Qiagen). Plasmid DNA (200- 500 ng) in the pEAK12d vector was subjected to DNA sequencing with pEAK12F and pEAK12R primers as described above. Plasmid DNA (200-500 ng) in the pDEST12.2 vector was subjected to DNA sequencing with 2 IM 13 and M 13 Rev primers as described above. Primer sequences are shown in Table 3.
CsCl gradient purified maxi-prep DNA was prepared from a 500 ml culture of the sequence verified clone (pEAK12d_INSP145 SigPep + vWFA domains 8&9-6HIS) using the method described by Sambrook J. et al., 1989 (in Molecular Cloning, a Laboratory Manual, 2nd edition, Cold Spring Harbor Laboratory Press), Plasmid DNA was resuspended at a concentration of 1 μg/μl in sterile water (or 10 rnM Tris-HCl pH 8.5) and stored at -20°C.
Endotoxin-free maxi-prep DNA was prepared from a 500 ml culture of the sequence verified clone (pDEST12.2_INSP145 SigPep + vWFA domains 8&9-6HIS) using the EndoFree Plasmid Mega kit (Qiagen) according to the manufacturer's instructions. Purified plasmid DNA was resuspended in endotoxin free TE buffer at a final concentration of at least 3μg/μl and stored at -20°C. Example 6: Expression and purification of INSP145. INSP146 and INSP147 Further experiments may now be performed to determine the tissue distribution and expression levels of the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 polypeptides in vivo, on the basis of the nucleotide and amino acid sequence disclosed herein. The presence of the transcripts for INSP 145, INSP 146 and INSP 147 may be investigated by PCR of cDNA from different human tissues. The INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 transcripts may be present at very low levels in the samples tested. Therefore, extreme care is needed in the design of experiments to establish the presence of a transcript in various human tissues as a small amount of genomic contamination in the RNA preparation will provide a false positive result. Thus, all RNA should be treated with DNAse prior to use for reverse transcription. In addition, for each tissue a control reaction may be set up in which reverse transcription was not undertaken (a -ve RT control).
For example, lμg of total RNA from each tissue may be used to generate cDNA using Multiscript reverse transcriptase (ABI) and random hexamer primers. For each tissue, a control reaction is set up in which all the constituents are added except the reverse transcriptase (-ve RT control). PCR reactions are set up for each tissue on the reverse transcribed RNA samples and the minus RT controls. INSP085-specific primers may readily be designed on the basis of the sequence information provided herein. The presence of a product of the correct molecular weight in the reverse transcribed sample together with the absence of a product in the minus RT control may be taken as evidence for the presence of a transcript in that tissue. Any suitable cDNA libraries may be used to screen for the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 transcripts, not only those generated as described above.
The tissue distribution pattern of the INSP 145, INSP 146 and INSP 147 polypeptides will provide further useful information in relation to the function of those polypeptides.
In addition, further experiments may now be performed using the pEAK12d, pDEST12.2 and pDEST12.2_INSP145 SigPep + vWFA domains 8&9-6HIS expression vectors. Transfection of mammalian cell lines with these vectors may enable the high level expression of the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 proteins and thus enable the continued investigation of the functional characteristics of the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP147 polypeptides. The following material and methods are an example of those suitable in such experiments: Cell Culture
Human Embryonic Kidney 293 cells expressing the Epstein-Barr virus Nuclear Antigen (HEK293-EBNA, Invitrogen) are maintained in suspension in Ex-cell VPRO serum-free medium (seed stock, maintenance medium, JRH). Sixteen to 20 hours prior to transfection
(Day-1), cells are seeded in 2x T225 flasks (50ml per flask in DMEM / F12 (1:1) containing 2% FBS seeding medium (JRH) at a density of 2x105 cells/ml). The next day (transfection day 0) transfection takes place using the JetPEITM reagent (2μl/μg of plasmid DNA, PolyPlus-transfection). For each flask, plasmid DNA is co-transfected with GFP (fluorescent reporter gene) DNA. The transfection mix is then added to the 2xT225 flasks and incubated at 37°C (5%CO2) for 6 days. Confirmation of positive transfection may be carried out by qualitative fluorescence examination at day 1 and day 6 (Axiovert 10 Zeiss).
On day 6 (harvest day), supernatants from the two flasks are pooled and centrifuged (e.g. 4°C, 40Og) and placed into a pot bearing a unique identifier. One aliquot (500μl) is kept for QC of the 6His-tagged protein (internal bioprocessing QC). Scale-up batches may be produced by following the protocol called "PEI transfection of suspension cells", referenced BP/PEI/HH/02/04, with PolyEthylenelmine from Polysciences as transfection agent.
Purification process
The culture medium sample containing the recombinant protein with a C-terminal 6His tag is diluted with cold buffer A (5OmM NaH2PO4; 60OmM NaCl; 8.7% (w/v) glycerol, pH 7.5). The sample is filtered then through a sterile filter (Millipore) and kept at 40C in a sterile square media bottle (Nalgene).
The purification is performed at 40C on the VISION workstation (Applied Biosystems) connected to an automatic sample loader (Labomatic). The purification procedure is composed of two sequential steps, metal affinity chromatography on a Poros 20 MC (Applied Biosystems) column charged with Ni ions (4.6 x 50 mm, 0.83ml), followed by gel filtration on a Sephadex G-25 medium (Amersham Pharmacia) column (1.0 x 10cm).
For the first chromatography step the metal affinity column is regenerated with 30 column volumes of EDTA solution (10OmM EDTA; IM NaCl; pH 8.0), recharged with Ni ions through washing with 15 column volumes of a 10OmM NiSO4 solution, washed with 10 column volumes of buffer A, followed by 7 column volumes of buffer B (50 mM NaH2PO4; 60OmM NaCl; 8.7 % (w/v) glycerol, 40OmM; imidazole, pH 7.5), and finally equilibrated with 15 column volumes of buffer A containing 15mM imidazole. The sample is transferred, by the Labomatic sample loader, into a 200ml sample loop and subsequently charged onto the Ni metal affinity column at a flow rate of 10ml/min. The column is washed with 12 column volumes of buffer A, followed by 28 column volumes of buffer A containing 2OmM imidazole. During the 2OmM imidazole wash loosely attached contaminating proteins are eluted from the column. The recombinant His-tagged protein is finally eluted with 10 column volumes of buffer B at a flow rate of 2ml/min, and the eluted protein is collected.
For the second chromatography step, the Sephadex G-25 gel-filtration column is regenerated with 2ml of buffer D (1.137M NaCl; 2.7mM KCl; 1.5mM KH2PO4; 8mM Na2HPO4; pH 7.2), and subsequently equilibrated with 4 column volumes of buffer C (137mM NaCl; 2.7mM KCl; 1.5mM ICH2PO4; 8mM Na2HPO4; 20% (w/v) glycerol; pH 7.4). The peak fraction eluted from the Ni-column is automatically loaded onto the Sephadex G-25 column through the integrated sample loader on the VISION and the protein is eluted with buffer C at a flow rate of 2 ml/min. The fraction was filtered through a sterile centrifugation filter (Millipore), frozen and stored at -80°C. An aliquot of the sample is analyzed on SDS-PAGE (4-12% NuPAGE gel; TSfovex) Western blot with anti- His antibodies. The NuPAGE gel may be stained in a 0.1 % Coomassie blue R250 staining solution (30% methanol, 10% acetic acid) at room temperature for Ih and subsequently destained in 20% methanol, 7.5% acetic acid until the background is clear and the protein bands clearly visible.
Following the electrophoresis the proteins are electrotransferred from the gel to a nitrocellulose membrane. The membrane is blocked with 5% milk powder in buffer E (137mM NaCl; 2.7mM KCl; 1.5mM KH2PO4; 8mM Na2HPO4; 0.1 % Tween 20, pH 7.4) for Ih at room temperature, and subsequently incubated with a mixture of 2 rabbit polyclonal anti-His antibodies (G-18 and H-15, 0.2μg/ml each; Santa Cruz) in 2.5% milk powder in buffer E overnight at 4°C. After a further 1 hour incubation at room temperature, the membrane is washed with buffer E (3 x lOmin), and then incubated with a secondary HRP-conjugated anti-rabbit antibody (DAKO, HRP 0399) diluted 1/3000 in buffer E containing 2.5% milk powder for 2 hours at room temperature. After washing with buffer E (3 x 10 minutes), the membrane is developed with the ECL kit (Amersham Pharmacia) for 1 min. The membrane is subsequently exposed to a Hyperfilm (Amersham Pharmacia), the film developed and the western blot image visually analysed.
For samples that showed detectable protein bands by Coomassie staining, the protein concentration may be determined using the BCA protein assay kit (Pierce) with bovine serum albumin as standard. Furthermore, overexpression or knock-down of the expression of the polypeptides in cell lines may be used to determine the effect on transcriptional activation of the host cell genome. Dimerisation partners, co-activators and co-repressors of the INSP145, INSP146 and INSP 147 polypeptide may be identified by immunoprecipitation combined with Western blotting and immunoprecipitation combined with mass spectroscopy.

Claims

1) A polypeptide, which polypeptide:
(i) comprises the amino acid sequence as recited in SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ
ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO:8, SEQ ID NO:10, SEQ ID NO:12, SEQ ID NO: 14, SEQ ID NO: 16, SEQ ID NO: 18, SEQ ID NO:20, SEQ ID NO:22, SEQ ID NO:24, SEQ ID
NO:26, SEQ ID NO:28, SEQ ID NO:30, SEQ ID NO:32, SEQ ID NO:34, SEQ ID
NO:36, SEQ ID NO:38, SEQ ID NO:40, SEQ ID NO:42, SEQ ID NO:44, SEQ ID
NO:46, SEQ ID NO:48, SEQ ID NO:50, SEQ ID NO:52, SEQ ID NO:54, SEQ ID
NO:56, SEQ ID NO:58, SEQ ID NO:60, SEQ ID NO:62, SEQ ID NO:64, SEQ ID NO:66, SEQ ID NO:68, SEQ ID NO:70, SEQ ID NO:72, SEQ ID NO: 184, SEQ ID
NO:1865 SEQ ID NO:192, SEQ ID NO:194, SEQ ID NO:196 and/or, SEQ ID
NO:198.
(ii) is a fragment thereof which functions as a vWFA domain containing protein, preferably as a vWFA-domain containing alpha 3 type VI collagen protein, or has an antigenic determinant in common with the polypeptides of (i); or
(iii) is a functional equivalent of (i) or (ii).
2) A polypeptide according to claim 1,
(i) which comprises the amino acid sequence as recited in SEQ ID NO:72 or SEQ ID NO: 184; (ii) is a fragment thereof which functions as a vWFA domain containing protein, or has an antigenic determinant in common with the polypeptide of (i); or
(iii) is a functional equivalent of (i) or (ii).
3) A polypeptide according to claim 1 or 2 which:
(i) comprises the amino acid sequence as recited in SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO:8, SEQ ID NO:10, SEQ ID NO:12, SEQ ID NO:14, SEQ ID
NO:16, SEQ ID NO:18, SEQ ID NO:20, SEQ ID NO:22, SEQ ID NO:24, SEQ ID
NO:26, SEQ ID NO:28, SEQ ID NO:30, SEQ ID NO:32, SEQ ID NO:34, SEQ ID
NO:36; SEQ ID NO:38, SEQ ID NO:40, SEQ ID NO:42, SEQ ID NO:44, SEQ ID
NO:46, SEQ ID NO:48, SEQ ID NO:50, SEQ ID NO:52, SEQ ID NO:54, SEQ ID NO:56, SEQ ID NO:58, SEQ ID NO:60, SEQ ID NO:62, SEQ ID NO:64, SEQ ID NO:66, SEQ ID NO:68, SEQ ID NO:70, SEQ ID NO:72, SEQ ID NO: 184, SEQ ID NO:186, SEQ ID NO:192, SEQ ID NO:194, SEQ ID NO:196 and/or, SEQ ID NO:198.
(ii) is a fragment thereof which functions as a vWFA domain containing protein or has an antigenic determinant in common with the polypeptides of (i); or
(iii) is a functional equivalent of (i) or (ii).
4) A polypeptide, which polypeptide:
(i) comprises an amino acid sequence as recited SEQ ID NO:74, SEQ ID NO:76, SEQ
ID NO:78, SEQ ID NO:80, SEQ ID NO:82, SEQ ID NO:84, SEQ ID NO:86, SEQ ID NO:88, SEQ ID NO:90, SEQ ID NO:92, SEQ ID NO:94, SEQ ID NO:96, SEQ ID
NO:98, SEQ ID NO:100, SEQ ID NO:102, SEQ ID NO:104, SEQ ID NO:106, SEQ
ID NO:108, SEQ ID NO:186 and/or, SEQ ID NO:188.
(ii) is a fragment thereof which functions as a vWFA domain containing protein, preferably as a vWFA-domain containing alpha 3 type VI collagen protein, or has an antigenic determinant in common with the polypeptides of (i); or
(iii) is a functional equivalent of (i) or (ii).
5) A polypeptide according to claim 4,
(i) which comprises the amino acid sequence as recited in SEQ ID NO: 108 or SEQ ID NO:188; (ii) is a fragment thereof which functions as a vWFA domain containing protein, preferably as a vWFA-domain containing alpha 3 type VI collagen protein, or has an antigenic determinant in common with the polypeptide of (i); or
(iii) is a functional equivalent of (i) or (ii).
6) A polypeptide according to claim 4 or 5 which: (i) Consists of the amino acid sequence as recited SEQ ID NO:74, SEQ ID NO:76, SEQ ID NO:78, SEQ ID NO:80, SEQ ID NO:82, SEQ ID NO:84, SEQ ID NO:86, SEQ ID NO:88, SEQ ID NO:90, SEQ ID NO:92, SEQ ID NO:94, SEQ ID NO:96, SEQ ID NO:98, SEQ ID NO:100, SEQ ID NO:102, SEQ ID NO:104, SEQ ID NO:106, SEQ ID NO: 108, SEQ ID NO: 186 and/or, SEQ ID NO: 188. (ii) is a fragment thereof which functions as a vWFA domain containing protein, preferably as a vWFA-domain containing alpha 3 type VI collagen protein, or has an antigenic determinant in common with the polypeptides of (i); or
(iii) is a functional equivalent of (i) or (ii). 7) A polypeptide, which polypeptide:
(i) comprises an amino acid sequence as recited in SEQ ID NO:110, SEQ ID NO:112, SEQ ID NO:114, SEQ ID NO:116, SEQ ID NO:118, SEQ ID NO:120, SEQ ID NO:122, SEQ ID NO:124, SEQ ID NO:126, SEQ ID NO:128, SEQ ID NO:130, SEQ ID NO: 132, SEQ ID NO: 134, SEQ ID NO: 136, SEQ ID NO: 138, SEQ ID NO: 140, SEQ ID NO:142; SEQ ID NO:144, SEQ ID NO:146, SEQ ID NO:148, SEQ ID
NO:150, SEQ ID NO:152, SEQ ID NO:154, SEQ ID NO:156, SEQ ID NO:158, SEQ ID NO:160, SEQ ID NO:162, SEQ ID NO:164, SEQ ID NO:166, SEQ ID NO:168, SEQ ID NO:170, SEQ ID NO:172, SEQ ID NO:174; SEQ ID NO:176, SEQ ID NO:178, SEQ ID NO:180, SEQ ID NO:182, SEQ ID NO:186 and/or SEQ ID NO:190
(ii) is a fragment thereof which functions as a vWFA domain containing protein, preferably as a vWFA-domain containing alpha 3 type VI collagen protein, or has an antigenic determinant in common with the polypeptides of (i); or
(iii) is a functional equivalent of (i) or (ii).
8) A polypeptide according to claim 7, (i) which comprises the amino acid sequence as recited in SEQ ID NO: 182 or SEQ ID NO: 190;
(ii) is a fragment thereof which functions as a vWFA domain containing protein, preferably as a vWFA-domain containing alpha 3 type VI collagen protein, or has an antigenic determinant in common with the polypeptide of (i); or (iii) is a functional equivalent of (i) or (ii).
9) A polypeptide, according to claim 7 or 8 which:
(i) comprises an amino acid sequence as recited in SEQ ID NO: 110, SEQ ID NO: 112,
SEQ ID NO:114, SEQ ID NO:116, SEQ ID NO:118, SEQ ID NO:120, SEQ ID
NO:122, SEQ ID NO:124, SEQ ID NO:126, SEQ ID NO:128, SEQ ID NO:130, SEQ ID NO:132, SEQ ID NO:134, SEQ ID NO:136, SEQ ID NO:138, SEQ ID NO:140, SEQ ID NO:142; SEQ ID NO:144, SEQ ID NO:146, SEQ ID NO:148, SEQ ID NO:150, SEQ ID NO:152, SEQ ID NO:154, SEQ ID NO:156, SEQ ID NO:158, SEQ ID NO:160, SEQ ID NO:162, SEQ ID NO:164, SEQ ID NO:166, SEQ ID NO:168, SEQ ID NO:170, SEQ ID NO:172, SEQ ID NO:174, SEQ ID NO:176, SEQ ID NO:178, SEQ ID NO:180, SEQ ID NO:182, SEQ ID NO.186 and/or SEQ ID NO:190
(ii) is a fragment thereof which functions as a vWFA domain containing protein, preferably as a vWFA-domain containing alpha 3 type VI collagen protein, or has an antigenic determinant in common with the polypeptides of (i); or
(iii) is a functional equivalent of (i) or (ii). 10) A polypeptide which is a functional equivalent according to part (iii) of claim 1, 4 or 7, is homologous to the amino acid sequence as recited in SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO:8, SEQ ID NO:10, SEQ ID NO:12, SEQ ID NO:14, SEQ ID NO:16, SEQ ID NO:18, SEQ ID NO:20, SEQ ID NO:22, SEQ ID NO:24, SEQ ID NO:26, SEQ ID NO:28, SEQ ID NO:30, SEQ ID NO:32, SEQ ID NO:34, SEQ ID NO:36, SEQ ID NO:38, SEQ ID NO:40, SEQ ID NO:42, SEQ ID NO:44, SEQ ID
NO:46, SEQ ID NO:48, SEQ ID NO:50, SEQ ID NO:52, SEQ ID NO:54, SEQ ID NO:56, SEQ ID NO:58, SEQ ID NO:60, SEQ ID NO.62, SEQ ID NO:64, SEQ ID NO:66, SEQ ID NO:68, SEQ ID NO:70, SEQ ID NO:72, SEQ ID NO:74, SEQ ID NO:76, SEQ ID NO:78, SEQ ID NO:80, SEQ ID NO:82, SEQ ID NO:84, SEQ ID NO:86, SEQ ID NO:885 SEQ ID NO:905 SEQ ID NO:92, SEQ ID NO:94, SEQ ID
NO:96, SEQ ID NO:98, SEQ ID NO:100, SEQ ID NO:102, SEQ ID NO:104, SEQ ID NO:106, SEQ ID NO:108, SEQ ID NO:110, SEQ ID NO:112, SEQ ID NO:114, SEQ ID NO:116, SEQ ID NO:118, SEQ ID NO:120, SEQ ID NO:122, SEQ ID NO:124, SEQ ID NO:126, SEQ ID NO:128, SEQ ID NO:130, SEQ ID NO:132, SEQ ID NO:134, SEQ ID NO:136, SEQ ID NO:138, SEQ ID NO:140, SEQ ID NO:142; SEQ ID
NO:144, SEQ ID NO:146, SEQ ID NO:148, SEQ ID NO:150, SEQ ID NO:152, SEQ ID NO:154, SEQ ID NO:156, SEQ ID NO:158, SEQ ID NO:160, SEQ ID NO:162, SEQ ID NO:164, SEQ ID NO:166, SEQ ID NO:168, SEQ ID NO:170, SEQ ID NO:172, SEQ ID NO:174; SEQ ID NO:176, SEQ ID NO:178, SEQ ID NO:180, SEQ ID NO:182, SEQ ID NO:184, SEQ ID NO:186, SEQ ID NO:188, SEQ ID NO:190, SEQ ID NO:192, SEQ ID
NO: 194, SEQ ID NO: 196 and/or SEQ ID NO: 198; and is an VWFA-domain containing protein. H)A fragment or functional equivalent according to any one of the preceding claims, which has greater than 50% sequence identity with the amino acid sequence recited in SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO:8, SEQ ID NO: 10, SEQ ID NO:12, SEQ ID NO:14, SEQ ID NO:16, SEQ ID NO:18, SEQ ID NO:20, SEQ ID NO:22, SEQ ID NO:24, SEQ ID NO:26, SEQ ID NO:28, SEQ ID NO:30, SEQ ID
NO:32, SEQ ID NO:34, SEQ ID NO:36, SEQ ID NO:38, SEQ ID NO:40, SEQ ID NO:425 SEQ ID NO:44, SEQ ID NO:46, SEQ ID NO:48, SEQ ID NO:50, SEQ ID NO:52, SEQ ID NO:54, SEQ ID NO:56, SEQ ID NO:58, SEQ ID NO:60, SEQ ID NO:62, SEQ ID NO:64, SEQ ID NO:66, SEQ ID NO:68, SEQ ID NO:70, SEQ ID NO:72, SEQ ID NO:74, SEQ ID NO:76, SEQ ID NO:78, SEQ ID NO:80, SEQ ID
NO:82, SEQ ID NO:84, SEQ ID NO.86, SEQ ID NO:88, SEQ ID NO:90, SEQ ID NO:92, SEQ ID NO:94, SEQ ID NO:96, SEQ ID NO:98, SEQ ID NO: 100, SEQ ID NO:102, SEQ ID NO:104, SEQ ID NO:106, SEQ ID NO:108, SEQ ID NO:110, SEQ ID NO:112, SEQ ID NO:114, SEQ ID NO:116, SEQ ID NO:118, SEQ ID NO:120, SEQ ID NO:122, SEQ ID NO:124, SEQ ID NO:126, SEQ ID NO:128, SEQ ID
NO:130, SEQ ID NO:132, SEQ ID NO:134, SEQ ID NO:136, SEQ ID NO:138 SEQ ID NO:140, SEQ ID NO:142; SEQ ID NO:144, SEQ ID NO:146, SEQ ID NO:148, SEQ ID NO: 150, SEQ ID NO: 152, SEQ ID NO: 154, SEQ ID NO: 156, SEQ ID NO: 158, SEQ ID NO:160, SEQ ID NO:162, SEQ ID NO:164, SEQ ID NO:166, SEQ ID NO:168, SEQ ID NO:170, SEQ ID NO:172, SEQ ID NO:174; SEQ ID NO:176, SEQ ID NO:178; SEQ
ID NO:180, SEQ ID NO: 182, SEQ ID NO:184, SEQ ID NO:186, SEQ ID NO:188, SEQ ID NO:190, SEQ ID NO:192, SEQ ID NO:194, SEQ ID NO:196 and/or SEQ ID NO:198 or with active fragments thereof, preferably greater than 60%,70%, 80%, 90%, 95%, 98% or 99% sequence identity. 12) A functional equivalent according to any one of the preceding claims, which exhibits significant structural homology with a polypeptide having the amino acid sequence given in SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO:8, SEQ ID NO:10, SEQ ID NO:12, SEQ ID NO:14, SEQ ID NO:16, SEQ ID NO:18, SEQ ID NO:20, SEQ ID NO:22, SEQ ID NO:24, SEQ ID NO:265 SEQ ID NO:28, SEQ ID NO:30, SEQ ID NO:32, SEQ ID NO:34, SEQ ID NO:36, SEQ ID NO:38, SEQ ID NO:40,
SEQ ID NO:42, SEQ ID NO:44, SEQ ID NO:46, SEQ ID NO:48, SEQ ID NO:50, SEQ ID NO:52, SEQ ID NO:54, SEQ ID NO:56, SEQ ID NO:58, SEQ ID NO:60, SEQ ID NO:62, SEQ ID NO:64, SEQ ID NO:66, SEQ ID NO:68, SEQ ID NO:70, SEQ ID NO:72, SEQ ID NO:74, SEQ ID NO:76, SEQ ID NO:78, SEQ ID NO:80, SEQ ID NO:82, SEQ ID NO:84, SEQ ID NO:86, SEQ ID NO:88, SEQ ID NO:90, SEQ ID NO:92, SEQ ID NO:94, SEQ ID NO:96, SEQ ID NO:98, SEQ ID NO:100, SEQ ID NO: 102, SEQ ID NO: 104, SEQ ID NO: 106, SEQ ID NO: 108, SEQ ID NO:110, SEQ ID NO:112, SEQ ID NO:114, SEQ ID NO:116, SEQ ID NO:118, SEQ
ID NO:120, SEQ ID NO:122, SEQ ID NO:124, SEQ ID NO:126, SEQ ID NO:128, SEQ ID NO:130, SEQ ID NO:132, SEQ ID NO:134, SEQ ID NO:136, SEQ ID NO:138, SEQ ID NO:140, SEQ ID NO:142; SEQ ID NO:144, SEQ ID NO:146, SEQ ID NO:148, SEQ ID NO:150, SEQ ID NO:152, SEQ ID NO:154, SEQ ID NO:156, SEQ ID NO:158, SEQ ID NO:160, SEQ ID NO:162, SEQ ID NO:164, SEQ ID NO:166, SEQ ID
NO:168, SEQ ID NO:170, SEQ ID NO:172, SEQ ID NO:174; SEQ ID NO:176, SEQ ID NO:178, SEQ ID NO:180, SEQ ID NO: 182, SEQ ID NO:184, SEQ ID NO:186, SEQ ID NO:188, SEQ ID NO:190, SEQ ID NO:192, SEQ ID NO:194, SEQ ID NO:196 and/or SEQ ID NO: 198. 13) A fragment as recited in any one of claims 1-11, having an antigenic determinant in common with the polypeptide of part (i) of claim 1, 4, 7 or 10, which consists of 7 or more (for example, 8, 10, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20 or more) amino acid residues from the sequence of SEQ ID NO:2, SEQ ID NO:4, SEQ ID NO:6, SEQ ID NO:8, SEQ ID NO:10, SEQ ID NO: 12, SEQ ID NO:14, SEQ ID NO:16, SEQ ID NO:18, SEQ ID NO:20,SEQ ID NO:22, SEQ ID NO:24, SEQ ID NO:26, SEQ ID NO:28, SEQ ID
NO:30, SEQ ID NO:32, SEQ ID NO:34, SEQ ID NO:36, SEQ ID NO:38, SEQ ID NO:40, SEQ ID NO:42, SEQ ID NO:44, SEQ ID NO:46, SEQ ID NO:48, SEQ ID NO:50, SEQ ID NO:52, SEQ ID NO:54, SEQ ID NO:56, SEQ ID NO:58, SEQ ID NO:60, SEQ ID NO:62, SEQ ID NO:64, SEQ ID NO:66, SEQ ID NO:68, SEQ ID NO:705 SEQ ID NO:72, SEQ ID NO:74, SEQ ID NO:76, SEQ ID NO:78, SEQ ID
NO:805 SEQ ID NO:82, SEQ ID NO:84, SEQ ID NO:86, SEQ ID NO:88, SEQ ID NO:90, SEQ ID NO:92, SEQ ID NO:94, SEQ ID NO:96, SEQ ID NO:98, SEQ ID NO:100, SEQ ID NO:102, SEQ ID NO:104, SEQ ID NO:106, SEQ ID NO:108, SEQ ID NOrIlO, SEQ ID NO:112, SEQ ID NO:114, SEQ ID NO:116, SEQ ID NO:118, SEQ ID NO:120, SEQ ID NO:122, SEQ ID NO:124, SEQ ID NO:126, SEQ ID
NO:128, SEQ ID NO:130, SEQ ID NO:132, SEQ ID NO:134, SEQ ID NO:136, SEQ ID NO:138, SEQ ID NO:140, SEQ ID NO:142; SEQ ID NO:144, SEQ ID NO:146, SEQ ID NO: 148, SEQ ID NO: 150, SEQ ID NO: 152, SEQ ID NO: 154, SEQ ID NO: 156, SEQ ID NO:158, SEQ ID NO:160, SEQ ID NO:162, SEQ ID NO.164, SEQ ID NO:166, SEQ ID NO:168, SEQ ID NO:170, SEQ ID NO:172, SEQ ID NO:174; SEQ ID NO:176, SEQ ID NO:178, SEQ ID NO:180, SEQ ID NO: 182, SEQ ID NO:184, SEQ ID NO:186, SEQ ID NO:188, SEQ ID NO:190, SEQ ID NO:192, SEQ ID NO:194, SEQ ID NO:196 and/or SEQ ID NO:198.
14) A fusion protein comprising a polypeptide according to any previous claim.
15) A purified nucleic acid molecule which encodes a polypeptide according to any one of the preceding claims.
16) A purified nucleic acid molecule according to claim 15, which has the nucleic acid sequence as recited in SEQ ID NO:1, SEQ ID NO:3, SEQ ID NO:5, SEQ ID NO:7,
SEQ ID NO:9, SEQ ID NO:11, SEQ ID NO:13, SEQ ID NO:15, SEQ ID NO:17, SEQ ID NO:19, SEQ ID NO:21, SEQ ID NO:23, SEQ ID NO:25, SEQ ID NO:27, SEQ ID NO:29, SEQ ID NO:31, SEQ ID NO:33, SEQ ID NO:35, SEQ ID NO:37, SEQ ID NO:39, SEQ ID NO:41, SEQ ID NO:43, SEQ ID NO:45, SEQ ID NO:47, SEQ ID NO:49, SEQ ID NO:51, SEQ ID NO:53, SEQ ID NO:55, SEQ ID NO:57, SEQ ID
NO:59, SEQ ID NO:61, SEQ ID NO:63, SEQ ID NO:65, SEQ ID NO.67, SEQ ID NO:69, SEQ ID NO:71, SEQ ID NO:73, SEQ ID NO:75, SEQ ID NO:77, SEQ ID NO:79, SEQ ID NO:81, SEQ ID NO:83, SEQ ID NO:85, SEQ ID NO:87, SEQ ID NO:89, SEQ ID NO:91, SEQ ID NO:93, SEQ ID NO:95, SEQ ID NO:97, SEQ ID NO:99, SEQ ID NO:101, SEQ ID NO:103, SEQ ID NO:105, SEQ ID NO:107, SEQ ID
NO:109, SEQ ID NO:111, SEQ ID NO:113, SEQ ID NO:115, SEQ ID NO:117, SEQ ID NO:119, SEQ ID NO:121, SEQ ID NO:123, SEQ ID NO:125, SEQ ID NO:127, SEQ ID NO:129, SEQ ID NO:131, SEQ ID NO:133, SEQ ID NO:135, SEQ ID NO:137, SEQ ID NO:139, SEQ ID NO:1415 SEQ ID NO:143, SEQ ID NO:145, SEQ ID NO:147, SEQ ID NO:149, SEQ ID NO:151, SEQ ID NO:153, SEQ ID NO:155,
SEQ ID NO:157, SEQ ID NO:159, SEQ ID NO:161, SEQ ID NO:163, SEQ ID NO:165, SEQ ID NO:167, SEQ ID NO:1695 SEQ ID NO:171, SEQ ID NO:173, SEQ ID NO:175, SEQ ID NO:177, SEQ ID NO:179, SEQ ID NO:181, SEQ ID NO:183, SEQ ID NO:185, SEQ ID NO:187, SEQ ID NO:189, SEQ ID NO:191, SEQ ID NO:193, SEQ ID NO: 195 and/or SEQ ID NO: 197 or is a redundant equivalent or fragment thereof.
17) A purified nucleic acid molecule according to claim 15 which consists of the nucleic acid sequence as recited in SEQ ID NO:1, SEQ ID NO:3, SEQ ID NO:5, SEQ ID NO:7, SEQ ID NO:9, SEQ ID NO: 11, SEQ ID NO: 13, SEQ ID NO: 15, SEQ ID NO:17, SEQ ID NO:19, SEQ ID NO:21, SEQ ID NO:23, SEQ ID NO:25, SEQ ID NO:27, SEQ ID NO:29, SEQ ID NO:31, SEQ ID NO:33, SEQ ID NO:35, SEQ ID NO:37, SEQ ID NO:39, SEQ ID NO:41, SEQ ID NO:43, SEQ ID NO:45, SEQ ID NO:47, SEQ ID NO:49, SEQ ID NO:51, SEQ ID NO:53, SEQ ID NO:55, SEQ ID
NO:57, SEQ ID NO:59, SEQ ID NO:61, SEQ ID NO:63, SEQ ID NO:65, SEQ ID NO:67, SEQ ID NO:69, SEQ ID NO:71, SEQ ID NO:73, SEQ ID NO:755 SEQ ID NO:77, SEQ ID NO:79, SEQ ID NO:81, SEQ ID NO:83, SEQ ID NO:85, SEQ ID NO:87, SEQ ID NO:89, SEQ ID NO:91, SEQ ID NO:93, SEQ ID NO:95, SEQ ID NO:97, SEQ ID NO:99, SEQ ID NOrIOl, SEQ ID NO:103, SEQ ID NO:105, SEQ ID
NO: 107, SEQ ID NO: 109, SEQ ID NO:111, SEQ ID NO: 113, SEQ ID NO: 115, SEQ ID NO:117, SEQ ID NO:119, SEQ ID NO:121, SEQ ID NO:123, SEQ ID NO:125, SEQ ID NO:127, SEQ ID NO:129, SEQ ID NO:131, SEQ ID NO:133, SEQ ID NO:135, SEQ ID NO:137, SEQ ID NO:139, SEQ ID NO:141, SEQ ID NO:143, SEQ ID NO:145, SEQ ID NO:147, SEQ ID NO:149, SEQ ID NO:151, SEQ ID NO:153,
SEQ ID NO: 155, SEQ ID NO: 157, SEQ ID NO: 159, SEQ ID NO: 161, SEQ ID NO:163, SEQ ID NO:165, SEQ ID NO:167, SEQ ID NO:169, SEQ ID NO.171, SEQ ID NO:173, SEQ ID NO:175, SEQ ID NO:177, SEQ ID NO:179, SEQ ID NO:181, SEQ ID NO:183, SEQ ID NO:185, SEQ ID NO:187, SEQ ID NO:189, SEQ ID NO:191, SEQ ID NO: 193, SEQ ID NO:195 and/or SEQ ID NO:197, or is a redundant equivalent or fragment thereof.
18) A purified nucleic acid molecule which hydridizes under high stringency conditions with a nucleic acid molecule according any one of claims 15 to 17.
19) A vector comprising a nucleic acid molecule as recited in any one of claims 15-18. 20) A host cell transformed with a vector according to claim 19.
2I)A ligand which binds specifically to a polypeptide according to any one of claims 1-14.
22) A ligand according to claim 21, which is an antibody.
23) A compound that either increases or decreases the level of expression or activity of a polypeptide according to any one of claims 1-14. 24) A compound according to claim 23 that binds to a polypeptide according to any one of claims 1-14 without inducing any of the biological effects of the polypeptide. 25) A compound according to claim 24, which is a natural or modified substrate, ligand, enzyme, receptor or structural or functional mimetic.
26) A polypeptide according to any one of claim 1-14, a nucleic acid molecule according to any one of claims 15-18, a vector according to claim 19, a host cell according to claim 20, a ligand according to claim 21 or 22, or a compound according to any one of claims
23-25, for use in therapy or diagnosis of disease.
27) A method of diagnosing a disease in a patient, comprising assessing the level of expression of a natural gene encoding a polypeptide according to any one of claim 1- 14, or assessing the activity of a polypeptide according to any one of claim 1-14, in tissue from said patient and comparing said level of expression or activity to a control level, wherein a level that is different to said control level is indicative of disease.
28) A method according to claim 27 that is carried out in vitro.
29) A method according to claim 27 or claim 28, which comprises the steps of: (a) contacting a ligand according to claim 21 or claim 22 with a biological sample under conditions suitable for the formation of a ligand-polypeptide complex; and (b) detecting said complex.
30) A method according to claim 27 or claim 28, comprising the steps of:
(i) contacting a sample of tissue from the patient with a nucleic acid probe under stringent conditions that allow the formation of a hybrid complex between a nucleic acid molecule according to any one of claims 15-18 and the probe;
(ii) contacting a control sample with said probe under the same conditions used in step a); and
(iii) detecting the presence of hybrid complexes in said samples; wherein detection of levels of the hybrid complex in the patient sample that differ from levels of the hybrid complex in the control sample is indicative of disease.
3I)A method according to claim 27 or claim 28, comprising:
(i) contacting a sample of nucleic acid from tissue of the patient with a nucleic acid primer under stringent conditions that allow the formation of a hybrid complex between a nucleic acid molecule according to any one of claims 15-18 and the primer; (ii) contacting a control sample with said primer under the same conditions used in step a); and
(iii) amplifying the sampled nucleic acid; and
(iv) detecting the level of amplified nucleic acid from both patient and control samples; wherein detection of levels of the amplified nucleic acid in the patient sample that differ significantly from levels of the amplified nucleic acid in the control sample is indicative of disease.
32) A method according to claim 27 or claim 28 comprising:
(i) obtaining a tissue sample from a patient being tested for disease; (ii) isolating a nucleic acid molecule according to any one of claims 15-18 from said tissue sample; and
(iii) diagnosing the patient for disease by detecting the presence of a mutation which is associated with disease in the nucleic acid molecule as an indication of the disease.
33) The method of claim 32, further comprising amplifying the nucleic acid molecule to form an amplified product and detecting the presence or absence of a mutation in the amplified product.
34) The method of either claim 32 or 33, wherein the presence or absence of the mutation in the patient is detected by contacting said nucleic acid molecule with a nucleic acid probe that hybridises to said nucleic acid molecule under stringent conditions to form a hybrid double-stranded molecule, the hybrid double-stranded molecule having an unhybridised portion of the nucleic acid probe strand at any portion corresponding to a mutation associated with disease; and detecting the presence or absence of an unhybridised portion of the probe strand as an indication of the presence or absence of a disease-associated mutation. 35) A method according to any one of claims 27-34, wherein said disease is a fertility disorders, including infertility, cell proliferative disorders, including neoplasm, melanoma, lung, colorectal, breast, pancreas, head and neck and other solid tumours; myeloproliferative disorders, such as leukemia, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, leukopenia, thrombocytopenia, angiogenesis disorder, Kaposis' sarcoma; autoimmune/inflammatory disorders, including allergy, inflammatory bowel disease, arthritis, psoriasis and respiratory tract inflammation, asthma, and organ transplant rejection; cardiovascular disorders, including hypertension, oedema, angina, atherosclerosis, thrombosis, sepsis, shock, reperfusion injury, and ischemia; neurological disorders including central nervous system disease, Alzheimer's disease, brain injury, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, and pain; developmental disorders; metabolic disorders including diabetes mellitus, osteoporosis, and obesity, AIDS and renal disease; infections including viral infection, bacterial infection, fungal infection and parasitic infection.
36) A method according to any one of claims 27 to 35, wherein said disease is a disease in which vWFA-domain containing proteins are implicated.
37) Use of a polypeptide according to any one of claims 1-14 as a vWFA-domain containing protein.
38) A pharmaceutical composition comprising polypeptide according to any one of claim 1-14, a nucleic acid molecule according to any one of claims 15-18, a vector according to claim 19, a host cell according to claim 20, a ligand according to claim 21 or 22, or a compound according to any one of claims 23-25. 39) A vaccine composition comprising a polypeptide according to any one of claims 1-14 or a nucleic acid molecule according to any one of claims 15-18.
4O)A polypeptide according to any one of claim 1-14, a nucleic acid molecule according to any one of claims 15-18, a vector according to claim 19, a host cell according to claim 20, a ligand according to claim 21 or 22, or a compound according to any one of claims 23-25, or a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 38 for use in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of fertility disorders, including infertility, cell proliferative disorders, including neoplasm, melanoma, lung, colorectal, breast, pancreas, head and neck and other solid tumours; myeloproliferative disorders, such as leukemia, non-Hodgkin lymphoma, leukopenia, thrombocytopenia, angiogenesis disorder, Kaposis' sarcoma; autoimmune/inflammatory disorders, including allergy, inflammatory bowel disease, arthritis, psoriasis and respiratory tract inflammation, asthma, and organ transplant rejection; cardiovascular disorders, including hypertension, oedema, angina, atherosclerosis, thrombosis, sepsis, shock, reperfusion injury, and ischemia; neurological disorders including central nervous system disease, Alzheimer's disease, brain injury, amyotrophic lateral sclerosis, and pain; developmental disorders; metabolic disorders including diabetes mellitus, osteoporosis, and obesity, AIDS and renal disease; infections including viral infection, bacterial infection, fungal infection and parasitic infection and other pathological conditions.
41) A polypeptide according to any one of claim 1-14, a nucleic acid molecule according to any one of claims 15-18, a vector according to claim 19, a host cell according to claim 20, a ligand according to claim 21 or 22, or a compound according to any one of claims
23-25, or a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 38 for use in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of neuropathies or myopathies, such as muscular dystrophy.
42) The use of claim 41, wherein said neuropathy is selected from Autoimmune neuropathies (Inflammatory demyelinating neuropathy, Acute inflammatory demyelinating neuropathy e.g. Guillain-Barre Syndrome (acute inflammatory demyelinating polyradiculoneuropathy)), Metabolic neuropathies (Diabetic polyneuropathy, Uremic neuropathy, Hypothyroid neuropathy, Hepatic neuropathy, Porphyric neuropathy, Neuropathy associated with multiorgan failure and sepsis), Nutritional neuropathies (Alcoholic neuropathy, Beriberi, Neuropathy related to Vit.
B 12 deficiency, Neuropathy related to VitE deficiency, Neuropathy related to postgastrectomy state, Neuropathy related to Celiac disease), Ischemic neuropathies (Vasculitic neuropathy, Neuropathy of peripheral vascular disease, Diabetic mononeuropathy and polyneuropathy), Toxic neuropathy, Paraneoplastic neuropathy, Amyloid neuropathy, Paraproteinemic neuropathy, Inherited neuropathy, Neuropathy associated with infections (Herpes zoster, Leprosy, Diphteria, HIV, Lyme), Sarcoid Neuropathy, Radiation Neuropathy, Traumatic Neuropathy, Cryptogenic Neuropathy), Infectious polyneuropathies (Leprosy, Diphtheria, Varicella-zoster virus), Hereditary neuropathies (herediatry motor and sensory neuropathies (HMSN), hereditary sensory and autonomic neurpathies (HSAN), Familial amyloid polyneuropathies), Acquired metabolic and toxic neuropathies (Peripheral neuropathy in adult-onset diabetes mellitus), Neuropathies associated with malignancy (Subacute cerebellar degeneration, Limbic encephalitis, brain stem encephalitis, Subacute sensory neuropathy, Opsoclonus/myoclonus, Retinal degeneration, Stiff-man syndrome, Lambert-Eaton myastenic Syndrome), Traumatic neuropathies (Traumatic neuroma, Morton neuroma), and Tumours of the peripheral nerves (Schwannoma, Neurofibroma, Malignant nerve sheath tumour).
43) A polypeptide according to any one of claims 1 to 14, a nucleic acid molecule according to any one of claims 15 to 18, a vector according to claim 19, a host cell according to claim 20, a ligand according to claim 21 or claim 22, a compound according to any one of claims 23 to 25, or a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 38, for use in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a disease in which vWFA-domain containing proteins are implicated.
44) A method of treating a disease in a patient, comprising administering to the patient polypeptide according to any one of claims 1-14, a nucleic acid molecule according to any one of claims 15 to 18, a vector according to claim 19, a host cell according to claim 20, a ligand according to claim 21 or claim 22, a compound according to any one of claims 23 to 25, or a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 38.
45) A method according to claim 44, wherein, for diseases in which the expression of the natural gene or the activity of the polypeptide is lower in a diseased patient when compared to the level of expression or activity in a healthy patient, the polypeptide, nucleic acid molecule, vector, ligand, compound or composition administered to the patient is an agonist.
46) A method according to claim 44, wherein, for diseases in which the expression of the natural gene or activity of the polypeptide is higher in a diseased patient when compared to the level of expression or activity in a healthy patient, the polypeptide, nucleic acid molecule, vector, ligand, compound or composition administered to the patient is an antagonist.
47) A method of monitoring the therapeutic treatment of disease in a patient, comprising monitoring over a period of time the level of expression or activity of a polypeptide according to any one of claims 1-14, or the level of expression of a nucleic acid molecule according to any one of claims 15-18 in tissue from said patient, wherein altering said level of expression or activity over the period of time towards a control level is indicative of regression of said disease.
48) A method for the identification of a compound that is effective in the treatment and/or diagnosis of disease, comprising contacting a polypeptide according to any one of claims 1-14, or a nucleic acid molecule according to any one of claims 15-18 with one or more compounds suspected of possessing binding affinity for said polypeptide or nucleic acid molecule, and selecting a compound that binds specifically to said nucleic acid molecule or polypeptide. 49) A kit useful for diagnosing disease comprising a first container containing a nucleic acid probe that hybridises under stringent conditions with a nucleic acid molecule according to any one of claims 15-18; a second container containing primers useful for amplifying said nucleic acid molecule; and instructions for using the probe and primers for facilitating the diagnosis of disease.
50) The kit of claim 49, further comprising a third container holding an agent for digesting unhybridised RNA.
51) A kit comprising an array of nucleic acid molecules, at least one of which is a nucleic acid molecule according to any one of claims 15-18. 52) A kit comprising one or more antibodies that bind to a polypeptide as recited in any one of claims 1-14; and a reagent useful for the detection of a binding reaction between said antibody and said polypeptide.
53) A transgenic or knockout non-human animal that has been transformed to express higher, lower or absent levels of a polypeptide according to any one of claims 1-14. 54) A method for screening for a compound effective to treat disease, by contacting a non- human transgenic animal according to claim 53 with a candidate compound and determining the effect of the compound on the disease of the animal.
55) A polypeptide according to any one of claims 1 to 14, a nucleic acid molecule according to any one of claims 15 to 18, a vector according to claim 19, a host cell according to claim 20, a ligand according to claim 21 or claim 22, a compound according to any one of claims 23 to 25, or a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 38 for use in IVF or as a contraceptive.
56) A polypeptide according to any one of claims 1 to 14, a nucleic acid molecule according to any one of claims 15 to 18, a vector according to claim 19, a host cell according to claim 20, a ligand according to claim 21 or claim 22, a compound according to any one of claims 23 to 25, or a pharmaceutical composition according to claim 38 for use in the manufacture of a contraceptive.
57) The use of an INSP145, INSP146 or INSP147 polypeptide as a target for screening candidate drugs for treating or preventing a vWFA containing protein related disorder. 58) Method of selecting biologically active compounds comprising:
(i) contacting a candidate compound with recombinant host cells expressing an INSP145, INSP146 or INSP147 polypeptide;
(ii) selecting compounds that bind said INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 polypeptide at the surface of said cells and/or that modulate the activity of the INSP 145, INSP 146 or INSP 147 polypeptide.
PCT/GB2006/004027 2005-10-28 2006-10-30 Vwfa-domain containing proteins WO2007049062A2 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
GB0522113A GB0522113D0 (en) 2005-10-28 2005-10-28 vWFA-domain containing proteins
GB0522113.0 2005-10-28

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2007049062A2 true WO2007049062A2 (en) 2007-05-03
WO2007049062A3 WO2007049062A3 (en) 2007-07-12

Family

ID=35515995

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/GB2006/004027 WO2007049062A2 (en) 2005-10-28 2006-10-30 Vwfa-domain containing proteins

Country Status (2)

Country Link
GB (1) GB0522113D0 (en)
WO (1) WO2007049062A2 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109069693A (en) * 2016-01-21 2018-12-21 科尔兹股份公司 New polypeptide and its medical application

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20040018969A1 (en) * 2000-01-31 2004-01-29 Rosen Craig A. Nucleic acids, proteins, and antibodies
WO2001090366A2 (en) * 2000-05-24 2001-11-29 Curagen Corporation Human polynucleotides and polypeptides encoded thereby
WO2001092523A2 (en) * 2000-05-30 2001-12-06 Curagen Corporation Human polynucleotides and polypeptides encoded thereby
WO2003054152A2 (en) * 2001-12-10 2003-07-03 Nuvelo, Inc. Novel nucleic acids and polypeptides
US20060188963A1 (en) * 2002-09-10 2006-08-24 Natlmmune A/S Collectin-complement activating protein chimeras

Non-Patent Citations (16)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
DATABASE Geneseq [Online] 17 June 2004 (2004-06-17), "Bovine lung surfactant protein amino acid sequence SEQ ID NO:113." XP002422758 retrieved from EBI accession no. GSP:ADL91127 Database accession no. ADL91127 & WO 2004/024925 A2 (NATIMMUNE AS [DK]; KONGERSLEV LEIF [DK]; WEILGUNY DIETMAR [DK]; MATTHI) 25 March 2004 (2004-03-25) *
DATABASE Geneseq [Online] 22 April 2004 (2004-04-22), "Novel human protein seq id 790." XP002422765 retrieved from EBI accession no. GSP:ADI54587 Database accession no. ADI54587 & US 2004/018969 A1 (ROSEN CRAIG A [US] ET AL) 29 January 2004 (2004-01-29) *
DATABASE Geneseq [Online] 25 June 2002 (2002-06-25), "Human ORFX protein sequence SEQ ID NO:11266." XP002422756 retrieved from EBI accession no. GSP:ABP05642 Database accession no. ABP05642 & WO 01/92523 A (CURAGEN CORP [US]; SHIMKETS RICHARD A [US]; LEACH MARTIN D [US]) 6 December 2001 (2001-12-06) *
DATABASE Geneseq [Online] 29 January 2004 (2004-01-29), "Novel protein (useful for identifying genetic disorders) #313." XP002422766 retrieved from EBI accession no. GSP:ADE08158 Database accession no. ADE08158 & WO 03/054152 A (HYSEQ INC [US]; TANG Y TOM [US]; ASUNDI VINOD [US]; GOODRICH RYLE W [U) 3 July 2003 (2003-07-03) *
DATABASE Geneseq [Online] 8 July 2002 (2002-07-08), "Human ORF3328 protein, SEQ ID NO:6656." XP002422753 retrieved from EBI accession no. GSP:ABP34355 Database accession no. ABP34355 & WO 01/90366 A (CURAGEN CORP [US]; LEACH MARTIN D [US]; SHIMKETS RICHARD A [US]) 29 November 2001 (2001-11-29) *
DATABASE UniProt [Online] 1 April 1990 (1990-04-01), "Collagen alpha-3(VI) chain precursor. VERPSGALKE AGVVTFAIKA KNADLSELER IAYAPQFILN VESLPRISEL QANIVNLLKT" XP002422755 retrieved from EBI accession no. UNIPROT:P15989 Database accession no. P15989 *
DATABASE UniProt [Online] 1 January 1998 (1998-01-01), "Precollagen P precursor." XP002422759 retrieved from EBI accession no. UNIPROT:O16161 Database accession no. O16161 *
DATABASE UniProt [Online] 1 March 2003 (2003-03-01), "2 days pregnant adult female ovary cDNA, RIKEN full-length enriched library, clone:E330019B14 product:hypothetical von Willebrand factor type A domain containing protein, full insert sequence." XP002422754 retrieved from EBI accession no. UNIPROT:Q8C6K9 Database accession no. Q8C6K9 *
DATABASE UniProt [Online] 1 November 1996 (1996-11-01), "Collagen protein 140." XP002422761 retrieved from EBI accession no. UNIPROT:Q19813 Database accession no. Q19813 *
DATABASE UniProt [Online] 1 November 1996 (1996-11-01), "Nonfibrillar collagen protein (Fragment)." XP002422764 retrieved from EBI accession no. UNIPROT:Q26312 Database accession no. Q26312 *
DATABASE UniProt [Online] 13 September 2004 (2004-09-13), "Hypothetical protein DKFZp667J1615." XP002422757 retrieved from EBI accession no. UNIPROT:Q69YT0 Database accession no. Q69YT0 *
DATABASE UniProt [Online] 15 December 2003 (2003-12-15), "ENSANGP00000022392 (Fragment)." XP002422763 retrieved from EBI accession no. UNIPROT:Q7PVR8 Database accession no. Q7PVR8 *
DATABASE UniProt [Online] 19 July 2005 (2005-07-19), "Chromosome 3 SCAF15050, whole genome shotgun sequence. (Fragment)." XP002422762 retrieved from EBI accession no. UNIPROT:Q4RHF1 Database accession no. Q4RHF1 *
DATABASE UniProt [Online] 19 July 2005 (2005-07-19), "Chromosome 9 SCAF14729, whole genome shotgun sequence." XP002422760 retrieved from EBI accession no. UNIPROT:Q4S5M8 Database accession no. Q4S5M8 *
TUCKWELL D: "EVOLUTION OF VON WILLEBRAND FACTOR A (VWA) DOMAINS" BIOCHEMICAL SOCIETY TRANSACTIONS, COLCHESTER, ESSEX, GB, vol. 27, no. PART 6, 1999, pages 835-840, XP008048633 ISSN: 0300-5127 *
WHITTAKER C A ET AL: "Distribution and evolution of von Willebrand/integrin A domains: Widely dispersed domains with roles in cell adhesion and elsewhere" MOLECULAR BIOLOGY OF THE CELL, BETHESDA, MD, US, vol. 13, no. 10, October 2002 (2002-10), pages 3369-3387, XP002307933 ISSN: 1059-1524 *

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN109069693A (en) * 2016-01-21 2018-12-21 科尔兹股份公司 New polypeptide and its medical application
US11136374B2 (en) 2016-01-21 2021-10-05 Colzyx Ab Polypeptides and medical uses thereof
US11814422B2 (en) 2016-01-21 2023-11-14 Colzyx Ab Polypeptides and medical uses thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2007049062A3 (en) 2007-07-12
GB0522113D0 (en) 2005-12-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
EP1904523A1 (en) Defensin proteins
WO2003054004A2 (en) Secreted proteins
AU2002353207B2 (en) Cystine-knot fold protein
AU2004203966A1 (en) Defensin proteins
WO2007049065A2 (en) Vwfa, collagen and kunitz domain containing protein
US20100196349A1 (en) Reeler domain containing protein
AU2006335335A1 (en) Cystine-knot fold cytokine
WO2007049062A2 (en) Vwfa-domain containing proteins
WO2007148063A1 (en) Cd24-like protein
WO2007068913A2 (en) SRCR-B Domain Containing Proteins
EP1523502A1 (en) Serotonin receptor
WO2008001045A1 (en) Members of the glycoside hydrolase family 31 family of proteins
AU2003241006B2 (en) TNF-like secreted protein
WO2007060425A1 (en) Thrombospondin domain-containing cell surface recognition molecules
WO2008012505A2 (en) Gpi-anchored cell surface glycoprotein
WO2008003926A1 (en) Il-22 like protein
US20060216709A1 (en) Midkine-like protein
WO2004000882A2 (en) Proteins
WO2004009624A2 (en) Three finger toxin fold protein
US20070148655A1 (en) Leucine rich repeat containing protein
WO2008012503A1 (en) Homologue of pro4426
WO2007060431A1 (en) Netrin-like (ntr) domain containing protein
EP1572737A2 (en) Midkine-like protein
WO2007060423A1 (en) Signal anchored protein
WO2007045911A1 (en) Integral membrane protein

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
NENP Non-entry into the national phase in:

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 06794932

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2